File: | llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp |
Warning: | line 1197, column 33 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===-- LICM.cpp - Loop Invariant Code Motion Pass ------------------------===// | ||||||||
2 | // | ||||||||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||||||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||||||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||||||
6 | // | ||||||||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||
8 | // | ||||||||
9 | // This pass performs loop invariant code motion, attempting to remove as much | ||||||||
10 | // code from the body of a loop as possible. It does this by either hoisting | ||||||||
11 | // code into the preheader block, or by sinking code to the exit blocks if it is | ||||||||
12 | // safe. This pass also promotes must-aliased memory locations in the loop to | ||||||||
13 | // live in registers, thus hoisting and sinking "invariant" loads and stores. | ||||||||
14 | // | ||||||||
15 | // Hoisting operations out of loops is a canonicalization transform. It | ||||||||
16 | // enables and simplifies subsequent optimizations in the middle-end. | ||||||||
17 | // Rematerialization of hoisted instructions to reduce register pressure is the | ||||||||
18 | // responsibility of the back-end, which has more accurate information about | ||||||||
19 | // register pressure and also handles other optimizations than LICM that | ||||||||
20 | // increase live-ranges. | ||||||||
21 | // | ||||||||
22 | // This pass uses alias analysis for two purposes: | ||||||||
23 | // | ||||||||
24 | // 1. Moving loop invariant loads and calls out of loops. If we can determine | ||||||||
25 | // that a load or call inside of a loop never aliases anything stored to, | ||||||||
26 | // we can hoist it or sink it like any other instruction. | ||||||||
27 | // 2. Scalar Promotion of Memory - If there is a store instruction inside of | ||||||||
28 | // the loop, we try to move the store to happen AFTER the loop instead of | ||||||||
29 | // inside of the loop. This can only happen if a few conditions are true: | ||||||||
30 | // A. The pointer stored through is loop invariant | ||||||||
31 | // B. There are no stores or loads in the loop which _may_ alias the | ||||||||
32 | // pointer. There are no calls in the loop which mod/ref the pointer. | ||||||||
33 | // If these conditions are true, we can promote the loads and stores in the | ||||||||
34 | // loop of the pointer to use a temporary alloca'd variable. We then use | ||||||||
35 | // the SSAUpdater to construct the appropriate SSA form for the value. | ||||||||
36 | // | ||||||||
37 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||
38 | |||||||||
39 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.h" | ||||||||
40 | #include "llvm/ADT/SetOperations.h" | ||||||||
41 | #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h" | ||||||||
42 | #include "llvm/Analysis/AliasAnalysis.h" | ||||||||
43 | #include "llvm/Analysis/AliasSetTracker.h" | ||||||||
44 | #include "llvm/Analysis/BasicAliasAnalysis.h" | ||||||||
45 | #include "llvm/Analysis/BlockFrequencyInfo.h" | ||||||||
46 | #include "llvm/Analysis/CaptureTracking.h" | ||||||||
47 | #include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h" | ||||||||
48 | #include "llvm/Analysis/GlobalsModRef.h" | ||||||||
49 | #include "llvm/Analysis/GuardUtils.h" | ||||||||
50 | #include "llvm/Analysis/LazyBlockFrequencyInfo.h" | ||||||||
51 | #include "llvm/Analysis/Loads.h" | ||||||||
52 | #include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h" | ||||||||
53 | #include "llvm/Analysis/LoopIterator.h" | ||||||||
54 | #include "llvm/Analysis/LoopPass.h" | ||||||||
55 | #include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h" | ||||||||
56 | #include "llvm/Analysis/MemorySSA.h" | ||||||||
57 | #include "llvm/Analysis/MemorySSAUpdater.h" | ||||||||
58 | #include "llvm/Analysis/MustExecute.h" | ||||||||
59 | #include "llvm/Analysis/OptimizationRemarkEmitter.h" | ||||||||
60 | #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h" | ||||||||
61 | #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionAliasAnalysis.h" | ||||||||
62 | #include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h" | ||||||||
63 | #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h" | ||||||||
64 | #include "llvm/IR/CFG.h" | ||||||||
65 | #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h" | ||||||||
66 | #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" | ||||||||
67 | #include "llvm/IR/DebugInfoMetadata.h" | ||||||||
68 | #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h" | ||||||||
69 | #include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h" | ||||||||
70 | #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h" | ||||||||
71 | #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h" | ||||||||
72 | #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h" | ||||||||
73 | #include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h" | ||||||||
74 | #include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h" | ||||||||
75 | #include "llvm/IR/PredIteratorCache.h" | ||||||||
76 | #include "llvm/InitializePasses.h" | ||||||||
77 | #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h" | ||||||||
78 | #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h" | ||||||||
79 | #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" | ||||||||
80 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h" | ||||||||
81 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar/LoopPassManager.h" | ||||||||
82 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/AssumeBundleBuilder.h" | ||||||||
83 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h" | ||||||||
84 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h" | ||||||||
85 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/LoopUtils.h" | ||||||||
86 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SSAUpdater.h" | ||||||||
87 | #include <algorithm> | ||||||||
88 | #include <utility> | ||||||||
89 | using namespace llvm; | ||||||||
90 | |||||||||
91 | #define DEBUG_TYPE"licm" "licm" | ||||||||
92 | |||||||||
93 | STATISTIC(NumCreatedBlocks, "Number of blocks created")static llvm::Statistic NumCreatedBlocks = {"licm", "NumCreatedBlocks" , "Number of blocks created"}; | ||||||||
94 | STATISTIC(NumClonedBranches, "Number of branches cloned")static llvm::Statistic NumClonedBranches = {"licm", "NumClonedBranches" , "Number of branches cloned"}; | ||||||||
95 | STATISTIC(NumSunk, "Number of instructions sunk out of loop")static llvm::Statistic NumSunk = {"licm", "NumSunk", "Number of instructions sunk out of loop" }; | ||||||||
96 | STATISTIC(NumHoisted, "Number of instructions hoisted out of loop")static llvm::Statistic NumHoisted = {"licm", "NumHoisted", "Number of instructions hoisted out of loop" }; | ||||||||
97 | STATISTIC(NumMovedLoads, "Number of load insts hoisted or sunk")static llvm::Statistic NumMovedLoads = {"licm", "NumMovedLoads" , "Number of load insts hoisted or sunk"}; | ||||||||
98 | STATISTIC(NumMovedCalls, "Number of call insts hoisted or sunk")static llvm::Statistic NumMovedCalls = {"licm", "NumMovedCalls" , "Number of call insts hoisted or sunk"}; | ||||||||
99 | STATISTIC(NumPromoted, "Number of memory locations promoted to registers")static llvm::Statistic NumPromoted = {"licm", "NumPromoted", "Number of memory locations promoted to registers" }; | ||||||||
100 | |||||||||
101 | /// Memory promotion is enabled by default. | ||||||||
102 | static cl::opt<bool> | ||||||||
103 | DisablePromotion("disable-licm-promotion", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false), | ||||||||
104 | cl::desc("Disable memory promotion in LICM pass")); | ||||||||
105 | |||||||||
106 | static cl::opt<bool> ControlFlowHoisting( | ||||||||
107 | "licm-control-flow-hoisting", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false), | ||||||||
108 | cl::desc("Enable control flow (and PHI) hoisting in LICM")); | ||||||||
109 | |||||||||
110 | static cl::opt<unsigned> HoistSinkColdnessThreshold( | ||||||||
111 | "licm-coldness-threshold", cl::Hidden, cl::init(4), | ||||||||
112 | cl::desc("Relative coldness Threshold of hoisting/sinking destination " | ||||||||
113 | "block for LICM to be considered beneficial")); | ||||||||
114 | |||||||||
115 | static cl::opt<uint32_t> MaxNumUsesTraversed( | ||||||||
116 | "licm-max-num-uses-traversed", cl::Hidden, cl::init(8), | ||||||||
117 | cl::desc("Max num uses visited for identifying load " | ||||||||
118 | "invariance in loop using invariant start (default = 8)")); | ||||||||
119 | |||||||||
120 | // Experimental option to allow imprecision in LICM in pathological cases, in | ||||||||
121 | // exchange for faster compile. This is to be removed if MemorySSA starts to | ||||||||
122 | // address the same issue. This flag applies only when LICM uses MemorySSA | ||||||||
123 | // instead on AliasSetTracker. LICM calls MemorySSAWalker's | ||||||||
124 | // getClobberingMemoryAccess, up to the value of the Cap, getting perfect | ||||||||
125 | // accuracy. Afterwards, LICM will call into MemorySSA's getDefiningAccess, | ||||||||
126 | // which may not be precise, since optimizeUses is capped. The result is | ||||||||
127 | // correct, but we may not get as "far up" as possible to get which access is | ||||||||
128 | // clobbering the one queried. | ||||||||
129 | cl::opt<unsigned> llvm::SetLicmMssaOptCap( | ||||||||
130 | "licm-mssa-optimization-cap", cl::init(100), cl::Hidden, | ||||||||
131 | cl::desc("Enable imprecision in LICM in pathological cases, in exchange " | ||||||||
132 | "for faster compile. Caps the MemorySSA clobbering calls.")); | ||||||||
133 | |||||||||
134 | // Experimentally, memory promotion carries less importance than sinking and | ||||||||
135 | // hoisting. Limit when we do promotion when using MemorySSA, in order to save | ||||||||
136 | // compile time. | ||||||||
137 | cl::opt<unsigned> llvm::SetLicmMssaNoAccForPromotionCap( | ||||||||
138 | "licm-mssa-max-acc-promotion", cl::init(250), cl::Hidden, | ||||||||
139 | cl::desc("[LICM & MemorySSA] When MSSA in LICM is disabled, this has no " | ||||||||
140 | "effect. When MSSA in LICM is enabled, then this is the maximum " | ||||||||
141 | "number of accesses allowed to be present in a loop in order to " | ||||||||
142 | "enable memory promotion.")); | ||||||||
143 | |||||||||
144 | static bool inSubLoop(BasicBlock *BB, Loop *CurLoop, LoopInfo *LI); | ||||||||
145 | static bool isNotUsedOrFreeInLoop(const Instruction &I, const Loop *CurLoop, | ||||||||
146 | const LoopSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo, | ||||||||
147 | TargetTransformInfo *TTI, bool &FreeInLoop, | ||||||||
148 | bool LoopNestMode); | ||||||||
149 | static void hoist(Instruction &I, const DominatorTree *DT, const Loop *CurLoop, | ||||||||
150 | BasicBlock *Dest, ICFLoopSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo, | ||||||||
151 | MemorySSAUpdater *MSSAU, ScalarEvolution *SE, | ||||||||
152 | OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE); | ||||||||
153 | static bool sink(Instruction &I, LoopInfo *LI, DominatorTree *DT, | ||||||||
154 | BlockFrequencyInfo *BFI, const Loop *CurLoop, | ||||||||
155 | ICFLoopSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo, MemorySSAUpdater *MSSAU, | ||||||||
156 | OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE); | ||||||||
157 | static bool isSafeToExecuteUnconditionally(Instruction &Inst, | ||||||||
158 | const DominatorTree *DT, | ||||||||
159 | const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, | ||||||||
160 | const Loop *CurLoop, | ||||||||
161 | const LoopSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo, | ||||||||
162 | OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE, | ||||||||
163 | const Instruction *CtxI = nullptr); | ||||||||
164 | static bool pointerInvalidatedByLoop(MemoryLocation MemLoc, | ||||||||
165 | AliasSetTracker *CurAST, Loop *CurLoop, | ||||||||
166 | AAResults *AA); | ||||||||
167 | static bool pointerInvalidatedByLoopWithMSSA(MemorySSA *MSSA, MemoryUse *MU, | ||||||||
168 | Loop *CurLoop, Instruction &I, | ||||||||
169 | SinkAndHoistLICMFlags &Flags); | ||||||||
170 | static bool pointerInvalidatedByBlockWithMSSA(BasicBlock &BB, MemorySSA &MSSA, | ||||||||
171 | MemoryUse &MU); | ||||||||
172 | static Instruction *cloneInstructionInExitBlock( | ||||||||
173 | Instruction &I, BasicBlock &ExitBlock, PHINode &PN, const LoopInfo *LI, | ||||||||
174 | const LoopSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo, MemorySSAUpdater *MSSAU); | ||||||||
175 | |||||||||
176 | static void eraseInstruction(Instruction &I, ICFLoopSafetyInfo &SafetyInfo, | ||||||||
177 | MemorySSAUpdater *MSSAU); | ||||||||
178 | |||||||||
179 | static void moveInstructionBefore(Instruction &I, Instruction &Dest, | ||||||||
180 | ICFLoopSafetyInfo &SafetyInfo, | ||||||||
181 | MemorySSAUpdater *MSSAU, ScalarEvolution *SE); | ||||||||
182 | |||||||||
183 | static void foreachMemoryAccess(MemorySSA *MSSA, Loop *L, | ||||||||
184 | function_ref<void(Instruction *)> Fn); | ||||||||
185 | static SmallVector<SmallSetVector<Value *, 8>, 0> | ||||||||
186 | collectPromotionCandidates(MemorySSA *MSSA, AliasAnalysis *AA, Loop *L); | ||||||||
187 | |||||||||
188 | namespace { | ||||||||
189 | struct LoopInvariantCodeMotion { | ||||||||
190 | bool runOnLoop(Loop *L, AAResults *AA, LoopInfo *LI, DominatorTree *DT, | ||||||||
191 | BlockFrequencyInfo *BFI, TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, | ||||||||
192 | TargetTransformInfo *TTI, ScalarEvolution *SE, MemorySSA *MSSA, | ||||||||
193 | OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE, bool LoopNestMode = false); | ||||||||
194 | |||||||||
195 | LoopInvariantCodeMotion(unsigned LicmMssaOptCap, | ||||||||
196 | unsigned LicmMssaNoAccForPromotionCap) | ||||||||
197 | : LicmMssaOptCap(LicmMssaOptCap), | ||||||||
198 | LicmMssaNoAccForPromotionCap(LicmMssaNoAccForPromotionCap) {} | ||||||||
199 | |||||||||
200 | private: | ||||||||
201 | unsigned LicmMssaOptCap; | ||||||||
202 | unsigned LicmMssaNoAccForPromotionCap; | ||||||||
203 | }; | ||||||||
204 | |||||||||
205 | struct LegacyLICMPass : public LoopPass { | ||||||||
206 | static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid | ||||||||
207 | LegacyLICMPass( | ||||||||
208 | unsigned LicmMssaOptCap = SetLicmMssaOptCap, | ||||||||
209 | unsigned LicmMssaNoAccForPromotionCap = SetLicmMssaNoAccForPromotionCap) | ||||||||
210 | : LoopPass(ID), LICM(LicmMssaOptCap, LicmMssaNoAccForPromotionCap) { | ||||||||
211 | initializeLegacyLICMPassPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); | ||||||||
212 | } | ||||||||
213 | |||||||||
214 | bool runOnLoop(Loop *L, LPPassManager &LPM) override { | ||||||||
215 | if (skipLoop(L)) | ||||||||
216 | return false; | ||||||||
217 | |||||||||
218 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Perform LICM on Loop with header at block "do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("licm")) { dbgs() << "Perform LICM on Loop with header at block " << L->getHeader()->getNameOrAsOperand() << "\n"; } } while (false) | ||||||||
219 | << L->getHeader()->getNameOrAsOperand() << "\n")do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("licm")) { dbgs() << "Perform LICM on Loop with header at block " << L->getHeader()->getNameOrAsOperand() << "\n"; } } while (false); | ||||||||
220 | |||||||||
221 | auto *SE = getAnalysisIfAvailable<ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass>(); | ||||||||
222 | MemorySSA *MSSA = &getAnalysis<MemorySSAWrapperPass>().getMSSA(); | ||||||||
223 | bool hasProfileData = L->getHeader()->getParent()->hasProfileData(); | ||||||||
224 | BlockFrequencyInfo *BFI = | ||||||||
225 | hasProfileData ? &getAnalysis<LazyBlockFrequencyInfoPass>().getBFI() | ||||||||
226 | : nullptr; | ||||||||
227 | // For the old PM, we can't use OptimizationRemarkEmitter as an analysis | ||||||||
228 | // pass. Function analyses need to be preserved across loop transformations | ||||||||
229 | // but ORE cannot be preserved (see comment before the pass definition). | ||||||||
230 | OptimizationRemarkEmitter ORE(L->getHeader()->getParent()); | ||||||||
231 | return LICM.runOnLoop( | ||||||||
232 | L, &getAnalysis<AAResultsWrapperPass>().getAAResults(), | ||||||||
233 | &getAnalysis<LoopInfoWrapperPass>().getLoopInfo(), | ||||||||
234 | &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(), BFI, | ||||||||
235 | &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI( | ||||||||
236 | *L->getHeader()->getParent()), | ||||||||
237 | &getAnalysis<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>().getTTI( | ||||||||
238 | *L->getHeader()->getParent()), | ||||||||
239 | SE ? &SE->getSE() : nullptr, MSSA, &ORE); | ||||||||
240 | } | ||||||||
241 | |||||||||
242 | /// This transformation requires natural loop information & requires that | ||||||||
243 | /// loop preheaders be inserted into the CFG... | ||||||||
244 | /// | ||||||||
245 | void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override { | ||||||||
246 | AU.addPreserved<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>(); | ||||||||
247 | AU.addPreserved<LoopInfoWrapperPass>(); | ||||||||
248 | AU.addRequired<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>(); | ||||||||
249 | AU.addRequired<MemorySSAWrapperPass>(); | ||||||||
250 | AU.addPreserved<MemorySSAWrapperPass>(); | ||||||||
251 | AU.addRequired<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>(); | ||||||||
252 | getLoopAnalysisUsage(AU); | ||||||||
253 | LazyBlockFrequencyInfoPass::getLazyBFIAnalysisUsage(AU); | ||||||||
254 | AU.addPreserved<LazyBlockFrequencyInfoPass>(); | ||||||||
255 | AU.addPreserved<LazyBranchProbabilityInfoPass>(); | ||||||||
256 | } | ||||||||
257 | |||||||||
258 | private: | ||||||||
259 | LoopInvariantCodeMotion LICM; | ||||||||
260 | }; | ||||||||
261 | } // namespace | ||||||||
262 | |||||||||
263 | PreservedAnalyses LICMPass::run(Loop &L, LoopAnalysisManager &AM, | ||||||||
264 | LoopStandardAnalysisResults &AR, LPMUpdater &) { | ||||||||
265 | if (!AR.MSSA) | ||||||||
266 | report_fatal_error("LICM requires MemorySSA (loop-mssa)"); | ||||||||
267 | |||||||||
268 | // For the new PM, we also can't use OptimizationRemarkEmitter as an analysis | ||||||||
269 | // pass. Function analyses need to be preserved across loop transformations | ||||||||
270 | // but ORE cannot be preserved (see comment before the pass definition). | ||||||||
271 | OptimizationRemarkEmitter ORE(L.getHeader()->getParent()); | ||||||||
272 | |||||||||
273 | LoopInvariantCodeMotion LICM(LicmMssaOptCap, LicmMssaNoAccForPromotionCap); | ||||||||
274 | if (!LICM.runOnLoop(&L, &AR.AA, &AR.LI, &AR.DT, AR.BFI, &AR.TLI, &AR.TTI, | ||||||||
275 | &AR.SE, AR.MSSA, &ORE)) | ||||||||
276 | return PreservedAnalyses::all(); | ||||||||
277 | |||||||||
278 | auto PA = getLoopPassPreservedAnalyses(); | ||||||||
279 | |||||||||
280 | PA.preserve<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(); | ||||||||
281 | PA.preserve<LoopAnalysis>(); | ||||||||
282 | PA.preserve<MemorySSAAnalysis>(); | ||||||||
283 | |||||||||
284 | return PA; | ||||||||
285 | } | ||||||||
286 | |||||||||
287 | PreservedAnalyses LNICMPass::run(LoopNest &LN, LoopAnalysisManager &AM, | ||||||||
288 | LoopStandardAnalysisResults &AR, | ||||||||
289 | LPMUpdater &) { | ||||||||
290 | if (!AR.MSSA) | ||||||||
291 | report_fatal_error("LNICM requires MemorySSA (loop-mssa)"); | ||||||||
292 | |||||||||
293 | // For the new PM, we also can't use OptimizationRemarkEmitter as an analysis | ||||||||
294 | // pass. Function analyses need to be preserved across loop transformations | ||||||||
295 | // but ORE cannot be preserved (see comment before the pass definition). | ||||||||
296 | OptimizationRemarkEmitter ORE(LN.getParent()); | ||||||||
297 | |||||||||
298 | LoopInvariantCodeMotion LICM(LicmMssaOptCap, LicmMssaNoAccForPromotionCap); | ||||||||
299 | |||||||||
300 | Loop &OutermostLoop = LN.getOutermostLoop(); | ||||||||
301 | bool Changed = LICM.runOnLoop(&OutermostLoop, &AR.AA, &AR.LI, &AR.DT, AR.BFI, | ||||||||
302 | &AR.TLI, &AR.TTI, &AR.SE, AR.MSSA, &ORE, true); | ||||||||
303 | |||||||||
304 | if (!Changed) | ||||||||
305 | return PreservedAnalyses::all(); | ||||||||
306 | |||||||||
307 | auto PA = getLoopPassPreservedAnalyses(); | ||||||||
308 | |||||||||
309 | PA.preserve<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(); | ||||||||
310 | PA.preserve<LoopAnalysis>(); | ||||||||
311 | PA.preserve<MemorySSAAnalysis>(); | ||||||||
312 | |||||||||
313 | return PA; | ||||||||
314 | } | ||||||||
315 | |||||||||
316 | char LegacyLICMPass::ID = 0; | ||||||||
317 | INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(LegacyLICMPass, "licm", "Loop Invariant Code Motion",static void *initializeLegacyLICMPassPassOnce(PassRegistry & Registry) { | ||||||||
318 | false, false)static void *initializeLegacyLICMPassPassOnce(PassRegistry & Registry) { | ||||||||
319 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(LoopPass)initializeLoopPassPass(Registry); | ||||||||
320 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass)initializeTargetLibraryInfoWrapperPassPass(Registry); | ||||||||
321 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass)initializeTargetTransformInfoWrapperPassPass(Registry); | ||||||||
322 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(MemorySSAWrapperPass)initializeMemorySSAWrapperPassPass(Registry); | ||||||||
323 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(LazyBFIPass)initializeLazyBFIPassPass(Registry); | ||||||||
324 | INITIALIZE_PASS_END(LegacyLICMPass, "licm", "Loop Invariant Code Motion", false,PassInfo *PI = new PassInfo( "Loop Invariant Code Motion", "licm" , &LegacyLICMPass::ID, PassInfo::NormalCtor_t(callDefaultCtor <LegacyLICMPass>), false, false); Registry.registerPass (*PI, true); return PI; } static llvm::once_flag InitializeLegacyLICMPassPassFlag ; void llvm::initializeLegacyLICMPassPass(PassRegistry &Registry ) { llvm::call_once(InitializeLegacyLICMPassPassFlag, initializeLegacyLICMPassPassOnce , std::ref(Registry)); } | ||||||||
325 | false)PassInfo *PI = new PassInfo( "Loop Invariant Code Motion", "licm" , &LegacyLICMPass::ID, PassInfo::NormalCtor_t(callDefaultCtor <LegacyLICMPass>), false, false); Registry.registerPass (*PI, true); return PI; } static llvm::once_flag InitializeLegacyLICMPassPassFlag ; void llvm::initializeLegacyLICMPassPass(PassRegistry &Registry ) { llvm::call_once(InitializeLegacyLICMPassPassFlag, initializeLegacyLICMPassPassOnce , std::ref(Registry)); } | ||||||||
326 | |||||||||
327 | Pass *llvm::createLICMPass() { return new LegacyLICMPass(); } | ||||||||
328 | Pass *llvm::createLICMPass(unsigned LicmMssaOptCap, | ||||||||
329 | unsigned LicmMssaNoAccForPromotionCap) { | ||||||||
330 | return new LegacyLICMPass(LicmMssaOptCap, LicmMssaNoAccForPromotionCap); | ||||||||
331 | } | ||||||||
332 | |||||||||
333 | llvm::SinkAndHoistLICMFlags::SinkAndHoistLICMFlags(bool IsSink, Loop *L, | ||||||||
334 | MemorySSA *MSSA) | ||||||||
335 | : SinkAndHoistLICMFlags(SetLicmMssaOptCap, SetLicmMssaNoAccForPromotionCap, | ||||||||
336 | IsSink, L, MSSA) {} | ||||||||
337 | |||||||||
338 | llvm::SinkAndHoistLICMFlags::SinkAndHoistLICMFlags( | ||||||||
339 | unsigned LicmMssaOptCap, unsigned LicmMssaNoAccForPromotionCap, bool IsSink, | ||||||||
340 | Loop *L, MemorySSA *MSSA) | ||||||||
341 | : LicmMssaOptCap(LicmMssaOptCap), | ||||||||
342 | LicmMssaNoAccForPromotionCap(LicmMssaNoAccForPromotionCap), | ||||||||
343 | IsSink(IsSink) { | ||||||||
344 | assert(((L != nullptr) == (MSSA != nullptr)) &&(static_cast <bool> (((L != nullptr) == (MSSA != nullptr )) && "Unexpected values for SinkAndHoistLICMFlags") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("((L != nullptr) == (MSSA != nullptr)) && \"Unexpected values for SinkAndHoistLICMFlags\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 345, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
345 | "Unexpected values for SinkAndHoistLICMFlags")(static_cast <bool> (((L != nullptr) == (MSSA != nullptr )) && "Unexpected values for SinkAndHoistLICMFlags") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("((L != nullptr) == (MSSA != nullptr)) && \"Unexpected values for SinkAndHoistLICMFlags\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 345, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
346 | if (!MSSA) | ||||||||
347 | return; | ||||||||
348 | |||||||||
349 | unsigned AccessCapCount = 0; | ||||||||
350 | for (auto *BB : L->getBlocks()) | ||||||||
351 | if (const auto *Accesses = MSSA->getBlockAccesses(BB)) | ||||||||
352 | for (const auto &MA : *Accesses) { | ||||||||
353 | (void)MA; | ||||||||
354 | ++AccessCapCount; | ||||||||
355 | if (AccessCapCount > LicmMssaNoAccForPromotionCap) { | ||||||||
356 | NoOfMemAccTooLarge = true; | ||||||||
357 | return; | ||||||||
358 | } | ||||||||
359 | } | ||||||||
360 | } | ||||||||
361 | |||||||||
362 | /// Hoist expressions out of the specified loop. Note, alias info for inner | ||||||||
363 | /// loop is not preserved so it is not a good idea to run LICM multiple | ||||||||
364 | /// times on one loop. | ||||||||
365 | bool LoopInvariantCodeMotion::runOnLoop( | ||||||||
366 | Loop *L, AAResults *AA, LoopInfo *LI, DominatorTree *DT, | ||||||||
367 | BlockFrequencyInfo *BFI, TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, TargetTransformInfo *TTI, | ||||||||
368 | ScalarEvolution *SE, MemorySSA *MSSA, OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE, | ||||||||
369 | bool LoopNestMode) { | ||||||||
370 | bool Changed = false; | ||||||||
371 | |||||||||
372 | assert(L->isLCSSAForm(*DT) && "Loop is not in LCSSA form.")(static_cast <bool> (L->isLCSSAForm(*DT) && "Loop is not in LCSSA form." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("L->isLCSSAForm(*DT) && \"Loop is not in LCSSA form.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 372, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
373 | |||||||||
374 | // If this loop has metadata indicating that LICM is not to be performed then | ||||||||
375 | // just exit. | ||||||||
376 | if (hasDisableLICMTransformsHint(L)) { | ||||||||
377 | return false; | ||||||||
378 | } | ||||||||
379 | |||||||||
380 | // Don't sink stores from loops with coroutine suspend instructions. | ||||||||
381 | // LICM would sink instructions into the default destination of | ||||||||
382 | // the coroutine switch. The default destination of the switch is to | ||||||||
383 | // handle the case where the coroutine is suspended, by which point the | ||||||||
384 | // coroutine frame may have been destroyed. No instruction can be sunk there. | ||||||||
385 | // FIXME: This would unfortunately hurt the performance of coroutines, however | ||||||||
386 | // there is currently no general solution for this. Similar issues could also | ||||||||
387 | // potentially happen in other passes where instructions are being moved | ||||||||
388 | // across that edge. | ||||||||
389 | bool HasCoroSuspendInst = llvm::any_of(L->getBlocks(), [](BasicBlock *BB) { | ||||||||
390 | return llvm::any_of(*BB, [](Instruction &I) { | ||||||||
391 | IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(&I); | ||||||||
392 | return II && II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::coro_suspend; | ||||||||
393 | }); | ||||||||
394 | }); | ||||||||
395 | |||||||||
396 | MemorySSAUpdater MSSAU(MSSA); | ||||||||
397 | SinkAndHoistLICMFlags Flags(LicmMssaOptCap, LicmMssaNoAccForPromotionCap, | ||||||||
398 | /*IsSink=*/true, L, MSSA); | ||||||||
399 | |||||||||
400 | // Get the preheader block to move instructions into... | ||||||||
401 | BasicBlock *Preheader = L->getLoopPreheader(); | ||||||||
402 | |||||||||
403 | // Compute loop safety information. | ||||||||
404 | ICFLoopSafetyInfo SafetyInfo; | ||||||||
405 | SafetyInfo.computeLoopSafetyInfo(L); | ||||||||
406 | |||||||||
407 | // We want to visit all of the instructions in this loop... that are not parts | ||||||||
408 | // of our subloops (they have already had their invariants hoisted out of | ||||||||
409 | // their loop, into this loop, so there is no need to process the BODIES of | ||||||||
410 | // the subloops). | ||||||||
411 | // | ||||||||
412 | // Traverse the body of the loop in depth first order on the dominator tree so | ||||||||
413 | // that we are guaranteed to see definitions before we see uses. This allows | ||||||||
414 | // us to sink instructions in one pass, without iteration. After sinking | ||||||||
415 | // instructions, we perform another pass to hoist them out of the loop. | ||||||||
416 | if (L->hasDedicatedExits()) | ||||||||
417 | Changed |= LoopNestMode | ||||||||
418 | ? sinkRegionForLoopNest(DT->getNode(L->getHeader()), AA, LI, | ||||||||
419 | DT, BFI, TLI, TTI, L, &MSSAU, | ||||||||
420 | &SafetyInfo, Flags, ORE) | ||||||||
421 | : sinkRegion(DT->getNode(L->getHeader()), AA, LI, DT, BFI, | ||||||||
422 | TLI, TTI, L, &MSSAU, &SafetyInfo, Flags, ORE); | ||||||||
423 | Flags.setIsSink(false); | ||||||||
424 | if (Preheader) | ||||||||
425 | Changed |= hoistRegion(DT->getNode(L->getHeader()), AA, LI, DT, BFI, TLI, L, | ||||||||
426 | &MSSAU, SE, &SafetyInfo, Flags, ORE, LoopNestMode); | ||||||||
427 | |||||||||
428 | // Now that all loop invariants have been removed from the loop, promote any | ||||||||
429 | // memory references to scalars that we can. | ||||||||
430 | // Don't sink stores from loops without dedicated block exits. Exits | ||||||||
431 | // containing indirect branches are not transformed by loop simplify, | ||||||||
432 | // make sure we catch that. An additional load may be generated in the | ||||||||
433 | // preheader for SSA updater, so also avoid sinking when no preheader | ||||||||
434 | // is available. | ||||||||
435 | if (!DisablePromotion && Preheader && L->hasDedicatedExits() && | ||||||||
436 | !Flags.tooManyMemoryAccesses() && !HasCoroSuspendInst) { | ||||||||
437 | // Figure out the loop exits and their insertion points | ||||||||
438 | SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitBlocks; | ||||||||
439 | L->getUniqueExitBlocks(ExitBlocks); | ||||||||
440 | |||||||||
441 | // We can't insert into a catchswitch. | ||||||||
442 | bool HasCatchSwitch = llvm::any_of(ExitBlocks, [](BasicBlock *Exit) { | ||||||||
443 | return isa<CatchSwitchInst>(Exit->getTerminator()); | ||||||||
444 | }); | ||||||||
445 | |||||||||
446 | if (!HasCatchSwitch) { | ||||||||
447 | SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> InsertPts; | ||||||||
448 | SmallVector<MemoryAccess *, 8> MSSAInsertPts; | ||||||||
449 | InsertPts.reserve(ExitBlocks.size()); | ||||||||
450 | MSSAInsertPts.reserve(ExitBlocks.size()); | ||||||||
451 | for (BasicBlock *ExitBlock : ExitBlocks) { | ||||||||
452 | InsertPts.push_back(&*ExitBlock->getFirstInsertionPt()); | ||||||||
453 | MSSAInsertPts.push_back(nullptr); | ||||||||
454 | } | ||||||||
455 | |||||||||
456 | PredIteratorCache PIC; | ||||||||
457 | |||||||||
458 | // Promoting one set of accesses may make the pointers for another set | ||||||||
459 | // loop invariant, so run this in a loop (with the MaybePromotable set | ||||||||
460 | // decreasing in size over time). | ||||||||
461 | bool Promoted = false; | ||||||||
462 | bool LocalPromoted; | ||||||||
463 | do { | ||||||||
464 | LocalPromoted = false; | ||||||||
465 | for (const SmallSetVector<Value *, 8> &PointerMustAliases : | ||||||||
466 | collectPromotionCandidates(MSSA, AA, L)) { | ||||||||
467 | LocalPromoted |= promoteLoopAccessesToScalars( | ||||||||
468 | PointerMustAliases, ExitBlocks, InsertPts, MSSAInsertPts, PIC, | ||||||||
469 | LI, DT, TLI, L, &MSSAU, &SafetyInfo, ORE); | ||||||||
470 | } | ||||||||
471 | Promoted |= LocalPromoted; | ||||||||
472 | } while (LocalPromoted); | ||||||||
473 | |||||||||
474 | // Once we have promoted values across the loop body we have to | ||||||||
475 | // recursively reform LCSSA as any nested loop may now have values defined | ||||||||
476 | // within the loop used in the outer loop. | ||||||||
477 | // FIXME: This is really heavy handed. It would be a bit better to use an | ||||||||
478 | // SSAUpdater strategy during promotion that was LCSSA aware and reformed | ||||||||
479 | // it as it went. | ||||||||
480 | if (Promoted) | ||||||||
481 | formLCSSARecursively(*L, *DT, LI, SE); | ||||||||
482 | |||||||||
483 | Changed |= Promoted; | ||||||||
484 | } | ||||||||
485 | } | ||||||||
486 | |||||||||
487 | // Check that neither this loop nor its parent have had LCSSA broken. LICM is | ||||||||
488 | // specifically moving instructions across the loop boundary and so it is | ||||||||
489 | // especially in need of sanity checking here. | ||||||||
490 | assert(L->isLCSSAForm(*DT) && "Loop not left in LCSSA form after LICM!")(static_cast <bool> (L->isLCSSAForm(*DT) && "Loop not left in LCSSA form after LICM!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("L->isLCSSAForm(*DT) && \"Loop not left in LCSSA form after LICM!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 490, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
491 | assert((L->isOutermost() || L->getParentLoop()->isLCSSAForm(*DT)) &&(static_cast <bool> ((L->isOutermost() || L->getParentLoop ()->isLCSSAForm(*DT)) && "Parent loop not left in LCSSA form after LICM!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(L->isOutermost() || L->getParentLoop()->isLCSSAForm(*DT)) && \"Parent loop not left in LCSSA form after LICM!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 492, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
492 | "Parent loop not left in LCSSA form after LICM!")(static_cast <bool> ((L->isOutermost() || L->getParentLoop ()->isLCSSAForm(*DT)) && "Parent loop not left in LCSSA form after LICM!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(L->isOutermost() || L->getParentLoop()->isLCSSAForm(*DT)) && \"Parent loop not left in LCSSA form after LICM!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 492, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
493 | |||||||||
494 | if (VerifyMemorySSA) | ||||||||
495 | MSSA->verifyMemorySSA(); | ||||||||
496 | |||||||||
497 | if (Changed && SE) | ||||||||
498 | SE->forgetLoopDispositions(L); | ||||||||
499 | return Changed; | ||||||||
500 | } | ||||||||
501 | |||||||||
502 | /// Walk the specified region of the CFG (defined by all blocks dominated by | ||||||||
503 | /// the specified block, and that are in the current loop) in reverse depth | ||||||||
504 | /// first order w.r.t the DominatorTree. This allows us to visit uses before | ||||||||
505 | /// definitions, allowing us to sink a loop body in one pass without iteration. | ||||||||
506 | /// | ||||||||
507 | bool llvm::sinkRegion(DomTreeNode *N, AAResults *AA, LoopInfo *LI, | ||||||||
508 | DominatorTree *DT, BlockFrequencyInfo *BFI, | ||||||||
509 | TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, TargetTransformInfo *TTI, | ||||||||
510 | Loop *CurLoop, MemorySSAUpdater *MSSAU, | ||||||||
511 | ICFLoopSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo, | ||||||||
512 | SinkAndHoistLICMFlags &Flags, | ||||||||
513 | OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE, Loop *OutermostLoop) { | ||||||||
514 | |||||||||
515 | // Verify inputs. | ||||||||
516 | assert(N != nullptr && AA != nullptr && LI != nullptr && DT != nullptr &&(static_cast <bool> (N != nullptr && AA != nullptr && LI != nullptr && DT != nullptr && CurLoop != nullptr && MSSAU != nullptr && SafetyInfo != nullptr && "Unexpected input to sinkRegion.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("N != nullptr && AA != nullptr && LI != nullptr && DT != nullptr && CurLoop != nullptr && MSSAU != nullptr && SafetyInfo != nullptr && \"Unexpected input to sinkRegion.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 518, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
517 | CurLoop != nullptr && MSSAU != nullptr && SafetyInfo != nullptr &&(static_cast <bool> (N != nullptr && AA != nullptr && LI != nullptr && DT != nullptr && CurLoop != nullptr && MSSAU != nullptr && SafetyInfo != nullptr && "Unexpected input to sinkRegion.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("N != nullptr && AA != nullptr && LI != nullptr && DT != nullptr && CurLoop != nullptr && MSSAU != nullptr && SafetyInfo != nullptr && \"Unexpected input to sinkRegion.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 518, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
518 | "Unexpected input to sinkRegion.")(static_cast <bool> (N != nullptr && AA != nullptr && LI != nullptr && DT != nullptr && CurLoop != nullptr && MSSAU != nullptr && SafetyInfo != nullptr && "Unexpected input to sinkRegion.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("N != nullptr && AA != nullptr && LI != nullptr && DT != nullptr && CurLoop != nullptr && MSSAU != nullptr && SafetyInfo != nullptr && \"Unexpected input to sinkRegion.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 518, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
519 | |||||||||
520 | // We want to visit children before parents. We will enque all the parents | ||||||||
521 | // before their children in the worklist and process the worklist in reverse | ||||||||
522 | // order. | ||||||||
523 | SmallVector<DomTreeNode *, 16> Worklist = collectChildrenInLoop(N, CurLoop); | ||||||||
524 | |||||||||
525 | bool Changed = false; | ||||||||
526 | for (DomTreeNode *DTN : reverse(Worklist)) { | ||||||||
527 | BasicBlock *BB = DTN->getBlock(); | ||||||||
528 | // Only need to process the contents of this block if it is not part of a | ||||||||
529 | // subloop (which would already have been processed). | ||||||||
530 | if (inSubLoop(BB, CurLoop, LI)) | ||||||||
531 | continue; | ||||||||
532 | |||||||||
533 | for (BasicBlock::iterator II = BB->end(); II != BB->begin();) { | ||||||||
534 | Instruction &I = *--II; | ||||||||
535 | |||||||||
536 | // The instruction is not used in the loop if it is dead. In this case, | ||||||||
537 | // we just delete it instead of sinking it. | ||||||||
538 | if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(&I, TLI)) { | ||||||||
539 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "LICM deleting dead inst: " << I << '\n')do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("licm")) { dbgs() << "LICM deleting dead inst: " << I << '\n'; } } while (false); | ||||||||
540 | salvageKnowledge(&I); | ||||||||
541 | salvageDebugInfo(I); | ||||||||
542 | ++II; | ||||||||
543 | eraseInstruction(I, *SafetyInfo, MSSAU); | ||||||||
544 | Changed = true; | ||||||||
545 | continue; | ||||||||
546 | } | ||||||||
547 | |||||||||
548 | // Check to see if we can sink this instruction to the exit blocks | ||||||||
549 | // of the loop. We can do this if the all users of the instruction are | ||||||||
550 | // outside of the loop. In this case, it doesn't even matter if the | ||||||||
551 | // operands of the instruction are loop invariant. | ||||||||
552 | // | ||||||||
553 | bool FreeInLoop = false; | ||||||||
554 | bool LoopNestMode = OutermostLoop != nullptr; | ||||||||
555 | if (!I.mayHaveSideEffects() && | ||||||||
556 | isNotUsedOrFreeInLoop(I, LoopNestMode ? OutermostLoop : CurLoop, | ||||||||
557 | SafetyInfo, TTI, FreeInLoop, LoopNestMode) && | ||||||||
558 | canSinkOrHoistInst(I, AA, DT, CurLoop, /*CurAST*/nullptr, MSSAU, true, | ||||||||
559 | &Flags, ORE)) { | ||||||||
560 | if (sink(I, LI, DT, BFI, CurLoop, SafetyInfo, MSSAU, ORE)) { | ||||||||
561 | if (!FreeInLoop) { | ||||||||
562 | ++II; | ||||||||
563 | salvageDebugInfo(I); | ||||||||
564 | eraseInstruction(I, *SafetyInfo, MSSAU); | ||||||||
565 | } | ||||||||
566 | Changed = true; | ||||||||
567 | } | ||||||||
568 | } | ||||||||
569 | } | ||||||||
570 | } | ||||||||
571 | if (VerifyMemorySSA) | ||||||||
572 | MSSAU->getMemorySSA()->verifyMemorySSA(); | ||||||||
573 | return Changed; | ||||||||
574 | } | ||||||||
575 | |||||||||
576 | bool llvm::sinkRegionForLoopNest( | ||||||||
577 | DomTreeNode *N, AAResults *AA, LoopInfo *LI, DominatorTree *DT, | ||||||||
578 | BlockFrequencyInfo *BFI, TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, TargetTransformInfo *TTI, | ||||||||
579 | Loop *CurLoop, MemorySSAUpdater *MSSAU, ICFLoopSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo, | ||||||||
580 | SinkAndHoistLICMFlags &Flags, OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE) { | ||||||||
581 | |||||||||
582 | bool Changed = false; | ||||||||
583 | SmallPriorityWorklist<Loop *, 4> Worklist; | ||||||||
584 | Worklist.insert(CurLoop); | ||||||||
585 | appendLoopsToWorklist(*CurLoop, Worklist); | ||||||||
586 | while (!Worklist.empty()) { | ||||||||
587 | Loop *L = Worklist.pop_back_val(); | ||||||||
588 | Changed |= sinkRegion(DT->getNode(L->getHeader()), AA, LI, DT, BFI, TLI, | ||||||||
589 | TTI, L, MSSAU, SafetyInfo, Flags, ORE, CurLoop); | ||||||||
590 | } | ||||||||
591 | return Changed; | ||||||||
592 | } | ||||||||
593 | |||||||||
594 | namespace { | ||||||||
595 | // This is a helper class for hoistRegion to make it able to hoist control flow | ||||||||
596 | // in order to be able to hoist phis. The way this works is that we initially | ||||||||
597 | // start hoisting to the loop preheader, and when we see a loop invariant branch | ||||||||
598 | // we make note of this. When we then come to hoist an instruction that's | ||||||||
599 | // conditional on such a branch we duplicate the branch and the relevant control | ||||||||
600 | // flow, then hoist the instruction into the block corresponding to its original | ||||||||
601 | // block in the duplicated control flow. | ||||||||
602 | class ControlFlowHoister { | ||||||||
603 | private: | ||||||||
604 | // Information about the loop we are hoisting from | ||||||||
605 | LoopInfo *LI; | ||||||||
606 | DominatorTree *DT; | ||||||||
607 | Loop *CurLoop; | ||||||||
608 | MemorySSAUpdater *MSSAU; | ||||||||
609 | |||||||||
610 | // A map of blocks in the loop to the block their instructions will be hoisted | ||||||||
611 | // to. | ||||||||
612 | DenseMap<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *> HoistDestinationMap; | ||||||||
613 | |||||||||
614 | // The branches that we can hoist, mapped to the block that marks a | ||||||||
615 | // convergence point of their control flow. | ||||||||
616 | DenseMap<BranchInst *, BasicBlock *> HoistableBranches; | ||||||||
617 | |||||||||
618 | public: | ||||||||
619 | ControlFlowHoister(LoopInfo *LI, DominatorTree *DT, Loop *CurLoop, | ||||||||
620 | MemorySSAUpdater *MSSAU) | ||||||||
621 | : LI(LI), DT(DT), CurLoop(CurLoop), MSSAU(MSSAU) {} | ||||||||
622 | |||||||||
623 | void registerPossiblyHoistableBranch(BranchInst *BI) { | ||||||||
624 | // We can only hoist conditional branches with loop invariant operands. | ||||||||
625 | if (!ControlFlowHoisting || !BI->isConditional() || | ||||||||
626 | !CurLoop->hasLoopInvariantOperands(BI)) | ||||||||
627 | return; | ||||||||
628 | |||||||||
629 | // The branch destinations need to be in the loop, and we don't gain | ||||||||
630 | // anything by duplicating conditional branches with duplicate successors, | ||||||||
631 | // as it's essentially the same as an unconditional branch. | ||||||||
632 | BasicBlock *TrueDest = BI->getSuccessor(0); | ||||||||
633 | BasicBlock *FalseDest = BI->getSuccessor(1); | ||||||||
634 | if (!CurLoop->contains(TrueDest) || !CurLoop->contains(FalseDest) || | ||||||||
635 | TrueDest == FalseDest) | ||||||||
636 | return; | ||||||||
637 | |||||||||
638 | // We can hoist BI if one branch destination is the successor of the other, | ||||||||
639 | // or both have common successor which we check by seeing if the | ||||||||
640 | // intersection of their successors is non-empty. | ||||||||
641 | // TODO: This could be expanded to allowing branches where both ends | ||||||||
642 | // eventually converge to a single block. | ||||||||
643 | SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 4> TrueDestSucc, FalseDestSucc; | ||||||||
644 | TrueDestSucc.insert(succ_begin(TrueDest), succ_end(TrueDest)); | ||||||||
645 | FalseDestSucc.insert(succ_begin(FalseDest), succ_end(FalseDest)); | ||||||||
646 | BasicBlock *CommonSucc = nullptr; | ||||||||
647 | if (TrueDestSucc.count(FalseDest)) { | ||||||||
648 | CommonSucc = FalseDest; | ||||||||
649 | } else if (FalseDestSucc.count(TrueDest)) { | ||||||||
650 | CommonSucc = TrueDest; | ||||||||
651 | } else { | ||||||||
652 | set_intersect(TrueDestSucc, FalseDestSucc); | ||||||||
653 | // If there's one common successor use that. | ||||||||
654 | if (TrueDestSucc.size() == 1) | ||||||||
655 | CommonSucc = *TrueDestSucc.begin(); | ||||||||
656 | // If there's more than one pick whichever appears first in the block list | ||||||||
657 | // (we can't use the value returned by TrueDestSucc.begin() as it's | ||||||||
658 | // unpredicatable which element gets returned). | ||||||||
659 | else if (!TrueDestSucc.empty()) { | ||||||||
660 | Function *F = TrueDest->getParent(); | ||||||||
661 | auto IsSucc = [&](BasicBlock &BB) { return TrueDestSucc.count(&BB); }; | ||||||||
662 | auto It = llvm::find_if(*F, IsSucc); | ||||||||
663 | assert(It != F->end() && "Could not find successor in function")(static_cast <bool> (It != F->end() && "Could not find successor in function" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("It != F->end() && \"Could not find successor in function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 663, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
664 | CommonSucc = &*It; | ||||||||
665 | } | ||||||||
666 | } | ||||||||
667 | // The common successor has to be dominated by the branch, as otherwise | ||||||||
668 | // there will be some other path to the successor that will not be | ||||||||
669 | // controlled by this branch so any phi we hoist would be controlled by the | ||||||||
670 | // wrong condition. This also takes care of avoiding hoisting of loop back | ||||||||
671 | // edges. | ||||||||
672 | // TODO: In some cases this could be relaxed if the successor is dominated | ||||||||
673 | // by another block that's been hoisted and we can guarantee that the | ||||||||
674 | // control flow has been replicated exactly. | ||||||||
675 | if (CommonSucc && DT->dominates(BI, CommonSucc)) | ||||||||
676 | HoistableBranches[BI] = CommonSucc; | ||||||||
677 | } | ||||||||
678 | |||||||||
679 | bool canHoistPHI(PHINode *PN) { | ||||||||
680 | // The phi must have loop invariant operands. | ||||||||
681 | if (!ControlFlowHoisting || !CurLoop->hasLoopInvariantOperands(PN)) | ||||||||
682 | return false; | ||||||||
683 | // We can hoist phis if the block they are in is the target of hoistable | ||||||||
684 | // branches which cover all of the predecessors of the block. | ||||||||
685 | SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 8> PredecessorBlocks; | ||||||||
686 | BasicBlock *BB = PN->getParent(); | ||||||||
687 | for (BasicBlock *PredBB : predecessors(BB)) | ||||||||
688 | PredecessorBlocks.insert(PredBB); | ||||||||
689 | // If we have less predecessor blocks than predecessors then the phi will | ||||||||
690 | // have more than one incoming value for the same block which we can't | ||||||||
691 | // handle. | ||||||||
692 | // TODO: This could be handled be erasing some of the duplicate incoming | ||||||||
693 | // values. | ||||||||
694 | if (PredecessorBlocks.size() != pred_size(BB)) | ||||||||
695 | return false; | ||||||||
696 | for (auto &Pair : HoistableBranches) { | ||||||||
697 | if (Pair.second == BB) { | ||||||||
698 | // Which blocks are predecessors via this branch depends on if the | ||||||||
699 | // branch is triangle-like or diamond-like. | ||||||||
700 | if (Pair.first->getSuccessor(0) == BB) { | ||||||||
701 | PredecessorBlocks.erase(Pair.first->getParent()); | ||||||||
702 | PredecessorBlocks.erase(Pair.first->getSuccessor(1)); | ||||||||
703 | } else if (Pair.first->getSuccessor(1) == BB) { | ||||||||
704 | PredecessorBlocks.erase(Pair.first->getParent()); | ||||||||
705 | PredecessorBlocks.erase(Pair.first->getSuccessor(0)); | ||||||||
706 | } else { | ||||||||
707 | PredecessorBlocks.erase(Pair.first->getSuccessor(0)); | ||||||||
708 | PredecessorBlocks.erase(Pair.first->getSuccessor(1)); | ||||||||
709 | } | ||||||||
710 | } | ||||||||
711 | } | ||||||||
712 | // PredecessorBlocks will now be empty if for every predecessor of BB we | ||||||||
713 | // found a hoistable branch source. | ||||||||
714 | return PredecessorBlocks.empty(); | ||||||||
715 | } | ||||||||
716 | |||||||||
717 | BasicBlock *getOrCreateHoistedBlock(BasicBlock *BB) { | ||||||||
718 | if (!ControlFlowHoisting) | ||||||||
719 | return CurLoop->getLoopPreheader(); | ||||||||
720 | // If BB has already been hoisted, return that | ||||||||
721 | if (HoistDestinationMap.count(BB)) | ||||||||
722 | return HoistDestinationMap[BB]; | ||||||||
723 | |||||||||
724 | // Check if this block is conditional based on a pending branch | ||||||||
725 | auto HasBBAsSuccessor = | ||||||||
726 | [&](DenseMap<BranchInst *, BasicBlock *>::value_type &Pair) { | ||||||||
727 | return BB != Pair.second && (Pair.first->getSuccessor(0) == BB || | ||||||||
728 | Pair.first->getSuccessor(1) == BB); | ||||||||
729 | }; | ||||||||
730 | auto It = llvm::find_if(HoistableBranches, HasBBAsSuccessor); | ||||||||
731 | |||||||||
732 | // If not involved in a pending branch, hoist to preheader | ||||||||
733 | BasicBlock *InitialPreheader = CurLoop->getLoopPreheader(); | ||||||||
734 | if (It == HoistableBranches.end()) { | ||||||||
735 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "LICM using "do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("licm")) { dbgs() << "LICM using " << InitialPreheader ->getNameOrAsOperand() << " as hoist destination for " << BB->getNameOrAsOperand() << "\n"; } } while (false) | ||||||||
736 | << InitialPreheader->getNameOrAsOperand()do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("licm")) { dbgs() << "LICM using " << InitialPreheader ->getNameOrAsOperand() << " as hoist destination for " << BB->getNameOrAsOperand() << "\n"; } } while (false) | ||||||||
737 | << " as hoist destination for "do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("licm")) { dbgs() << "LICM using " << InitialPreheader ->getNameOrAsOperand() << " as hoist destination for " << BB->getNameOrAsOperand() << "\n"; } } while (false) | ||||||||
738 | << BB->getNameOrAsOperand() << "\n")do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("licm")) { dbgs() << "LICM using " << InitialPreheader ->getNameOrAsOperand() << " as hoist destination for " << BB->getNameOrAsOperand() << "\n"; } } while (false); | ||||||||
739 | HoistDestinationMap[BB] = InitialPreheader; | ||||||||
740 | return InitialPreheader; | ||||||||
741 | } | ||||||||
742 | BranchInst *BI = It->first; | ||||||||
743 | assert(std::find_if(++It, HoistableBranches.end(), HasBBAsSuccessor) ==(static_cast <bool> (std::find_if(++It, HoistableBranches .end(), HasBBAsSuccessor) == HoistableBranches.end() && "BB is expected to be the target of at most one branch") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("std::find_if(++It, HoistableBranches.end(), HasBBAsSuccessor) == HoistableBranches.end() && \"BB is expected to be the target of at most one branch\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 745, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
744 | HoistableBranches.end() &&(static_cast <bool> (std::find_if(++It, HoistableBranches .end(), HasBBAsSuccessor) == HoistableBranches.end() && "BB is expected to be the target of at most one branch") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("std::find_if(++It, HoistableBranches.end(), HasBBAsSuccessor) == HoistableBranches.end() && \"BB is expected to be the target of at most one branch\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 745, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
745 | "BB is expected to be the target of at most one branch")(static_cast <bool> (std::find_if(++It, HoistableBranches .end(), HasBBAsSuccessor) == HoistableBranches.end() && "BB is expected to be the target of at most one branch") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("std::find_if(++It, HoistableBranches.end(), HasBBAsSuccessor) == HoistableBranches.end() && \"BB is expected to be the target of at most one branch\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 745, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
746 | |||||||||
747 | LLVMContext &C = BB->getContext(); | ||||||||
748 | BasicBlock *TrueDest = BI->getSuccessor(0); | ||||||||
749 | BasicBlock *FalseDest = BI->getSuccessor(1); | ||||||||
750 | BasicBlock *CommonSucc = HoistableBranches[BI]; | ||||||||
751 | BasicBlock *HoistTarget = getOrCreateHoistedBlock(BI->getParent()); | ||||||||
752 | |||||||||
753 | // Create hoisted versions of blocks that currently don't have them | ||||||||
754 | auto CreateHoistedBlock = [&](BasicBlock *Orig) { | ||||||||
755 | if (HoistDestinationMap.count(Orig)) | ||||||||
756 | return HoistDestinationMap[Orig]; | ||||||||
757 | BasicBlock *New = | ||||||||
758 | BasicBlock::Create(C, Orig->getName() + ".licm", Orig->getParent()); | ||||||||
759 | HoistDestinationMap[Orig] = New; | ||||||||
760 | DT->addNewBlock(New, HoistTarget); | ||||||||
761 | if (CurLoop->getParentLoop()) | ||||||||
762 | CurLoop->getParentLoop()->addBasicBlockToLoop(New, *LI); | ||||||||
763 | ++NumCreatedBlocks; | ||||||||
764 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "LICM created " << New->getName()do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("licm")) { dbgs() << "LICM created " << New-> getName() << " as hoist destination for " << Orig ->getName() << "\n"; } } while (false) | ||||||||
765 | << " as hoist destination for " << Orig->getName()do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("licm")) { dbgs() << "LICM created " << New-> getName() << " as hoist destination for " << Orig ->getName() << "\n"; } } while (false) | ||||||||
766 | << "\n")do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("licm")) { dbgs() << "LICM created " << New-> getName() << " as hoist destination for " << Orig ->getName() << "\n"; } } while (false); | ||||||||
767 | return New; | ||||||||
768 | }; | ||||||||
769 | BasicBlock *HoistTrueDest = CreateHoistedBlock(TrueDest); | ||||||||
770 | BasicBlock *HoistFalseDest = CreateHoistedBlock(FalseDest); | ||||||||
771 | BasicBlock *HoistCommonSucc = CreateHoistedBlock(CommonSucc); | ||||||||
772 | |||||||||
773 | // Link up these blocks with branches. | ||||||||
774 | if (!HoistCommonSucc->getTerminator()) { | ||||||||
775 | // The new common successor we've generated will branch to whatever that | ||||||||
776 | // hoist target branched to. | ||||||||
777 | BasicBlock *TargetSucc = HoistTarget->getSingleSuccessor(); | ||||||||
778 | assert(TargetSucc && "Expected hoist target to have a single successor")(static_cast <bool> (TargetSucc && "Expected hoist target to have a single successor" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("TargetSucc && \"Expected hoist target to have a single successor\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 778, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
779 | HoistCommonSucc->moveBefore(TargetSucc); | ||||||||
780 | BranchInst::Create(TargetSucc, HoistCommonSucc); | ||||||||
781 | } | ||||||||
782 | if (!HoistTrueDest->getTerminator()) { | ||||||||
783 | HoistTrueDest->moveBefore(HoistCommonSucc); | ||||||||
784 | BranchInst::Create(HoistCommonSucc, HoistTrueDest); | ||||||||
785 | } | ||||||||
786 | if (!HoistFalseDest->getTerminator()) { | ||||||||
787 | HoistFalseDest->moveBefore(HoistCommonSucc); | ||||||||
788 | BranchInst::Create(HoistCommonSucc, HoistFalseDest); | ||||||||
789 | } | ||||||||
790 | |||||||||
791 | // If BI is being cloned to what was originally the preheader then | ||||||||
792 | // HoistCommonSucc will now be the new preheader. | ||||||||
793 | if (HoistTarget == InitialPreheader) { | ||||||||
794 | // Phis in the loop header now need to use the new preheader. | ||||||||
795 | InitialPreheader->replaceSuccessorsPhiUsesWith(HoistCommonSucc); | ||||||||
796 | MSSAU->wireOldPredecessorsToNewImmediatePredecessor( | ||||||||
797 | HoistTarget->getSingleSuccessor(), HoistCommonSucc, {HoistTarget}); | ||||||||
798 | // The new preheader dominates the loop header. | ||||||||
799 | DomTreeNode *PreheaderNode = DT->getNode(HoistCommonSucc); | ||||||||
800 | DomTreeNode *HeaderNode = DT->getNode(CurLoop->getHeader()); | ||||||||
801 | DT->changeImmediateDominator(HeaderNode, PreheaderNode); | ||||||||
802 | // The preheader hoist destination is now the new preheader, with the | ||||||||
803 | // exception of the hoist destination of this branch. | ||||||||
804 | for (auto &Pair : HoistDestinationMap) | ||||||||
805 | if (Pair.second == InitialPreheader && Pair.first != BI->getParent()) | ||||||||
806 | Pair.second = HoistCommonSucc; | ||||||||
807 | } | ||||||||
808 | |||||||||
809 | // Now finally clone BI. | ||||||||
810 | ReplaceInstWithInst( | ||||||||
811 | HoistTarget->getTerminator(), | ||||||||
812 | BranchInst::Create(HoistTrueDest, HoistFalseDest, BI->getCondition())); | ||||||||
813 | ++NumClonedBranches; | ||||||||
814 | |||||||||
815 | assert(CurLoop->getLoopPreheader() &&(static_cast <bool> (CurLoop->getLoopPreheader() && "Hoisting blocks should not have destroyed preheader") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CurLoop->getLoopPreheader() && \"Hoisting blocks should not have destroyed preheader\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 816, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
816 | "Hoisting blocks should not have destroyed preheader")(static_cast <bool> (CurLoop->getLoopPreheader() && "Hoisting blocks should not have destroyed preheader") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CurLoop->getLoopPreheader() && \"Hoisting blocks should not have destroyed preheader\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 816, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
817 | return HoistDestinationMap[BB]; | ||||||||
818 | } | ||||||||
819 | }; | ||||||||
820 | } // namespace | ||||||||
821 | |||||||||
822 | // Hoisting/sinking instruction out of a loop isn't always beneficial. It's only | ||||||||
823 | // only worthwhile if the destination block is actually colder than current | ||||||||
824 | // block. | ||||||||
825 | static bool worthSinkOrHoistInst(Instruction &I, BasicBlock *DstBlock, | ||||||||
826 | OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE, | ||||||||
827 | BlockFrequencyInfo *BFI) { | ||||||||
828 | // Check block frequency only when runtime profile is available | ||||||||
829 | // to avoid pathological cases. With static profile, lean towards | ||||||||
830 | // hosting because it helps canonicalize the loop for vectorizer. | ||||||||
831 | if (!DstBlock->getParent()->hasProfileData()) | ||||||||
832 | return true; | ||||||||
833 | |||||||||
834 | if (!HoistSinkColdnessThreshold || !BFI) | ||||||||
835 | return true; | ||||||||
836 | |||||||||
837 | BasicBlock *SrcBlock = I.getParent(); | ||||||||
838 | if (BFI->getBlockFreq(DstBlock).getFrequency() / HoistSinkColdnessThreshold > | ||||||||
839 | BFI->getBlockFreq(SrcBlock).getFrequency()) { | ||||||||
840 | ORE->emit([&]() { | ||||||||
841 | return OptimizationRemarkMissed(DEBUG_TYPE"licm", "SinkHoistInst", &I) | ||||||||
842 | << "failed to sink or hoist instruction because containing block " | ||||||||
843 | "has lower frequency than destination block"; | ||||||||
844 | }); | ||||||||
845 | return false; | ||||||||
846 | } | ||||||||
847 | |||||||||
848 | return true; | ||||||||
849 | } | ||||||||
850 | |||||||||
851 | /// Walk the specified region of the CFG (defined by all blocks dominated by | ||||||||
852 | /// the specified block, and that are in the current loop) in depth first | ||||||||
853 | /// order w.r.t the DominatorTree. This allows us to visit definitions before | ||||||||
854 | /// uses, allowing us to hoist a loop body in one pass without iteration. | ||||||||
855 | /// | ||||||||
856 | bool llvm::hoistRegion(DomTreeNode *N, AAResults *AA, LoopInfo *LI, | ||||||||
857 | DominatorTree *DT, BlockFrequencyInfo *BFI, | ||||||||
858 | TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, Loop *CurLoop, | ||||||||
859 | MemorySSAUpdater *MSSAU, ScalarEvolution *SE, | ||||||||
860 | ICFLoopSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo, | ||||||||
861 | SinkAndHoistLICMFlags &Flags, | ||||||||
862 | OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE, bool LoopNestMode) { | ||||||||
863 | // Verify inputs. | ||||||||
864 | assert(N != nullptr && AA != nullptr && LI != nullptr && DT != nullptr &&(static_cast <bool> (N != nullptr && AA != nullptr && LI != nullptr && DT != nullptr && CurLoop != nullptr && MSSAU != nullptr && SafetyInfo != nullptr && "Unexpected input to hoistRegion.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("N != nullptr && AA != nullptr && LI != nullptr && DT != nullptr && CurLoop != nullptr && MSSAU != nullptr && SafetyInfo != nullptr && \"Unexpected input to hoistRegion.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 866, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
865 | CurLoop != nullptr && MSSAU != nullptr && SafetyInfo != nullptr &&(static_cast <bool> (N != nullptr && AA != nullptr && LI != nullptr && DT != nullptr && CurLoop != nullptr && MSSAU != nullptr && SafetyInfo != nullptr && "Unexpected input to hoistRegion.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("N != nullptr && AA != nullptr && LI != nullptr && DT != nullptr && CurLoop != nullptr && MSSAU != nullptr && SafetyInfo != nullptr && \"Unexpected input to hoistRegion.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 866, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
866 | "Unexpected input to hoistRegion.")(static_cast <bool> (N != nullptr && AA != nullptr && LI != nullptr && DT != nullptr && CurLoop != nullptr && MSSAU != nullptr && SafetyInfo != nullptr && "Unexpected input to hoistRegion.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("N != nullptr && AA != nullptr && LI != nullptr && DT != nullptr && CurLoop != nullptr && MSSAU != nullptr && SafetyInfo != nullptr && \"Unexpected input to hoistRegion.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 866, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
867 | |||||||||
868 | ControlFlowHoister CFH(LI, DT, CurLoop, MSSAU); | ||||||||
869 | |||||||||
870 | // Keep track of instructions that have been hoisted, as they may need to be | ||||||||
871 | // re-hoisted if they end up not dominating all of their uses. | ||||||||
872 | SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> HoistedInstructions; | ||||||||
873 | |||||||||
874 | // For PHI hoisting to work we need to hoist blocks before their successors. | ||||||||
875 | // We can do this by iterating through the blocks in the loop in reverse | ||||||||
876 | // post-order. | ||||||||
877 | LoopBlocksRPO Worklist(CurLoop); | ||||||||
878 | Worklist.perform(LI); | ||||||||
879 | bool Changed = false; | ||||||||
880 | for (BasicBlock *BB : Worklist) { | ||||||||
881 | // Only need to process the contents of this block if it is not part of a | ||||||||
882 | // subloop (which would already have been processed). | ||||||||
883 | if (!LoopNestMode && inSubLoop(BB, CurLoop, LI)) | ||||||||
884 | continue; | ||||||||
885 | |||||||||
886 | for (BasicBlock::iterator II = BB->begin(), E = BB->end(); II != E;) { | ||||||||
887 | Instruction &I = *II++; | ||||||||
888 | // Try constant folding this instruction. If all the operands are | ||||||||
889 | // constants, it is technically hoistable, but it would be better to | ||||||||
890 | // just fold it. | ||||||||
891 | if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction( | ||||||||
892 | &I, I.getModule()->getDataLayout(), TLI)) { | ||||||||
893 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "LICM folding inst: " << I << " --> " << *Cdo { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("licm")) { dbgs() << "LICM folding inst: " << I << " --> " << *C << '\n'; } } while (false) | ||||||||
894 | << '\n')do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("licm")) { dbgs() << "LICM folding inst: " << I << " --> " << *C << '\n'; } } while (false); | ||||||||
895 | // FIXME MSSA: Such replacements may make accesses unoptimized (D51960). | ||||||||
896 | I.replaceAllUsesWith(C); | ||||||||
897 | if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(&I, TLI)) | ||||||||
898 | eraseInstruction(I, *SafetyInfo, MSSAU); | ||||||||
899 | Changed = true; | ||||||||
900 | continue; | ||||||||
901 | } | ||||||||
902 | |||||||||
903 | // Try hoisting the instruction out to the preheader. We can only do | ||||||||
904 | // this if all of the operands of the instruction are loop invariant and | ||||||||
905 | // if it is safe to hoist the instruction. We also check block frequency | ||||||||
906 | // to make sure instruction only gets hoisted into colder blocks. | ||||||||
907 | // TODO: It may be safe to hoist if we are hoisting to a conditional block | ||||||||
908 | // and we have accurately duplicated the control flow from the loop header | ||||||||
909 | // to that block. | ||||||||
910 | if (CurLoop->hasLoopInvariantOperands(&I) && | ||||||||
911 | canSinkOrHoistInst(I, AA, DT, CurLoop, /*CurAST*/ nullptr, MSSAU, | ||||||||
912 | true, &Flags, ORE) && | ||||||||
913 | worthSinkOrHoistInst(I, CurLoop->getLoopPreheader(), ORE, BFI) && | ||||||||
914 | isSafeToExecuteUnconditionally( | ||||||||
915 | I, DT, TLI, CurLoop, SafetyInfo, ORE, | ||||||||
916 | CurLoop->getLoopPreheader()->getTerminator())) { | ||||||||
917 | hoist(I, DT, CurLoop, CFH.getOrCreateHoistedBlock(BB), SafetyInfo, | ||||||||
918 | MSSAU, SE, ORE); | ||||||||
919 | HoistedInstructions.push_back(&I); | ||||||||
920 | Changed = true; | ||||||||
921 | continue; | ||||||||
922 | } | ||||||||
923 | |||||||||
924 | // Attempt to remove floating point division out of the loop by | ||||||||
925 | // converting it to a reciprocal multiplication. | ||||||||
926 | if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::FDiv && I.hasAllowReciprocal() && | ||||||||
927 | CurLoop->isLoopInvariant(I.getOperand(1))) { | ||||||||
928 | auto Divisor = I.getOperand(1); | ||||||||
929 | auto One = llvm::ConstantFP::get(Divisor->getType(), 1.0); | ||||||||
930 | auto ReciprocalDivisor = BinaryOperator::CreateFDiv(One, Divisor); | ||||||||
931 | ReciprocalDivisor->setFastMathFlags(I.getFastMathFlags()); | ||||||||
932 | SafetyInfo->insertInstructionTo(ReciprocalDivisor, I.getParent()); | ||||||||
933 | ReciprocalDivisor->insertBefore(&I); | ||||||||
934 | |||||||||
935 | auto Product = | ||||||||
936 | BinaryOperator::CreateFMul(I.getOperand(0), ReciprocalDivisor); | ||||||||
937 | Product->setFastMathFlags(I.getFastMathFlags()); | ||||||||
938 | SafetyInfo->insertInstructionTo(Product, I.getParent()); | ||||||||
939 | Product->insertAfter(&I); | ||||||||
940 | I.replaceAllUsesWith(Product); | ||||||||
941 | eraseInstruction(I, *SafetyInfo, MSSAU); | ||||||||
942 | |||||||||
943 | hoist(*ReciprocalDivisor, DT, CurLoop, CFH.getOrCreateHoistedBlock(BB), | ||||||||
944 | SafetyInfo, MSSAU, SE, ORE); | ||||||||
945 | HoistedInstructions.push_back(ReciprocalDivisor); | ||||||||
946 | Changed = true; | ||||||||
947 | continue; | ||||||||
948 | } | ||||||||
949 | |||||||||
950 | auto IsInvariantStart = [&](Instruction &I) { | ||||||||
951 | using namespace PatternMatch; | ||||||||
952 | return I.use_empty() && | ||||||||
953 | match(&I, m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::invariant_start>()); | ||||||||
954 | }; | ||||||||
955 | auto MustExecuteWithoutWritesBefore = [&](Instruction &I) { | ||||||||
956 | return SafetyInfo->isGuaranteedToExecute(I, DT, CurLoop) && | ||||||||
957 | SafetyInfo->doesNotWriteMemoryBefore(I, CurLoop); | ||||||||
958 | }; | ||||||||
959 | if ((IsInvariantStart(I) || isGuard(&I)) && | ||||||||
960 | CurLoop->hasLoopInvariantOperands(&I) && | ||||||||
961 | MustExecuteWithoutWritesBefore(I)) { | ||||||||
962 | hoist(I, DT, CurLoop, CFH.getOrCreateHoistedBlock(BB), SafetyInfo, | ||||||||
963 | MSSAU, SE, ORE); | ||||||||
964 | HoistedInstructions.push_back(&I); | ||||||||
965 | Changed = true; | ||||||||
966 | continue; | ||||||||
967 | } | ||||||||
968 | |||||||||
969 | if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(&I)) { | ||||||||
970 | if (CFH.canHoistPHI(PN)) { | ||||||||
971 | // Redirect incoming blocks first to ensure that we create hoisted | ||||||||
972 | // versions of those blocks before we hoist the phi. | ||||||||
973 | for (unsigned int i = 0; i < PN->getNumIncomingValues(); ++i) | ||||||||
974 | PN->setIncomingBlock( | ||||||||
975 | i, CFH.getOrCreateHoistedBlock(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))); | ||||||||
976 | hoist(*PN, DT, CurLoop, CFH.getOrCreateHoistedBlock(BB), SafetyInfo, | ||||||||
977 | MSSAU, SE, ORE); | ||||||||
978 | assert(DT->dominates(PN, BB) && "Conditional PHIs not expected")(static_cast <bool> (DT->dominates(PN, BB) && "Conditional PHIs not expected") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "DT->dominates(PN, BB) && \"Conditional PHIs not expected\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 978, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
979 | Changed = true; | ||||||||
980 | continue; | ||||||||
981 | } | ||||||||
982 | } | ||||||||
983 | |||||||||
984 | // Remember possibly hoistable branches so we can actually hoist them | ||||||||
985 | // later if needed. | ||||||||
986 | if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(&I)) | ||||||||
987 | CFH.registerPossiblyHoistableBranch(BI); | ||||||||
988 | } | ||||||||
989 | } | ||||||||
990 | |||||||||
991 | // If we hoisted instructions to a conditional block they may not dominate | ||||||||
992 | // their uses that weren't hoisted (such as phis where some operands are not | ||||||||
993 | // loop invariant). If so make them unconditional by moving them to their | ||||||||
994 | // immediate dominator. We iterate through the instructions in reverse order | ||||||||
995 | // which ensures that when we rehoist an instruction we rehoist its operands, | ||||||||
996 | // and also keep track of where in the block we are rehoisting to to make sure | ||||||||
997 | // that we rehoist instructions before the instructions that use them. | ||||||||
998 | Instruction *HoistPoint = nullptr; | ||||||||
999 | if (ControlFlowHoisting) { | ||||||||
1000 | for (Instruction *I : reverse(HoistedInstructions)) { | ||||||||
1001 | if (!llvm::all_of(I->uses(), | ||||||||
1002 | [&](Use &U) { return DT->dominates(I, U); })) { | ||||||||
1003 | BasicBlock *Dominator = | ||||||||
1004 | DT->getNode(I->getParent())->getIDom()->getBlock(); | ||||||||
1005 | if (!HoistPoint || !DT->dominates(HoistPoint->getParent(), Dominator)) { | ||||||||
1006 | if (HoistPoint) | ||||||||
1007 | assert(DT->dominates(Dominator, HoistPoint->getParent()) &&(static_cast <bool> (DT->dominates(Dominator, HoistPoint ->getParent()) && "New hoist point expected to dominate old hoist point" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DT->dominates(Dominator, HoistPoint->getParent()) && \"New hoist point expected to dominate old hoist point\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 1008, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1008 | "New hoist point expected to dominate old hoist point")(static_cast <bool> (DT->dominates(Dominator, HoistPoint ->getParent()) && "New hoist point expected to dominate old hoist point" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DT->dominates(Dominator, HoistPoint->getParent()) && \"New hoist point expected to dominate old hoist point\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 1008, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1009 | HoistPoint = Dominator->getTerminator(); | ||||||||
1010 | } | ||||||||
1011 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "LICM rehoisting to "do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("licm")) { dbgs() << "LICM rehoisting to " << HoistPoint ->getParent()->getNameOrAsOperand() << ": " << *I << "\n"; } } while (false) | ||||||||
1012 | << HoistPoint->getParent()->getNameOrAsOperand()do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("licm")) { dbgs() << "LICM rehoisting to " << HoistPoint ->getParent()->getNameOrAsOperand() << ": " << *I << "\n"; } } while (false) | ||||||||
1013 | << ": " << *I << "\n")do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("licm")) { dbgs() << "LICM rehoisting to " << HoistPoint ->getParent()->getNameOrAsOperand() << ": " << *I << "\n"; } } while (false); | ||||||||
1014 | moveInstructionBefore(*I, *HoistPoint, *SafetyInfo, MSSAU, SE); | ||||||||
1015 | HoistPoint = I; | ||||||||
1016 | Changed = true; | ||||||||
1017 | } | ||||||||
1018 | } | ||||||||
1019 | } | ||||||||
1020 | if (VerifyMemorySSA) | ||||||||
1021 | MSSAU->getMemorySSA()->verifyMemorySSA(); | ||||||||
1022 | |||||||||
1023 | // Now that we've finished hoisting make sure that LI and DT are still | ||||||||
1024 | // valid. | ||||||||
1025 | #ifdef EXPENSIVE_CHECKS | ||||||||
1026 | if (Changed) { | ||||||||
1027 | assert(DT->verify(DominatorTree::VerificationLevel::Fast) &&(static_cast <bool> (DT->verify(DominatorTree::VerificationLevel ::Fast) && "Dominator tree verification failed") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DT->verify(DominatorTree::VerificationLevel::Fast) && \"Dominator tree verification failed\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 1028, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1028 | "Dominator tree verification failed")(static_cast <bool> (DT->verify(DominatorTree::VerificationLevel ::Fast) && "Dominator tree verification failed") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DT->verify(DominatorTree::VerificationLevel::Fast) && \"Dominator tree verification failed\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 1028, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1029 | LI->verify(*DT); | ||||||||
1030 | } | ||||||||
1031 | #endif | ||||||||
1032 | |||||||||
1033 | return Changed; | ||||||||
1034 | } | ||||||||
1035 | |||||||||
1036 | // Return true if LI is invariant within scope of the loop. LI is invariant if | ||||||||
1037 | // CurLoop is dominated by an invariant.start representing the same memory | ||||||||
1038 | // location and size as the memory location LI loads from, and also the | ||||||||
1039 | // invariant.start has no uses. | ||||||||
1040 | static bool isLoadInvariantInLoop(LoadInst *LI, DominatorTree *DT, | ||||||||
1041 | Loop *CurLoop) { | ||||||||
1042 | Value *Addr = LI->getOperand(0); | ||||||||
1043 | const DataLayout &DL = LI->getModule()->getDataLayout(); | ||||||||
1044 | const TypeSize LocSizeInBits = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LI->getType()); | ||||||||
1045 | |||||||||
1046 | // It is not currently possible for clang to generate an invariant.start | ||||||||
1047 | // intrinsic with scalable vector types because we don't support thread local | ||||||||
1048 | // sizeless types and we don't permit sizeless types in structs or classes. | ||||||||
1049 | // Furthermore, even if support is added for this in future the intrinsic | ||||||||
1050 | // itself is defined to have a size of -1 for variable sized objects. This | ||||||||
1051 | // makes it impossible to verify if the intrinsic envelops our region of | ||||||||
1052 | // interest. For example, both <vscale x 32 x i8> and <vscale x 16 x i8> | ||||||||
1053 | // types would have a -1 parameter, but the former is clearly double the size | ||||||||
1054 | // of the latter. | ||||||||
1055 | if (LocSizeInBits.isScalable()) | ||||||||
1056 | return false; | ||||||||
1057 | |||||||||
1058 | // if the type is i8 addrspace(x)*, we know this is the type of | ||||||||
1059 | // llvm.invariant.start operand | ||||||||
1060 | auto *PtrInt8Ty = PointerType::get(Type::getInt8Ty(LI->getContext()), | ||||||||
1061 | LI->getPointerAddressSpace()); | ||||||||
1062 | unsigned BitcastsVisited = 0; | ||||||||
1063 | // Look through bitcasts until we reach the i8* type (this is invariant.start | ||||||||
1064 | // operand type). | ||||||||
1065 | while (Addr->getType() != PtrInt8Ty) { | ||||||||
1066 | auto *BC = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Addr); | ||||||||
1067 | // Avoid traversing high number of bitcast uses. | ||||||||
1068 | if (++BitcastsVisited > MaxNumUsesTraversed || !BC) | ||||||||
1069 | return false; | ||||||||
1070 | Addr = BC->getOperand(0); | ||||||||
1071 | } | ||||||||
1072 | |||||||||
1073 | unsigned UsesVisited = 0; | ||||||||
1074 | // Traverse all uses of the load operand value, to see if invariant.start is | ||||||||
1075 | // one of the uses, and whether it dominates the load instruction. | ||||||||
1076 | for (auto *U : Addr->users()) { | ||||||||
1077 | // Avoid traversing for Load operand with high number of users. | ||||||||
1078 | if (++UsesVisited > MaxNumUsesTraversed) | ||||||||
1079 | return false; | ||||||||
1080 | IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(U); | ||||||||
1081 | // If there are escaping uses of invariant.start instruction, the load maybe | ||||||||
1082 | // non-invariant. | ||||||||
1083 | if (!II || II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::invariant_start || | ||||||||
1084 | !II->use_empty()) | ||||||||
1085 | continue; | ||||||||
1086 | ConstantInt *InvariantSize = cast<ConstantInt>(II->getArgOperand(0)); | ||||||||
1087 | // The intrinsic supports having a -1 argument for variable sized objects | ||||||||
1088 | // so we should check for that here. | ||||||||
1089 | if (InvariantSize->isNegative()) | ||||||||
1090 | continue; | ||||||||
1091 | uint64_t InvariantSizeInBits = InvariantSize->getSExtValue() * 8; | ||||||||
1092 | // Confirm the invariant.start location size contains the load operand size | ||||||||
1093 | // in bits. Also, the invariant.start should dominate the load, and we | ||||||||
1094 | // should not hoist the load out of a loop that contains this dominating | ||||||||
1095 | // invariant.start. | ||||||||
1096 | if (LocSizeInBits.getFixedSize() <= InvariantSizeInBits && | ||||||||
1097 | DT->properlyDominates(II->getParent(), CurLoop->getHeader())) | ||||||||
1098 | return true; | ||||||||
1099 | } | ||||||||
1100 | |||||||||
1101 | return false; | ||||||||
1102 | } | ||||||||
1103 | |||||||||
1104 | namespace { | ||||||||
1105 | /// Return true if-and-only-if we know how to (mechanically) both hoist and | ||||||||
1106 | /// sink a given instruction out of a loop. Does not address legality | ||||||||
1107 | /// concerns such as aliasing or speculation safety. | ||||||||
1108 | bool isHoistableAndSinkableInst(Instruction &I) { | ||||||||
1109 | // Only these instructions are hoistable/sinkable. | ||||||||
1110 | return (isa<LoadInst>(I) || isa<StoreInst>(I) || isa<CallInst>(I) || | ||||||||
1111 | isa<FenceInst>(I) || isa<CastInst>(I) || isa<UnaryOperator>(I) || | ||||||||
1112 | isa<BinaryOperator>(I) || isa<SelectInst>(I) || | ||||||||
1113 | isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I) || isa<CmpInst>(I) || | ||||||||
1114 | isa<InsertElementInst>(I) || isa<ExtractElementInst>(I) || | ||||||||
1115 | isa<ShuffleVectorInst>(I) || isa<ExtractValueInst>(I) || | ||||||||
1116 | isa<InsertValueInst>(I) || isa<FreezeInst>(I)); | ||||||||
1117 | } | ||||||||
1118 | /// Return true if all of the alias sets within this AST are known not to | ||||||||
1119 | /// contain a Mod, or if MSSA knows there are no MemoryDefs in the loop. | ||||||||
1120 | bool isReadOnly(AliasSetTracker *CurAST, const MemorySSAUpdater *MSSAU, | ||||||||
1121 | const Loop *L) { | ||||||||
1122 | if (CurAST) { | ||||||||
1123 | for (AliasSet &AS : *CurAST) { | ||||||||
1124 | if (!AS.isForwardingAliasSet() && AS.isMod()) { | ||||||||
1125 | return false; | ||||||||
1126 | } | ||||||||
1127 | } | ||||||||
1128 | return true; | ||||||||
1129 | } else { /*MSSAU*/ | ||||||||
1130 | for (auto *BB : L->getBlocks()) | ||||||||
1131 | if (MSSAU->getMemorySSA()->getBlockDefs(BB)) | ||||||||
1132 | return false; | ||||||||
1133 | return true; | ||||||||
1134 | } | ||||||||
1135 | } | ||||||||
1136 | |||||||||
1137 | /// Return true if I is the only Instruction with a MemoryAccess in L. | ||||||||
1138 | bool isOnlyMemoryAccess(const Instruction *I, const Loop *L, | ||||||||
1139 | const MemorySSAUpdater *MSSAU) { | ||||||||
1140 | for (auto *BB : L->getBlocks()) | ||||||||
1141 | if (auto *Accs = MSSAU->getMemorySSA()->getBlockAccesses(BB)) { | ||||||||
1142 | int NotAPhi = 0; | ||||||||
1143 | for (const auto &Acc : *Accs) { | ||||||||
1144 | if (isa<MemoryPhi>(&Acc)) | ||||||||
1145 | continue; | ||||||||
1146 | const auto *MUD = cast<MemoryUseOrDef>(&Acc); | ||||||||
1147 | if (MUD->getMemoryInst() != I || NotAPhi++ == 1) | ||||||||
1148 | return false; | ||||||||
1149 | } | ||||||||
1150 | } | ||||||||
1151 | return true; | ||||||||
1152 | } | ||||||||
1153 | } | ||||||||
1154 | |||||||||
1155 | bool llvm::canSinkOrHoistInst(Instruction &I, AAResults *AA, DominatorTree *DT, | ||||||||
1156 | Loop *CurLoop, AliasSetTracker *CurAST, | ||||||||
1157 | MemorySSAUpdater *MSSAU, | ||||||||
1158 | bool TargetExecutesOncePerLoop, | ||||||||
1159 | SinkAndHoistLICMFlags *Flags, | ||||||||
1160 | OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE) { | ||||||||
1161 | assert(((CurAST != nullptr) ^ (MSSAU != nullptr)) &&(static_cast <bool> (((CurAST != nullptr) ^ (MSSAU != nullptr )) && "Either AliasSetTracker or MemorySSA should be initialized." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("((CurAST != nullptr) ^ (MSSAU != nullptr)) && \"Either AliasSetTracker or MemorySSA should be initialized.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 1162, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| |||||||||
1162 | "Either AliasSetTracker or MemorySSA should be initialized.")(static_cast <bool> (((CurAST != nullptr) ^ (MSSAU != nullptr )) && "Either AliasSetTracker or MemorySSA should be initialized." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("((CurAST != nullptr) ^ (MSSAU != nullptr)) && \"Either AliasSetTracker or MemorySSA should be initialized.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 1162, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1163 | |||||||||
1164 | // If we don't understand the instruction, bail early. | ||||||||
1165 | if (!isHoistableAndSinkableInst(I)) | ||||||||
1166 | return false; | ||||||||
1167 | |||||||||
1168 | MemorySSA *MSSA = MSSAU
| ||||||||
1169 | if (MSSA) | ||||||||
1170 | assert(Flags != nullptr && "Flags cannot be null.")(static_cast <bool> (Flags != nullptr && "Flags cannot be null." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Flags != nullptr && \"Flags cannot be null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 1170, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1171 | |||||||||
1172 | // Loads have extra constraints we have to verify before we can hoist them. | ||||||||
1173 | if (LoadInst *LI
| ||||||||
1174 | if (!LI->isUnordered()) | ||||||||
1175 | return false; // Don't sink/hoist volatile or ordered atomic loads! | ||||||||
1176 | |||||||||
1177 | // Loads from constant memory are always safe to move, even if they end up | ||||||||
1178 | // in the same alias set as something that ends up being modified. | ||||||||
1179 | if (AA->pointsToConstantMemory(LI->getOperand(0))) | ||||||||
1180 | return true; | ||||||||
1181 | if (LI->hasMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_invariant_load)) | ||||||||
1182 | return true; | ||||||||
1183 | |||||||||
1184 | if (LI->isAtomic() && !TargetExecutesOncePerLoop) | ||||||||
1185 | return false; // Don't risk duplicating unordered loads | ||||||||
1186 | |||||||||
1187 | // This checks for an invariant.start dominating the load. | ||||||||
1188 | if (isLoadInvariantInLoop(LI, DT, CurLoop)) | ||||||||
1189 | return true; | ||||||||
1190 | |||||||||
1191 | bool Invalidated; | ||||||||
1192 | if (CurAST
| ||||||||
1193 | Invalidated = pointerInvalidatedByLoop(MemoryLocation::get(LI), CurAST, | ||||||||
1194 | CurLoop, AA); | ||||||||
1195 | else | ||||||||
1196 | Invalidated = pointerInvalidatedByLoopWithMSSA( | ||||||||
1197 | MSSA, cast<MemoryUse>(MSSA->getMemoryAccess(LI)), CurLoop, I, *Flags); | ||||||||
| |||||||||
1198 | // Check loop-invariant address because this may also be a sinkable load | ||||||||
1199 | // whose address is not necessarily loop-invariant. | ||||||||
1200 | if (ORE && Invalidated && CurLoop->isLoopInvariant(LI->getPointerOperand())) | ||||||||
1201 | ORE->emit([&]() { | ||||||||
1202 | return OptimizationRemarkMissed( | ||||||||
1203 | DEBUG_TYPE"licm", "LoadWithLoopInvariantAddressInvalidated", LI) | ||||||||
1204 | << "failed to move load with loop-invariant address " | ||||||||
1205 | "because the loop may invalidate its value"; | ||||||||
1206 | }); | ||||||||
1207 | |||||||||
1208 | return !Invalidated; | ||||||||
1209 | } else if (CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(&I)) { | ||||||||
1210 | // Don't sink or hoist dbg info; it's legal, but not useful. | ||||||||
1211 | if (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(I)) | ||||||||
1212 | return false; | ||||||||
1213 | |||||||||
1214 | // Don't sink calls which can throw. | ||||||||
1215 | if (CI->mayThrow()) | ||||||||
1216 | return false; | ||||||||
1217 | |||||||||
1218 | // Convergent attribute has been used on operations that involve | ||||||||
1219 | // inter-thread communication which results are implicitly affected by the | ||||||||
1220 | // enclosing control flows. It is not safe to hoist or sink such operations | ||||||||
1221 | // across control flow. | ||||||||
1222 | if (CI->isConvergent()) | ||||||||
1223 | return false; | ||||||||
1224 | |||||||||
1225 | using namespace PatternMatch; | ||||||||
1226 | if (match(CI, m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::assume>())) | ||||||||
1227 | // Assumes don't actually alias anything or throw | ||||||||
1228 | return true; | ||||||||
1229 | |||||||||
1230 | if (match(CI, m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::experimental_widenable_condition>())) | ||||||||
1231 | // Widenable conditions don't actually alias anything or throw | ||||||||
1232 | return true; | ||||||||
1233 | |||||||||
1234 | // Handle simple cases by querying alias analysis. | ||||||||
1235 | FunctionModRefBehavior Behavior = AA->getModRefBehavior(CI); | ||||||||
1236 | if (Behavior == FMRB_DoesNotAccessMemory) | ||||||||
1237 | return true; | ||||||||
1238 | if (AAResults::onlyReadsMemory(Behavior)) { | ||||||||
1239 | // A readonly argmemonly function only reads from memory pointed to by | ||||||||
1240 | // it's arguments with arbitrary offsets. If we can prove there are no | ||||||||
1241 | // writes to this memory in the loop, we can hoist or sink. | ||||||||
1242 | if (AAResults::onlyAccessesArgPointees(Behavior)) { | ||||||||
1243 | // TODO: expand to writeable arguments | ||||||||
1244 | for (Value *Op : CI->arg_operands()) | ||||||||
1245 | if (Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) { | ||||||||
1246 | bool Invalidated; | ||||||||
1247 | if (CurAST) | ||||||||
1248 | Invalidated = pointerInvalidatedByLoop( | ||||||||
1249 | MemoryLocation::getBeforeOrAfter(Op), CurAST, CurLoop, AA); | ||||||||
1250 | else | ||||||||
1251 | Invalidated = pointerInvalidatedByLoopWithMSSA( | ||||||||
1252 | MSSA, cast<MemoryUse>(MSSA->getMemoryAccess(CI)), CurLoop, I, | ||||||||
1253 | *Flags); | ||||||||
1254 | if (Invalidated) | ||||||||
1255 | return false; | ||||||||
1256 | } | ||||||||
1257 | return true; | ||||||||
1258 | } | ||||||||
1259 | |||||||||
1260 | // If this call only reads from memory and there are no writes to memory | ||||||||
1261 | // in the loop, we can hoist or sink the call as appropriate. | ||||||||
1262 | if (isReadOnly(CurAST, MSSAU, CurLoop)) | ||||||||
1263 | return true; | ||||||||
1264 | } | ||||||||
1265 | |||||||||
1266 | // FIXME: This should use mod/ref information to see if we can hoist or | ||||||||
1267 | // sink the call. | ||||||||
1268 | |||||||||
1269 | return false; | ||||||||
1270 | } else if (auto *FI = dyn_cast<FenceInst>(&I)) { | ||||||||
1271 | // Fences alias (most) everything to provide ordering. For the moment, | ||||||||
1272 | // just give up if there are any other memory operations in the loop. | ||||||||
1273 | if (CurAST) { | ||||||||
1274 | auto Begin = CurAST->begin(); | ||||||||
1275 | assert(Begin != CurAST->end() && "must contain FI")(static_cast <bool> (Begin != CurAST->end() && "must contain FI") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Begin != CurAST->end() && \"must contain FI\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 1275, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1276 | if (std::next(Begin) != CurAST->end()) | ||||||||
1277 | // constant memory for instance, TODO: handle better | ||||||||
1278 | return false; | ||||||||
1279 | auto *UniqueI = Begin->getUniqueInstruction(); | ||||||||
1280 | if (!UniqueI) | ||||||||
1281 | // other memory op, give up | ||||||||
1282 | return false; | ||||||||
1283 | (void)FI; // suppress unused variable warning | ||||||||
1284 | assert(UniqueI == FI && "AS must contain FI")(static_cast <bool> (UniqueI == FI && "AS must contain FI" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("UniqueI == FI && \"AS must contain FI\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 1284, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1285 | return true; | ||||||||
1286 | } else // MSSAU | ||||||||
1287 | return isOnlyMemoryAccess(FI, CurLoop, MSSAU); | ||||||||
1288 | } else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(&I)) { | ||||||||
1289 | if (!SI->isUnordered()) | ||||||||
1290 | return false; // Don't sink/hoist volatile or ordered atomic store! | ||||||||
1291 | |||||||||
1292 | // We can only hoist a store that we can prove writes a value which is not | ||||||||
1293 | // read or overwritten within the loop. For those cases, we fallback to | ||||||||
1294 | // load store promotion instead. TODO: We can extend this to cases where | ||||||||
1295 | // there is exactly one write to the location and that write dominates an | ||||||||
1296 | // arbitrary number of reads in the loop. | ||||||||
1297 | if (CurAST) { | ||||||||
1298 | auto &AS = CurAST->getAliasSetFor(MemoryLocation::get(SI)); | ||||||||
1299 | |||||||||
1300 | if (AS.isRef() || !AS.isMustAlias()) | ||||||||
1301 | // Quick exit test, handled by the full path below as well. | ||||||||
1302 | return false; | ||||||||
1303 | auto *UniqueI = AS.getUniqueInstruction(); | ||||||||
1304 | if (!UniqueI) | ||||||||
1305 | // other memory op, give up | ||||||||
1306 | return false; | ||||||||
1307 | assert(UniqueI == SI && "AS must contain SI")(static_cast <bool> (UniqueI == SI && "AS must contain SI" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("UniqueI == SI && \"AS must contain SI\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 1307, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1308 | return true; | ||||||||
1309 | } else { // MSSAU | ||||||||
1310 | if (isOnlyMemoryAccess(SI, CurLoop, MSSAU)) | ||||||||
1311 | return true; | ||||||||
1312 | // If there are more accesses than the Promotion cap or no "quota" to | ||||||||
1313 | // check clobber, then give up as we're not walking a list that long. | ||||||||
1314 | if (Flags->tooManyMemoryAccesses() || Flags->tooManyClobberingCalls()) | ||||||||
1315 | return false; | ||||||||
1316 | // If there are interfering Uses (i.e. their defining access is in the | ||||||||
1317 | // loop), or ordered loads (stored as Defs!), don't move this store. | ||||||||
1318 | // Could do better here, but this is conservatively correct. | ||||||||
1319 | // TODO: Cache set of Uses on the first walk in runOnLoop, update when | ||||||||
1320 | // moving accesses. Can also extend to dominating uses. | ||||||||
1321 | auto *SIMD = MSSA->getMemoryAccess(SI); | ||||||||
1322 | for (auto *BB : CurLoop->getBlocks()) | ||||||||
1323 | if (auto *Accesses = MSSA->getBlockAccesses(BB)) { | ||||||||
1324 | for (const auto &MA : *Accesses) | ||||||||
1325 | if (const auto *MU = dyn_cast<MemoryUse>(&MA)) { | ||||||||
1326 | auto *MD = MU->getDefiningAccess(); | ||||||||
1327 | if (!MSSA->isLiveOnEntryDef(MD) && | ||||||||
1328 | CurLoop->contains(MD->getBlock())) | ||||||||
1329 | return false; | ||||||||
1330 | // Disable hoisting past potentially interfering loads. Optimized | ||||||||
1331 | // Uses may point to an access outside the loop, as getClobbering | ||||||||
1332 | // checks the previous iteration when walking the backedge. | ||||||||
1333 | // FIXME: More precise: no Uses that alias SI. | ||||||||
1334 | if (!Flags->getIsSink() && !MSSA->dominates(SIMD, MU)) | ||||||||
1335 | return false; | ||||||||
1336 | } else if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<MemoryDef>(&MA)) { | ||||||||
1337 | if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(MD->getMemoryInst())) { | ||||||||
1338 | (void)LI; // Silence warning. | ||||||||
1339 | assert(!LI->isUnordered() && "Expected unordered load")(static_cast <bool> (!LI->isUnordered() && "Expected unordered load" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!LI->isUnordered() && \"Expected unordered load\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 1339, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1340 | return false; | ||||||||
1341 | } | ||||||||
1342 | // Any call, while it may not be clobbering SI, it may be a use. | ||||||||
1343 | if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(MD->getMemoryInst())) { | ||||||||
1344 | // Check if the call may read from the memory location written | ||||||||
1345 | // to by SI. Check CI's attributes and arguments; the number of | ||||||||
1346 | // such checks performed is limited above by NoOfMemAccTooLarge. | ||||||||
1347 | ModRefInfo MRI = AA->getModRefInfo(CI, MemoryLocation::get(SI)); | ||||||||
1348 | if (isModOrRefSet(MRI)) | ||||||||
1349 | return false; | ||||||||
1350 | } | ||||||||
1351 | } | ||||||||
1352 | } | ||||||||
1353 | auto *Source = MSSA->getSkipSelfWalker()->getClobberingMemoryAccess(SI); | ||||||||
1354 | Flags->incrementClobberingCalls(); | ||||||||
1355 | // If there are no clobbering Defs in the loop, store is safe to hoist. | ||||||||
1356 | return MSSA->isLiveOnEntryDef(Source) || | ||||||||
1357 | !CurLoop->contains(Source->getBlock()); | ||||||||
1358 | } | ||||||||
1359 | } | ||||||||
1360 | |||||||||
1361 | assert(!I.mayReadOrWriteMemory() && "unhandled aliasing")(static_cast <bool> (!I.mayReadOrWriteMemory() && "unhandled aliasing") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!I.mayReadOrWriteMemory() && \"unhandled aliasing\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 1361, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1362 | |||||||||
1363 | // We've established mechanical ability and aliasing, it's up to the caller | ||||||||
1364 | // to check fault safety | ||||||||
1365 | return true; | ||||||||
1366 | } | ||||||||
1367 | |||||||||
1368 | /// Returns true if a PHINode is a trivially replaceable with an | ||||||||
1369 | /// Instruction. | ||||||||
1370 | /// This is true when all incoming values are that instruction. | ||||||||
1371 | /// This pattern occurs most often with LCSSA PHI nodes. | ||||||||
1372 | /// | ||||||||
1373 | static bool isTriviallyReplaceablePHI(const PHINode &PN, const Instruction &I) { | ||||||||
1374 | for (const Value *IncValue : PN.incoming_values()) | ||||||||
1375 | if (IncValue != &I) | ||||||||
1376 | return false; | ||||||||
1377 | |||||||||
1378 | return true; | ||||||||
1379 | } | ||||||||
1380 | |||||||||
1381 | /// Return true if the instruction is free in the loop. | ||||||||
1382 | static bool isFreeInLoop(const Instruction &I, const Loop *CurLoop, | ||||||||
1383 | const TargetTransformInfo *TTI) { | ||||||||
1384 | |||||||||
1385 | if (const GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(&I)) { | ||||||||
1386 | if (TTI->getUserCost(GEP, TargetTransformInfo::TCK_SizeAndLatency) != | ||||||||
1387 | TargetTransformInfo::TCC_Free) | ||||||||
1388 | return false; | ||||||||
1389 | // For a GEP, we cannot simply use getUserCost because currently it | ||||||||
1390 | // optimistically assume that a GEP will fold into addressing mode | ||||||||
1391 | // regardless of its users. | ||||||||
1392 | const BasicBlock *BB = GEP->getParent(); | ||||||||
1393 | for (const User *U : GEP->users()) { | ||||||||
1394 | const Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U); | ||||||||
1395 | if (CurLoop->contains(UI) && | ||||||||
1396 | (BB != UI->getParent() || | ||||||||
1397 | (!isa<StoreInst>(UI) && !isa<LoadInst>(UI)))) | ||||||||
1398 | return false; | ||||||||
1399 | } | ||||||||
1400 | return true; | ||||||||
1401 | } else | ||||||||
1402 | return TTI->getUserCost(&I, TargetTransformInfo::TCK_SizeAndLatency) == | ||||||||
1403 | TargetTransformInfo::TCC_Free; | ||||||||
1404 | } | ||||||||
1405 | |||||||||
1406 | /// Return true if the only users of this instruction are outside of | ||||||||
1407 | /// the loop. If this is true, we can sink the instruction to the exit | ||||||||
1408 | /// blocks of the loop. | ||||||||
1409 | /// | ||||||||
1410 | /// We also return true if the instruction could be folded away in lowering. | ||||||||
1411 | /// (e.g., a GEP can be folded into a load as an addressing mode in the loop). | ||||||||
1412 | static bool isNotUsedOrFreeInLoop(const Instruction &I, const Loop *CurLoop, | ||||||||
1413 | const LoopSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo, | ||||||||
1414 | TargetTransformInfo *TTI, bool &FreeInLoop, | ||||||||
1415 | bool LoopNestMode) { | ||||||||
1416 | const auto &BlockColors = SafetyInfo->getBlockColors(); | ||||||||
1417 | bool IsFree = isFreeInLoop(I, CurLoop, TTI); | ||||||||
1418 | for (const User *U : I.users()) { | ||||||||
1419 | const Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U); | ||||||||
1420 | if (const PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(UI)) { | ||||||||
1421 | const BasicBlock *BB = PN->getParent(); | ||||||||
1422 | // We cannot sink uses in catchswitches. | ||||||||
1423 | if (isa<CatchSwitchInst>(BB->getTerminator())) | ||||||||
1424 | return false; | ||||||||
1425 | |||||||||
1426 | // We need to sink a callsite to a unique funclet. Avoid sinking if the | ||||||||
1427 | // phi use is too muddled. | ||||||||
1428 | if (isa<CallInst>(I)) | ||||||||
1429 | if (!BlockColors.empty() && | ||||||||
1430 | BlockColors.find(const_cast<BasicBlock *>(BB))->second.size() != 1) | ||||||||
1431 | return false; | ||||||||
1432 | |||||||||
1433 | if (LoopNestMode) { | ||||||||
1434 | while (isa<PHINode>(UI) && UI->hasOneUser() && | ||||||||
1435 | UI->getNumOperands() == 1) { | ||||||||
1436 | if (!CurLoop->contains(UI)) | ||||||||
1437 | break; | ||||||||
1438 | UI = cast<Instruction>(UI->user_back()); | ||||||||
1439 | } | ||||||||
1440 | } | ||||||||
1441 | } | ||||||||
1442 | |||||||||
1443 | if (CurLoop->contains(UI)) { | ||||||||
1444 | if (IsFree) { | ||||||||
1445 | FreeInLoop = true; | ||||||||
1446 | continue; | ||||||||
1447 | } | ||||||||
1448 | return false; | ||||||||
1449 | } | ||||||||
1450 | } | ||||||||
1451 | return true; | ||||||||
1452 | } | ||||||||
1453 | |||||||||
1454 | static Instruction *cloneInstructionInExitBlock( | ||||||||
1455 | Instruction &I, BasicBlock &ExitBlock, PHINode &PN, const LoopInfo *LI, | ||||||||
1456 | const LoopSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo, MemorySSAUpdater *MSSAU) { | ||||||||
1457 | Instruction *New; | ||||||||
1458 | if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(&I)) { | ||||||||
1459 | const auto &BlockColors = SafetyInfo->getBlockColors(); | ||||||||
1460 | |||||||||
1461 | // Sinking call-sites need to be handled differently from other | ||||||||
1462 | // instructions. The cloned call-site needs a funclet bundle operand | ||||||||
1463 | // appropriate for its location in the CFG. | ||||||||
1464 | SmallVector<OperandBundleDef, 1> OpBundles; | ||||||||
1465 | for (unsigned BundleIdx = 0, BundleEnd = CI->getNumOperandBundles(); | ||||||||
1466 | BundleIdx != BundleEnd; ++BundleIdx) { | ||||||||
1467 | OperandBundleUse Bundle = CI->getOperandBundleAt(BundleIdx); | ||||||||
1468 | if (Bundle.getTagID() == LLVMContext::OB_funclet) | ||||||||
1469 | continue; | ||||||||
1470 | |||||||||
1471 | OpBundles.emplace_back(Bundle); | ||||||||
1472 | } | ||||||||
1473 | |||||||||
1474 | if (!BlockColors.empty()) { | ||||||||
1475 | const ColorVector &CV = BlockColors.find(&ExitBlock)->second; | ||||||||
1476 | assert(CV.size() == 1 && "non-unique color for exit block!")(static_cast <bool> (CV.size() == 1 && "non-unique color for exit block!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CV.size() == 1 && \"non-unique color for exit block!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 1476, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1477 | BasicBlock *BBColor = CV.front(); | ||||||||
1478 | Instruction *EHPad = BBColor->getFirstNonPHI(); | ||||||||
1479 | if (EHPad->isEHPad()) | ||||||||
1480 | OpBundles.emplace_back("funclet", EHPad); | ||||||||
1481 | } | ||||||||
1482 | |||||||||
1483 | New = CallInst::Create(CI, OpBundles); | ||||||||
1484 | } else { | ||||||||
1485 | New = I.clone(); | ||||||||
1486 | } | ||||||||
1487 | |||||||||
1488 | ExitBlock.getInstList().insert(ExitBlock.getFirstInsertionPt(), New); | ||||||||
1489 | if (!I.getName().empty()) | ||||||||
1490 | New->setName(I.getName() + ".le"); | ||||||||
1491 | |||||||||
1492 | if (MSSAU && MSSAU->getMemorySSA()->getMemoryAccess(&I)) { | ||||||||
1493 | // Create a new MemoryAccess and let MemorySSA set its defining access. | ||||||||
1494 | MemoryAccess *NewMemAcc = MSSAU->createMemoryAccessInBB( | ||||||||
1495 | New, nullptr, New->getParent(), MemorySSA::Beginning); | ||||||||
1496 | if (NewMemAcc) { | ||||||||
1497 | if (auto *MemDef = dyn_cast<MemoryDef>(NewMemAcc)) | ||||||||
1498 | MSSAU->insertDef(MemDef, /*RenameUses=*/true); | ||||||||
1499 | else { | ||||||||
1500 | auto *MemUse = cast<MemoryUse>(NewMemAcc); | ||||||||
1501 | MSSAU->insertUse(MemUse, /*RenameUses=*/true); | ||||||||
1502 | } | ||||||||
1503 | } | ||||||||
1504 | } | ||||||||
1505 | |||||||||
1506 | // Build LCSSA PHI nodes for any in-loop operands (if legal). Note that | ||||||||
1507 | // this is particularly cheap because we can rip off the PHI node that we're | ||||||||
1508 | // replacing for the number and blocks of the predecessors. | ||||||||
1509 | // OPT: If this shows up in a profile, we can instead finish sinking all | ||||||||
1510 | // invariant instructions, and then walk their operands to re-establish | ||||||||
1511 | // LCSSA. That will eliminate creating PHI nodes just to nuke them when | ||||||||
1512 | // sinking bottom-up. | ||||||||
1513 | for (Use &Op : New->operands()) | ||||||||
1514 | if (LI->wouldBeOutOfLoopUseRequiringLCSSA(Op.get(), PN.getParent())) { | ||||||||
1515 | auto *OInst = cast<Instruction>(Op.get()); | ||||||||
1516 | PHINode *OpPN = | ||||||||
1517 | PHINode::Create(OInst->getType(), PN.getNumIncomingValues(), | ||||||||
1518 | OInst->getName() + ".lcssa", &ExitBlock.front()); | ||||||||
1519 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) | ||||||||
1520 | OpPN->addIncoming(OInst, PN.getIncomingBlock(i)); | ||||||||
1521 | Op = OpPN; | ||||||||
1522 | } | ||||||||
1523 | return New; | ||||||||
1524 | } | ||||||||
1525 | |||||||||
1526 | static void eraseInstruction(Instruction &I, ICFLoopSafetyInfo &SafetyInfo, | ||||||||
1527 | MemorySSAUpdater *MSSAU) { | ||||||||
1528 | if (MSSAU) | ||||||||
1529 | MSSAU->removeMemoryAccess(&I); | ||||||||
1530 | SafetyInfo.removeInstruction(&I); | ||||||||
1531 | I.eraseFromParent(); | ||||||||
1532 | } | ||||||||
1533 | |||||||||
1534 | static void moveInstructionBefore(Instruction &I, Instruction &Dest, | ||||||||
1535 | ICFLoopSafetyInfo &SafetyInfo, | ||||||||
1536 | MemorySSAUpdater *MSSAU, | ||||||||
1537 | ScalarEvolution *SE) { | ||||||||
1538 | SafetyInfo.removeInstruction(&I); | ||||||||
1539 | SafetyInfo.insertInstructionTo(&I, Dest.getParent()); | ||||||||
1540 | I.moveBefore(&Dest); | ||||||||
1541 | if (MSSAU) | ||||||||
1542 | if (MemoryUseOrDef *OldMemAcc = cast_or_null<MemoryUseOrDef>( | ||||||||
1543 | MSSAU->getMemorySSA()->getMemoryAccess(&I))) | ||||||||
1544 | MSSAU->moveToPlace(OldMemAcc, Dest.getParent(), | ||||||||
1545 | MemorySSA::BeforeTerminator); | ||||||||
1546 | if (SE) | ||||||||
1547 | SE->forgetValue(&I); | ||||||||
1548 | } | ||||||||
1549 | |||||||||
1550 | static Instruction *sinkThroughTriviallyReplaceablePHI( | ||||||||
1551 | PHINode *TPN, Instruction *I, LoopInfo *LI, | ||||||||
1552 | SmallDenseMap<BasicBlock *, Instruction *, 32> &SunkCopies, | ||||||||
1553 | const LoopSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo, const Loop *CurLoop, | ||||||||
1554 | MemorySSAUpdater *MSSAU) { | ||||||||
1555 | assert(isTriviallyReplaceablePHI(*TPN, *I) &&(static_cast <bool> (isTriviallyReplaceablePHI(*TPN, *I ) && "Expect only trivially replaceable PHI") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("isTriviallyReplaceablePHI(*TPN, *I) && \"Expect only trivially replaceable PHI\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 1556, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1556 | "Expect only trivially replaceable PHI")(static_cast <bool> (isTriviallyReplaceablePHI(*TPN, *I ) && "Expect only trivially replaceable PHI") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("isTriviallyReplaceablePHI(*TPN, *I) && \"Expect only trivially replaceable PHI\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 1556, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1557 | BasicBlock *ExitBlock = TPN->getParent(); | ||||||||
1558 | Instruction *New; | ||||||||
1559 | auto It = SunkCopies.find(ExitBlock); | ||||||||
1560 | if (It != SunkCopies.end()) | ||||||||
1561 | New = It->second; | ||||||||
1562 | else | ||||||||
1563 | New = SunkCopies[ExitBlock] = cloneInstructionInExitBlock( | ||||||||
1564 | *I, *ExitBlock, *TPN, LI, SafetyInfo, MSSAU); | ||||||||
1565 | return New; | ||||||||
1566 | } | ||||||||
1567 | |||||||||
1568 | static bool canSplitPredecessors(PHINode *PN, LoopSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo) { | ||||||||
1569 | BasicBlock *BB = PN->getParent(); | ||||||||
1570 | if (!BB->canSplitPredecessors()) | ||||||||
1571 | return false; | ||||||||
1572 | // It's not impossible to split EHPad blocks, but if BlockColors already exist | ||||||||
1573 | // it require updating BlockColors for all offspring blocks accordingly. By | ||||||||
1574 | // skipping such corner case, we can make updating BlockColors after splitting | ||||||||
1575 | // predecessor fairly simple. | ||||||||
1576 | if (!SafetyInfo->getBlockColors().empty() && BB->getFirstNonPHI()->isEHPad()) | ||||||||
1577 | return false; | ||||||||
1578 | for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(BB), E = pred_end(BB); PI != E; ++PI) { | ||||||||
1579 | BasicBlock *BBPred = *PI; | ||||||||
1580 | if (isa<IndirectBrInst>(BBPred->getTerminator()) || | ||||||||
1581 | isa<CallBrInst>(BBPred->getTerminator())) | ||||||||
1582 | return false; | ||||||||
1583 | } | ||||||||
1584 | return true; | ||||||||
1585 | } | ||||||||
1586 | |||||||||
1587 | static void splitPredecessorsOfLoopExit(PHINode *PN, DominatorTree *DT, | ||||||||
1588 | LoopInfo *LI, const Loop *CurLoop, | ||||||||
1589 | LoopSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo, | ||||||||
1590 | MemorySSAUpdater *MSSAU) { | ||||||||
1591 | #ifndef NDEBUG | ||||||||
1592 | SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 32> ExitBlocks; | ||||||||
1593 | CurLoop->getUniqueExitBlocks(ExitBlocks); | ||||||||
1594 | SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 32> ExitBlockSet(ExitBlocks.begin(), | ||||||||
1595 | ExitBlocks.end()); | ||||||||
1596 | #endif | ||||||||
1597 | BasicBlock *ExitBB = PN->getParent(); | ||||||||
1598 | assert(ExitBlockSet.count(ExitBB) && "Expect the PHI is in an exit block.")(static_cast <bool> (ExitBlockSet.count(ExitBB) && "Expect the PHI is in an exit block.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ExitBlockSet.count(ExitBB) && \"Expect the PHI is in an exit block.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 1598, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1599 | |||||||||
1600 | // Split predecessors of the loop exit to make instructions in the loop are | ||||||||
1601 | // exposed to exit blocks through trivially replaceable PHIs while keeping the | ||||||||
1602 | // loop in the canonical form where each predecessor of each exit block should | ||||||||
1603 | // be contained within the loop. For example, this will convert the loop below | ||||||||
1604 | // from | ||||||||
1605 | // | ||||||||
1606 | // LB1: | ||||||||
1607 | // %v1 = | ||||||||
1608 | // br %LE, %LB2 | ||||||||
1609 | // LB2: | ||||||||
1610 | // %v2 = | ||||||||
1611 | // br %LE, %LB1 | ||||||||
1612 | // LE: | ||||||||
1613 | // %p = phi [%v1, %LB1], [%v2, %LB2] <-- non-trivially replaceable | ||||||||
1614 | // | ||||||||
1615 | // to | ||||||||
1616 | // | ||||||||
1617 | // LB1: | ||||||||
1618 | // %v1 = | ||||||||
1619 | // br %LE.split, %LB2 | ||||||||
1620 | // LB2: | ||||||||
1621 | // %v2 = | ||||||||
1622 | // br %LE.split2, %LB1 | ||||||||
1623 | // LE.split: | ||||||||
1624 | // %p1 = phi [%v1, %LB1] <-- trivially replaceable | ||||||||
1625 | // br %LE | ||||||||
1626 | // LE.split2: | ||||||||
1627 | // %p2 = phi [%v2, %LB2] <-- trivially replaceable | ||||||||
1628 | // br %LE | ||||||||
1629 | // LE: | ||||||||
1630 | // %p = phi [%p1, %LE.split], [%p2, %LE.split2] | ||||||||
1631 | // | ||||||||
1632 | const auto &BlockColors = SafetyInfo->getBlockColors(); | ||||||||
1633 | SmallSetVector<BasicBlock *, 8> PredBBs(pred_begin(ExitBB), pred_end(ExitBB)); | ||||||||
1634 | while (!PredBBs.empty()) { | ||||||||
1635 | BasicBlock *PredBB = *PredBBs.begin(); | ||||||||
1636 | assert(CurLoop->contains(PredBB) &&(static_cast <bool> (CurLoop->contains(PredBB) && "Expect all predecessors are in the loop") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CurLoop->contains(PredBB) && \"Expect all predecessors are in the loop\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 1637, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1637 | "Expect all predecessors are in the loop")(static_cast <bool> (CurLoop->contains(PredBB) && "Expect all predecessors are in the loop") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CurLoop->contains(PredBB) && \"Expect all predecessors are in the loop\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 1637, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1638 | if (PN->getBasicBlockIndex(PredBB) >= 0) { | ||||||||
1639 | BasicBlock *NewPred = SplitBlockPredecessors( | ||||||||
1640 | ExitBB, PredBB, ".split.loop.exit", DT, LI, MSSAU, true); | ||||||||
1641 | // Since we do not allow splitting EH-block with BlockColors in | ||||||||
1642 | // canSplitPredecessors(), we can simply assign predecessor's color to | ||||||||
1643 | // the new block. | ||||||||
1644 | if (!BlockColors.empty()) | ||||||||
1645 | // Grab a reference to the ColorVector to be inserted before getting the | ||||||||
1646 | // reference to the vector we are copying because inserting the new | ||||||||
1647 | // element in BlockColors might cause the map to be reallocated. | ||||||||
1648 | SafetyInfo->copyColors(NewPred, PredBB); | ||||||||
1649 | } | ||||||||
1650 | PredBBs.remove(PredBB); | ||||||||
1651 | } | ||||||||
1652 | } | ||||||||
1653 | |||||||||
1654 | /// When an instruction is found to only be used outside of the loop, this | ||||||||
1655 | /// function moves it to the exit blocks and patches up SSA form as needed. | ||||||||
1656 | /// This method is guaranteed to remove the original instruction from its | ||||||||
1657 | /// position, and may either delete it or move it to outside of the loop. | ||||||||
1658 | /// | ||||||||
1659 | static bool sink(Instruction &I, LoopInfo *LI, DominatorTree *DT, | ||||||||
1660 | BlockFrequencyInfo *BFI, const Loop *CurLoop, | ||||||||
1661 | ICFLoopSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo, MemorySSAUpdater *MSSAU, | ||||||||
1662 | OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE) { | ||||||||
1663 | bool Changed = false; | ||||||||
1664 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "LICM sinking instruction: " << I << "\n")do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("licm")) { dbgs() << "LICM sinking instruction: " << I << "\n"; } } while (false); | ||||||||
1665 | |||||||||
1666 | // Iterate over users to be ready for actual sinking. Replace users via | ||||||||
1667 | // unreachable blocks with undef and make all user PHIs trivially replaceable. | ||||||||
1668 | SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> VisitedUsers; | ||||||||
1669 | for (Value::user_iterator UI = I.user_begin(), UE = I.user_end(); UI != UE;) { | ||||||||
1670 | auto *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI); | ||||||||
1671 | Use &U = UI.getUse(); | ||||||||
1672 | ++UI; | ||||||||
1673 | |||||||||
1674 | if (VisitedUsers.count(User) || CurLoop->contains(User)) | ||||||||
1675 | continue; | ||||||||
1676 | |||||||||
1677 | if (!DT->isReachableFromEntry(User->getParent())) { | ||||||||
1678 | U = UndefValue::get(I.getType()); | ||||||||
1679 | Changed = true; | ||||||||
1680 | continue; | ||||||||
1681 | } | ||||||||
1682 | |||||||||
1683 | // The user must be a PHI node. | ||||||||
1684 | PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(User); | ||||||||
1685 | |||||||||
1686 | // Surprisingly, instructions can be used outside of loops without any | ||||||||
1687 | // exits. This can only happen in PHI nodes if the incoming block is | ||||||||
1688 | // unreachable. | ||||||||
1689 | BasicBlock *BB = PN->getIncomingBlock(U); | ||||||||
1690 | if (!DT->isReachableFromEntry(BB)) { | ||||||||
1691 | U = UndefValue::get(I.getType()); | ||||||||
1692 | Changed = true; | ||||||||
1693 | continue; | ||||||||
1694 | } | ||||||||
1695 | |||||||||
1696 | VisitedUsers.insert(PN); | ||||||||
1697 | if (isTriviallyReplaceablePHI(*PN, I)) | ||||||||
1698 | continue; | ||||||||
1699 | |||||||||
1700 | if (!canSplitPredecessors(PN, SafetyInfo)) | ||||||||
1701 | return Changed; | ||||||||
1702 | |||||||||
1703 | // Split predecessors of the PHI so that we can make users trivially | ||||||||
1704 | // replaceable. | ||||||||
1705 | splitPredecessorsOfLoopExit(PN, DT, LI, CurLoop, SafetyInfo, MSSAU); | ||||||||
1706 | |||||||||
1707 | // Should rebuild the iterators, as they may be invalidated by | ||||||||
1708 | // splitPredecessorsOfLoopExit(). | ||||||||
1709 | UI = I.user_begin(); | ||||||||
1710 | UE = I.user_end(); | ||||||||
1711 | } | ||||||||
1712 | |||||||||
1713 | if (VisitedUsers.empty()) | ||||||||
1714 | return Changed; | ||||||||
1715 | |||||||||
1716 | ORE->emit([&]() { | ||||||||
1717 | return OptimizationRemark(DEBUG_TYPE"licm", "InstSunk", &I) | ||||||||
1718 | << "sinking " << ore::NV("Inst", &I); | ||||||||
1719 | }); | ||||||||
1720 | if (isa<LoadInst>(I)) | ||||||||
1721 | ++NumMovedLoads; | ||||||||
1722 | else if (isa<CallInst>(I)) | ||||||||
1723 | ++NumMovedCalls; | ||||||||
1724 | ++NumSunk; | ||||||||
1725 | |||||||||
1726 | #ifndef NDEBUG | ||||||||
1727 | SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 32> ExitBlocks; | ||||||||
1728 | CurLoop->getUniqueExitBlocks(ExitBlocks); | ||||||||
1729 | SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 32> ExitBlockSet(ExitBlocks.begin(), | ||||||||
1730 | ExitBlocks.end()); | ||||||||
1731 | #endif | ||||||||
1732 | |||||||||
1733 | // Clones of this instruction. Don't create more than one per exit block! | ||||||||
1734 | SmallDenseMap<BasicBlock *, Instruction *, 32> SunkCopies; | ||||||||
1735 | |||||||||
1736 | // If this instruction is only used outside of the loop, then all users are | ||||||||
1737 | // PHI nodes in exit blocks due to LCSSA form. Just RAUW them with clones of | ||||||||
1738 | // the instruction. | ||||||||
1739 | // First check if I is worth sinking for all uses. Sink only when it is worth | ||||||||
1740 | // across all uses. | ||||||||
1741 | SmallSetVector<User*, 8> Users(I.user_begin(), I.user_end()); | ||||||||
1742 | SmallVector<PHINode *, 8> ExitPNs; | ||||||||
1743 | for (auto *UI : Users) { | ||||||||
1744 | auto *User = cast<Instruction>(UI); | ||||||||
1745 | |||||||||
1746 | if (CurLoop->contains(User)) | ||||||||
1747 | continue; | ||||||||
1748 | |||||||||
1749 | PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(User); | ||||||||
1750 | assert(ExitBlockSet.count(PN->getParent()) &&(static_cast <bool> (ExitBlockSet.count(PN->getParent ()) && "The LCSSA PHI is not in an exit block!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ExitBlockSet.count(PN->getParent()) && \"The LCSSA PHI is not in an exit block!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 1751, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1751 | "The LCSSA PHI is not in an exit block!")(static_cast <bool> (ExitBlockSet.count(PN->getParent ()) && "The LCSSA PHI is not in an exit block!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ExitBlockSet.count(PN->getParent()) && \"The LCSSA PHI is not in an exit block!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 1751, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1752 | if (!worthSinkOrHoistInst(I, PN->getParent(), ORE, BFI)) { | ||||||||
1753 | return Changed; | ||||||||
1754 | } | ||||||||
1755 | |||||||||
1756 | ExitPNs.push_back(PN); | ||||||||
1757 | } | ||||||||
1758 | |||||||||
1759 | for (auto *PN : ExitPNs) { | ||||||||
1760 | |||||||||
1761 | // The PHI must be trivially replaceable. | ||||||||
1762 | Instruction *New = sinkThroughTriviallyReplaceablePHI( | ||||||||
1763 | PN, &I, LI, SunkCopies, SafetyInfo, CurLoop, MSSAU); | ||||||||
1764 | PN->replaceAllUsesWith(New); | ||||||||
1765 | eraseInstruction(*PN, *SafetyInfo, nullptr); | ||||||||
1766 | Changed = true; | ||||||||
1767 | } | ||||||||
1768 | return Changed; | ||||||||
1769 | } | ||||||||
1770 | |||||||||
1771 | /// When an instruction is found to only use loop invariant operands that | ||||||||
1772 | /// is safe to hoist, this instruction is called to do the dirty work. | ||||||||
1773 | /// | ||||||||
1774 | static void hoist(Instruction &I, const DominatorTree *DT, const Loop *CurLoop, | ||||||||
1775 | BasicBlock *Dest, ICFLoopSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo, | ||||||||
1776 | MemorySSAUpdater *MSSAU, ScalarEvolution *SE, | ||||||||
1777 | OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE) { | ||||||||
1778 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "LICM hoisting to " << Dest->getNameOrAsOperand() << ": "do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("licm")) { dbgs() << "LICM hoisting to " << Dest ->getNameOrAsOperand() << ": " << I << "\n" ; } } while (false) | ||||||||
1779 | << I << "\n")do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("licm")) { dbgs() << "LICM hoisting to " << Dest ->getNameOrAsOperand() << ": " << I << "\n" ; } } while (false); | ||||||||
1780 | ORE->emit([&]() { | ||||||||
1781 | return OptimizationRemark(DEBUG_TYPE"licm", "Hoisted", &I) << "hoisting " | ||||||||
1782 | << ore::NV("Inst", &I); | ||||||||
1783 | }); | ||||||||
1784 | |||||||||
1785 | // Metadata can be dependent on conditions we are hoisting above. | ||||||||
1786 | // Conservatively strip all metadata on the instruction unless we were | ||||||||
1787 | // guaranteed to execute I if we entered the loop, in which case the metadata | ||||||||
1788 | // is valid in the loop preheader. | ||||||||
1789 | // Similarly, If I is a call and it is not guaranteed to execute in the loop, | ||||||||
1790 | // then moving to the preheader means we should strip attributes on the call | ||||||||
1791 | // that can cause UB since we may be hoisting above conditions that allowed | ||||||||
1792 | // inferring those attributes. They may not be valid at the preheader. | ||||||||
1793 | if ((I.hasMetadataOtherThanDebugLoc() || isa<CallInst>(I)) && | ||||||||
1794 | // The check on hasMetadataOtherThanDebugLoc is to prevent us from burning | ||||||||
1795 | // time in isGuaranteedToExecute if we don't actually have anything to | ||||||||
1796 | // drop. It is a compile time optimization, not required for correctness. | ||||||||
1797 | !SafetyInfo->isGuaranteedToExecute(I, DT, CurLoop)) | ||||||||
1798 | I.dropUndefImplyingAttrsAndUnknownMetadata(); | ||||||||
1799 | |||||||||
1800 | if (isa<PHINode>(I)) | ||||||||
1801 | // Move the new node to the end of the phi list in the destination block. | ||||||||
1802 | moveInstructionBefore(I, *Dest->getFirstNonPHI(), *SafetyInfo, MSSAU, SE); | ||||||||
1803 | else | ||||||||
1804 | // Move the new node to the destination block, before its terminator. | ||||||||
1805 | moveInstructionBefore(I, *Dest->getTerminator(), *SafetyInfo, MSSAU, SE); | ||||||||
1806 | |||||||||
1807 | I.updateLocationAfterHoist(); | ||||||||
1808 | |||||||||
1809 | if (isa<LoadInst>(I)) | ||||||||
1810 | ++NumMovedLoads; | ||||||||
1811 | else if (isa<CallInst>(I)) | ||||||||
1812 | ++NumMovedCalls; | ||||||||
1813 | ++NumHoisted; | ||||||||
1814 | } | ||||||||
1815 | |||||||||
1816 | /// Only sink or hoist an instruction if it is not a trapping instruction, | ||||||||
1817 | /// or if the instruction is known not to trap when moved to the preheader. | ||||||||
1818 | /// or if it is a trapping instruction and is guaranteed to execute. | ||||||||
1819 | static bool isSafeToExecuteUnconditionally(Instruction &Inst, | ||||||||
1820 | const DominatorTree *DT, | ||||||||
1821 | const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, | ||||||||
1822 | const Loop *CurLoop, | ||||||||
1823 | const LoopSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo, | ||||||||
1824 | OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE, | ||||||||
1825 | const Instruction *CtxI) { | ||||||||
1826 | if (isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(&Inst, CtxI, DT, TLI)) | ||||||||
1827 | return true; | ||||||||
1828 | |||||||||
1829 | bool GuaranteedToExecute = | ||||||||
1830 | SafetyInfo->isGuaranteedToExecute(Inst, DT, CurLoop); | ||||||||
1831 | |||||||||
1832 | if (!GuaranteedToExecute) { | ||||||||
1833 | auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(&Inst); | ||||||||
1834 | if (LI && CurLoop->isLoopInvariant(LI->getPointerOperand())) | ||||||||
1835 | ORE->emit([&]() { | ||||||||
1836 | return OptimizationRemarkMissed( | ||||||||
1837 | DEBUG_TYPE"licm", "LoadWithLoopInvariantAddressCondExecuted", LI) | ||||||||
1838 | << "failed to hoist load with loop-invariant address " | ||||||||
1839 | "because load is conditionally executed"; | ||||||||
1840 | }); | ||||||||
1841 | } | ||||||||
1842 | |||||||||
1843 | return GuaranteedToExecute; | ||||||||
1844 | } | ||||||||
1845 | |||||||||
1846 | namespace { | ||||||||
1847 | class LoopPromoter : public LoadAndStorePromoter { | ||||||||
1848 | Value *SomePtr; // Designated pointer to store to. | ||||||||
1849 | const SmallSetVector<Value *, 8> &PointerMustAliases; | ||||||||
1850 | SmallVectorImpl<BasicBlock *> &LoopExitBlocks; | ||||||||
1851 | SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &LoopInsertPts; | ||||||||
1852 | SmallVectorImpl<MemoryAccess *> &MSSAInsertPts; | ||||||||
1853 | PredIteratorCache &PredCache; | ||||||||
1854 | MemorySSAUpdater *MSSAU; | ||||||||
1855 | LoopInfo &LI; | ||||||||
1856 | DebugLoc DL; | ||||||||
1857 | int Alignment; | ||||||||
1858 | bool UnorderedAtomic; | ||||||||
1859 | AAMDNodes AATags; | ||||||||
1860 | ICFLoopSafetyInfo &SafetyInfo; | ||||||||
1861 | |||||||||
1862 | // We're about to add a use of V in a loop exit block. Insert an LCSSA phi | ||||||||
1863 | // (if legal) if doing so would add an out-of-loop use to an instruction | ||||||||
1864 | // defined in-loop. | ||||||||
1865 | Value *maybeInsertLCSSAPHI(Value *V, BasicBlock *BB) const { | ||||||||
1866 | if (!LI.wouldBeOutOfLoopUseRequiringLCSSA(V, BB)) | ||||||||
1867 | return V; | ||||||||
1868 | |||||||||
1869 | Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(V); | ||||||||
1870 | // We need to create an LCSSA PHI node for the incoming value and | ||||||||
1871 | // store that. | ||||||||
1872 | PHINode *PN = PHINode::Create(I->getType(), PredCache.size(BB), | ||||||||
1873 | I->getName() + ".lcssa", &BB->front()); | ||||||||
1874 | for (BasicBlock *Pred : PredCache.get(BB)) | ||||||||
1875 | PN->addIncoming(I, Pred); | ||||||||
1876 | return PN; | ||||||||
1877 | } | ||||||||
1878 | |||||||||
1879 | public: | ||||||||
1880 | LoopPromoter(Value *SP, ArrayRef<const Instruction *> Insts, SSAUpdater &S, | ||||||||
1881 | const SmallSetVector<Value *, 8> &PMA, | ||||||||
1882 | SmallVectorImpl<BasicBlock *> &LEB, | ||||||||
1883 | SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &LIP, | ||||||||
1884 | SmallVectorImpl<MemoryAccess *> &MSSAIP, PredIteratorCache &PIC, | ||||||||
1885 | MemorySSAUpdater *MSSAU, LoopInfo &li, DebugLoc dl, | ||||||||
1886 | int alignment, bool UnorderedAtomic, const AAMDNodes &AATags, | ||||||||
1887 | ICFLoopSafetyInfo &SafetyInfo) | ||||||||
1888 | : LoadAndStorePromoter(Insts, S), SomePtr(SP), PointerMustAliases(PMA), | ||||||||
1889 | LoopExitBlocks(LEB), LoopInsertPts(LIP), MSSAInsertPts(MSSAIP), | ||||||||
1890 | PredCache(PIC), MSSAU(MSSAU), LI(li), DL(std::move(dl)), | ||||||||
1891 | Alignment(alignment), UnorderedAtomic(UnorderedAtomic), AATags(AATags), | ||||||||
1892 | SafetyInfo(SafetyInfo) {} | ||||||||
1893 | |||||||||
1894 | bool isInstInList(Instruction *I, | ||||||||
1895 | const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &) const override { | ||||||||
1896 | Value *Ptr; | ||||||||
1897 | if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) | ||||||||
1898 | Ptr = LI->getOperand(0); | ||||||||
1899 | else | ||||||||
1900 | Ptr = cast<StoreInst>(I)->getPointerOperand(); | ||||||||
1901 | return PointerMustAliases.count(Ptr); | ||||||||
1902 | } | ||||||||
1903 | |||||||||
1904 | void doExtraRewritesBeforeFinalDeletion() override { | ||||||||
1905 | // Insert stores after in the loop exit blocks. Each exit block gets a | ||||||||
1906 | // store of the live-out values that feed them. Since we've already told | ||||||||
1907 | // the SSA updater about the defs in the loop and the preheader | ||||||||
1908 | // definition, it is all set and we can start using it. | ||||||||
1909 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = LoopExitBlocks.size(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||||
1910 | BasicBlock *ExitBlock = LoopExitBlocks[i]; | ||||||||
1911 | Value *LiveInValue = SSA.GetValueInMiddleOfBlock(ExitBlock); | ||||||||
1912 | LiveInValue = maybeInsertLCSSAPHI(LiveInValue, ExitBlock); | ||||||||
1913 | Value *Ptr = maybeInsertLCSSAPHI(SomePtr, ExitBlock); | ||||||||
1914 | Instruction *InsertPos = LoopInsertPts[i]; | ||||||||
1915 | StoreInst *NewSI = new StoreInst(LiveInValue, Ptr, InsertPos); | ||||||||
1916 | if (UnorderedAtomic) | ||||||||
1917 | NewSI->setOrdering(AtomicOrdering::Unordered); | ||||||||
1918 | NewSI->setAlignment(Align(Alignment)); | ||||||||
1919 | NewSI->setDebugLoc(DL); | ||||||||
1920 | if (AATags) | ||||||||
1921 | NewSI->setAAMetadata(AATags); | ||||||||
1922 | |||||||||
1923 | MemoryAccess *MSSAInsertPoint = MSSAInsertPts[i]; | ||||||||
1924 | MemoryAccess *NewMemAcc; | ||||||||
1925 | if (!MSSAInsertPoint) { | ||||||||
1926 | NewMemAcc = MSSAU->createMemoryAccessInBB( | ||||||||
1927 | NewSI, nullptr, NewSI->getParent(), MemorySSA::Beginning); | ||||||||
1928 | } else { | ||||||||
1929 | NewMemAcc = | ||||||||
1930 | MSSAU->createMemoryAccessAfter(NewSI, nullptr, MSSAInsertPoint); | ||||||||
1931 | } | ||||||||
1932 | MSSAInsertPts[i] = NewMemAcc; | ||||||||
1933 | MSSAU->insertDef(cast<MemoryDef>(NewMemAcc), true); | ||||||||
1934 | // FIXME: true for safety, false may still be correct. | ||||||||
1935 | } | ||||||||
1936 | } | ||||||||
1937 | |||||||||
1938 | void instructionDeleted(Instruction *I) const override { | ||||||||
1939 | SafetyInfo.removeInstruction(I); | ||||||||
1940 | MSSAU->removeMemoryAccess(I); | ||||||||
1941 | } | ||||||||
1942 | }; | ||||||||
1943 | |||||||||
1944 | bool isNotCapturedBeforeOrInLoop(const Value *V, const Loop *L, | ||||||||
1945 | DominatorTree *DT) { | ||||||||
1946 | // We can perform the captured-before check against any instruction in the | ||||||||
1947 | // loop header, as the loop header is reachable from any instruction inside | ||||||||
1948 | // the loop. | ||||||||
1949 | // TODO: ReturnCaptures=true shouldn't be necessary here. | ||||||||
1950 | return !PointerMayBeCapturedBefore(V, /* ReturnCaptures */ true, | ||||||||
1951 | /* StoreCaptures */ true, | ||||||||
1952 | L->getHeader()->getTerminator(), DT); | ||||||||
1953 | } | ||||||||
1954 | |||||||||
1955 | /// Return true iff we can prove that a caller of this function can not inspect | ||||||||
1956 | /// the contents of the provided object in a well defined program. | ||||||||
1957 | bool isKnownNonEscaping(Value *Object, const Loop *L, | ||||||||
1958 | const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, DominatorTree *DT) { | ||||||||
1959 | if (isa<AllocaInst>(Object)) | ||||||||
1960 | // Since the alloca goes out of scope, we know the caller can't retain a | ||||||||
1961 | // reference to it and be well defined. Thus, we don't need to check for | ||||||||
1962 | // capture. | ||||||||
1963 | return true; | ||||||||
1964 | |||||||||
1965 | // For all other objects we need to know that the caller can't possibly | ||||||||
1966 | // have gotten a reference to the object. There are two components of | ||||||||
1967 | // that: | ||||||||
1968 | // 1) Object can't be escaped by this function. This is what | ||||||||
1969 | // PointerMayBeCaptured checks. | ||||||||
1970 | // 2) Object can't have been captured at definition site. For this, we | ||||||||
1971 | // need to know the return value is noalias. At the moment, we use a | ||||||||
1972 | // weaker condition and handle only AllocLikeFunctions (which are | ||||||||
1973 | // known to be noalias). TODO | ||||||||
1974 | return isAllocLikeFn(Object, TLI) && | ||||||||
1975 | isNotCapturedBeforeOrInLoop(Object, L, DT); | ||||||||
1976 | } | ||||||||
1977 | |||||||||
1978 | } // namespace | ||||||||
1979 | |||||||||
1980 | /// Try to promote memory values to scalars by sinking stores out of the | ||||||||
1981 | /// loop and moving loads to before the loop. We do this by looping over | ||||||||
1982 | /// the stores in the loop, looking for stores to Must pointers which are | ||||||||
1983 | /// loop invariant. | ||||||||
1984 | /// | ||||||||
1985 | bool llvm::promoteLoopAccessesToScalars( | ||||||||
1986 | const SmallSetVector<Value *, 8> &PointerMustAliases, | ||||||||
1987 | SmallVectorImpl<BasicBlock *> &ExitBlocks, | ||||||||
1988 | SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &InsertPts, | ||||||||
1989 | SmallVectorImpl<MemoryAccess *> &MSSAInsertPts, PredIteratorCache &PIC, | ||||||||
1990 | LoopInfo *LI, DominatorTree *DT, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, | ||||||||
1991 | Loop *CurLoop, MemorySSAUpdater *MSSAU, ICFLoopSafetyInfo *SafetyInfo, | ||||||||
1992 | OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE) { | ||||||||
1993 | // Verify inputs. | ||||||||
1994 | assert(LI != nullptr && DT != nullptr && CurLoop != nullptr &&(static_cast <bool> (LI != nullptr && DT != nullptr && CurLoop != nullptr && SafetyInfo != nullptr && "Unexpected Input to promoteLoopAccessesToScalars" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("LI != nullptr && DT != nullptr && CurLoop != nullptr && SafetyInfo != nullptr && \"Unexpected Input to promoteLoopAccessesToScalars\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 1996, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1995 | SafetyInfo != nullptr &&(static_cast <bool> (LI != nullptr && DT != nullptr && CurLoop != nullptr && SafetyInfo != nullptr && "Unexpected Input to promoteLoopAccessesToScalars" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("LI != nullptr && DT != nullptr && CurLoop != nullptr && SafetyInfo != nullptr && \"Unexpected Input to promoteLoopAccessesToScalars\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 1996, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1996 | "Unexpected Input to promoteLoopAccessesToScalars")(static_cast <bool> (LI != nullptr && DT != nullptr && CurLoop != nullptr && SafetyInfo != nullptr && "Unexpected Input to promoteLoopAccessesToScalars" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("LI != nullptr && DT != nullptr && CurLoop != nullptr && SafetyInfo != nullptr && \"Unexpected Input to promoteLoopAccessesToScalars\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 1996, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1997 | |||||||||
1998 | Value *SomePtr = *PointerMustAliases.begin(); | ||||||||
1999 | BasicBlock *Preheader = CurLoop->getLoopPreheader(); | ||||||||
2000 | |||||||||
2001 | // It is not safe to promote a load/store from the loop if the load/store is | ||||||||
2002 | // conditional. For example, turning: | ||||||||
2003 | // | ||||||||
2004 | // for () { if (c) *P += 1; } | ||||||||
2005 | // | ||||||||
2006 | // into: | ||||||||
2007 | // | ||||||||
2008 | // tmp = *P; for () { if (c) tmp +=1; } *P = tmp; | ||||||||
2009 | // | ||||||||
2010 | // is not safe, because *P may only be valid to access if 'c' is true. | ||||||||
2011 | // | ||||||||
2012 | // The safety property divides into two parts: | ||||||||
2013 | // p1) The memory may not be dereferenceable on entry to the loop. In this | ||||||||
2014 | // case, we can't insert the required load in the preheader. | ||||||||
2015 | // p2) The memory model does not allow us to insert a store along any dynamic | ||||||||
2016 | // path which did not originally have one. | ||||||||
2017 | // | ||||||||
2018 | // If at least one store is guaranteed to execute, both properties are | ||||||||
2019 | // satisfied, and promotion is legal. | ||||||||
2020 | // | ||||||||
2021 | // This, however, is not a necessary condition. Even if no store/load is | ||||||||
2022 | // guaranteed to execute, we can still establish these properties. | ||||||||
2023 | // We can establish (p1) by proving that hoisting the load into the preheader | ||||||||
2024 | // is safe (i.e. proving dereferenceability on all paths through the loop). We | ||||||||
2025 | // can use any access within the alias set to prove dereferenceability, | ||||||||
2026 | // since they're all must alias. | ||||||||
2027 | // | ||||||||
2028 | // There are two ways establish (p2): | ||||||||
2029 | // a) Prove the location is thread-local. In this case the memory model | ||||||||
2030 | // requirement does not apply, and stores are safe to insert. | ||||||||
2031 | // b) Prove a store dominates every exit block. In this case, if an exit | ||||||||
2032 | // blocks is reached, the original dynamic path would have taken us through | ||||||||
2033 | // the store, so inserting a store into the exit block is safe. Note that this | ||||||||
2034 | // is different from the store being guaranteed to execute. For instance, | ||||||||
2035 | // if an exception is thrown on the first iteration of the loop, the original | ||||||||
2036 | // store is never executed, but the exit blocks are not executed either. | ||||||||
2037 | |||||||||
2038 | bool DereferenceableInPH = false; | ||||||||
2039 | bool SafeToInsertStore = false; | ||||||||
2040 | |||||||||
2041 | SmallVector<Instruction *, 64> LoopUses; | ||||||||
2042 | |||||||||
2043 | // We start with an alignment of one and try to find instructions that allow | ||||||||
2044 | // us to prove better alignment. | ||||||||
2045 | Align Alignment; | ||||||||
2046 | // Keep track of which types of access we see | ||||||||
2047 | bool SawUnorderedAtomic = false; | ||||||||
2048 | bool SawNotAtomic = false; | ||||||||
2049 | AAMDNodes AATags; | ||||||||
2050 | |||||||||
2051 | const DataLayout &MDL = Preheader->getModule()->getDataLayout(); | ||||||||
2052 | |||||||||
2053 | bool IsKnownThreadLocalObject = false; | ||||||||
2054 | if (SafetyInfo->anyBlockMayThrow()) { | ||||||||
2055 | // If a loop can throw, we have to insert a store along each unwind edge. | ||||||||
2056 | // That said, we can't actually make the unwind edge explicit. Therefore, | ||||||||
2057 | // we have to prove that the store is dead along the unwind edge. We do | ||||||||
2058 | // this by proving that the caller can't have a reference to the object | ||||||||
2059 | // after return and thus can't possibly load from the object. | ||||||||
2060 | Value *Object = getUnderlyingObject(SomePtr); | ||||||||
2061 | if (!isKnownNonEscaping(Object, CurLoop, TLI, DT)) | ||||||||
2062 | return false; | ||||||||
2063 | // Subtlety: Alloca's aren't visible to callers, but *are* potentially | ||||||||
2064 | // visible to other threads if captured and used during their lifetimes. | ||||||||
2065 | IsKnownThreadLocalObject = !isa<AllocaInst>(Object); | ||||||||
2066 | } | ||||||||
2067 | |||||||||
2068 | // Check that all of the pointers in the alias set have the same type. We | ||||||||
2069 | // cannot (yet) promote a memory location that is loaded and stored in | ||||||||
2070 | // different sizes. While we are at it, collect alignment and AA info. | ||||||||
2071 | for (Value *ASIV : PointerMustAliases) { | ||||||||
2072 | // Check that all of the pointers in the alias set have the same type. We | ||||||||
2073 | // cannot (yet) promote a memory location that is loaded and stored in | ||||||||
2074 | // different sizes. | ||||||||
2075 | if (SomePtr->getType() != ASIV->getType()) | ||||||||
2076 | return false; | ||||||||
2077 | |||||||||
2078 | for (User *U : ASIV->users()) { | ||||||||
2079 | // Ignore instructions that are outside the loop. | ||||||||
2080 | Instruction *UI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U); | ||||||||
2081 | if (!UI || !CurLoop->contains(UI)) | ||||||||
2082 | continue; | ||||||||
2083 | |||||||||
2084 | // If there is an non-load/store instruction in the loop, we can't promote | ||||||||
2085 | // it. | ||||||||
2086 | if (LoadInst *Load = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(UI)) { | ||||||||
2087 | if (!Load->isUnordered()) | ||||||||
2088 | return false; | ||||||||
2089 | |||||||||
2090 | SawUnorderedAtomic |= Load->isAtomic(); | ||||||||
2091 | SawNotAtomic |= !Load->isAtomic(); | ||||||||
2092 | |||||||||
2093 | Align InstAlignment = Load->getAlign(); | ||||||||
2094 | |||||||||
2095 | // Note that proving a load safe to speculate requires proving | ||||||||
2096 | // sufficient alignment at the target location. Proving it guaranteed | ||||||||
2097 | // to execute does as well. Thus we can increase our guaranteed | ||||||||
2098 | // alignment as well. | ||||||||
2099 | if (!DereferenceableInPH || (InstAlignment > Alignment)) | ||||||||
2100 | if (isSafeToExecuteUnconditionally(*Load, DT, TLI, CurLoop, | ||||||||
2101 | SafetyInfo, ORE, | ||||||||
2102 | Preheader->getTerminator())) { | ||||||||
2103 | DereferenceableInPH = true; | ||||||||
2104 | Alignment = std::max(Alignment, InstAlignment); | ||||||||
2105 | } | ||||||||
2106 | } else if (const StoreInst *Store = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(UI)) { | ||||||||
2107 | // Stores *of* the pointer are not interesting, only stores *to* the | ||||||||
2108 | // pointer. | ||||||||
2109 | if (UI->getOperand(1) != ASIV) | ||||||||
2110 | continue; | ||||||||
2111 | if (!Store->isUnordered()) | ||||||||
2112 | return false; | ||||||||
2113 | |||||||||
2114 | SawUnorderedAtomic |= Store->isAtomic(); | ||||||||
2115 | SawNotAtomic |= !Store->isAtomic(); | ||||||||
2116 | |||||||||
2117 | // If the store is guaranteed to execute, both properties are satisfied. | ||||||||
2118 | // We may want to check if a store is guaranteed to execute even if we | ||||||||
2119 | // already know that promotion is safe, since it may have higher | ||||||||
2120 | // alignment than any other guaranteed stores, in which case we can | ||||||||
2121 | // raise the alignment on the promoted store. | ||||||||
2122 | Align InstAlignment = Store->getAlign(); | ||||||||
2123 | |||||||||
2124 | if (!DereferenceableInPH || !SafeToInsertStore || | ||||||||
2125 | (InstAlignment > Alignment)) { | ||||||||
2126 | if (SafetyInfo->isGuaranteedToExecute(*UI, DT, CurLoop)) { | ||||||||
2127 | DereferenceableInPH = true; | ||||||||
2128 | SafeToInsertStore = true; | ||||||||
2129 | Alignment = std::max(Alignment, InstAlignment); | ||||||||
2130 | } | ||||||||
2131 | } | ||||||||
2132 | |||||||||
2133 | // If a store dominates all exit blocks, it is safe to sink. | ||||||||
2134 | // As explained above, if an exit block was executed, a dominating | ||||||||
2135 | // store must have been executed at least once, so we are not | ||||||||
2136 | // introducing stores on paths that did not have them. | ||||||||
2137 | // Note that this only looks at explicit exit blocks. If we ever | ||||||||
2138 | // start sinking stores into unwind edges (see above), this will break. | ||||||||
2139 | if (!SafeToInsertStore) | ||||||||
2140 | SafeToInsertStore = llvm::all_of(ExitBlocks, [&](BasicBlock *Exit) { | ||||||||
2141 | return DT->dominates(Store->getParent(), Exit); | ||||||||
2142 | }); | ||||||||
2143 | |||||||||
2144 | // If the store is not guaranteed to execute, we may still get | ||||||||
2145 | // deref info through it. | ||||||||
2146 | if (!DereferenceableInPH) { | ||||||||
2147 | DereferenceableInPH = isDereferenceableAndAlignedPointer( | ||||||||
2148 | Store->getPointerOperand(), Store->getValueOperand()->getType(), | ||||||||
2149 | Store->getAlign(), MDL, Preheader->getTerminator(), DT, TLI); | ||||||||
2150 | } | ||||||||
2151 | } else | ||||||||
2152 | return false; // Not a load or store. | ||||||||
2153 | |||||||||
2154 | // Merge the AA tags. | ||||||||
2155 | if (LoopUses.empty()) { | ||||||||
2156 | // On the first load/store, just take its AA tags. | ||||||||
2157 | UI->getAAMetadata(AATags); | ||||||||
2158 | } else if (AATags) { | ||||||||
2159 | UI->getAAMetadata(AATags, /* Merge = */ true); | ||||||||
2160 | } | ||||||||
2161 | |||||||||
2162 | LoopUses.push_back(UI); | ||||||||
2163 | } | ||||||||
2164 | } | ||||||||
2165 | |||||||||
2166 | // If we found both an unordered atomic instruction and a non-atomic memory | ||||||||
2167 | // access, bail. We can't blindly promote non-atomic to atomic since we | ||||||||
2168 | // might not be able to lower the result. We can't downgrade since that | ||||||||
2169 | // would violate memory model. Also, align 0 is an error for atomics. | ||||||||
2170 | if (SawUnorderedAtomic && SawNotAtomic) | ||||||||
2171 | return false; | ||||||||
2172 | |||||||||
2173 | // If we're inserting an atomic load in the preheader, we must be able to | ||||||||
2174 | // lower it. We're only guaranteed to be able to lower naturally aligned | ||||||||
2175 | // atomics. | ||||||||
2176 | auto *SomePtrElemType = SomePtr->getType()->getPointerElementType(); | ||||||||
2177 | if (SawUnorderedAtomic && | ||||||||
2178 | Alignment < MDL.getTypeStoreSize(SomePtrElemType)) | ||||||||
2179 | return false; | ||||||||
2180 | |||||||||
2181 | // If we couldn't prove we can hoist the load, bail. | ||||||||
2182 | if (!DereferenceableInPH) | ||||||||
2183 | return false; | ||||||||
2184 | |||||||||
2185 | // We know we can hoist the load, but don't have a guaranteed store. | ||||||||
2186 | // Check whether the location is thread-local. If it is, then we can insert | ||||||||
2187 | // stores along paths which originally didn't have them without violating the | ||||||||
2188 | // memory model. | ||||||||
2189 | if (!SafeToInsertStore) { | ||||||||
2190 | if (IsKnownThreadLocalObject) | ||||||||
2191 | SafeToInsertStore = true; | ||||||||
2192 | else { | ||||||||
2193 | Value *Object = getUnderlyingObject(SomePtr); | ||||||||
2194 | SafeToInsertStore = | ||||||||
2195 | (isAllocLikeFn(Object, TLI) || isa<AllocaInst>(Object)) && | ||||||||
2196 | isNotCapturedBeforeOrInLoop(Object, CurLoop, DT); | ||||||||
2197 | } | ||||||||
2198 | } | ||||||||
2199 | |||||||||
2200 | // If we've still failed to prove we can sink the store, give up. | ||||||||
2201 | if (!SafeToInsertStore) | ||||||||
2202 | return false; | ||||||||
2203 | |||||||||
2204 | // Otherwise, this is safe to promote, lets do it! | ||||||||
2205 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "LICM: Promoting value stored to in loop: " << *SomePtrdo { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("licm")) { dbgs() << "LICM: Promoting value stored to in loop: " << *SomePtr << '\n'; } } while (false) | ||||||||
2206 | << '\n')do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("licm")) { dbgs() << "LICM: Promoting value stored to in loop: " << *SomePtr << '\n'; } } while (false); | ||||||||
2207 | ORE->emit([&]() { | ||||||||
2208 | return OptimizationRemark(DEBUG_TYPE"licm", "PromoteLoopAccessesToScalar", | ||||||||
2209 | LoopUses[0]) | ||||||||
2210 | << "Moving accesses to memory location out of the loop"; | ||||||||
2211 | }); | ||||||||
2212 | ++NumPromoted; | ||||||||
2213 | |||||||||
2214 | // Look at all the loop uses, and try to merge their locations. | ||||||||
2215 | std::vector<const DILocation *> LoopUsesLocs; | ||||||||
2216 | for (auto U : LoopUses) | ||||||||
2217 | LoopUsesLocs.push_back(U->getDebugLoc().get()); | ||||||||
2218 | auto DL = DebugLoc(DILocation::getMergedLocations(LoopUsesLocs)); | ||||||||
2219 | |||||||||
2220 | // We use the SSAUpdater interface to insert phi nodes as required. | ||||||||
2221 | SmallVector<PHINode *, 16> NewPHIs; | ||||||||
2222 | SSAUpdater SSA(&NewPHIs); | ||||||||
2223 | LoopPromoter Promoter(SomePtr, LoopUses, SSA, PointerMustAliases, ExitBlocks, | ||||||||
2224 | InsertPts, MSSAInsertPts, PIC, MSSAU, *LI, DL, | ||||||||
2225 | Alignment.value(), SawUnorderedAtomic, AATags, | ||||||||
2226 | *SafetyInfo); | ||||||||
2227 | |||||||||
2228 | // Set up the preheader to have a definition of the value. It is the live-out | ||||||||
2229 | // value from the preheader that uses in the loop will use. | ||||||||
2230 | LoadInst *PreheaderLoad = new LoadInst( | ||||||||
2231 | SomePtr->getType()->getPointerElementType(), SomePtr, | ||||||||
2232 | SomePtr->getName() + ".promoted", Preheader->getTerminator()); | ||||||||
2233 | if (SawUnorderedAtomic) | ||||||||
2234 | PreheaderLoad->setOrdering(AtomicOrdering::Unordered); | ||||||||
2235 | PreheaderLoad->setAlignment(Alignment); | ||||||||
2236 | PreheaderLoad->setDebugLoc(DebugLoc()); | ||||||||
2237 | if (AATags) | ||||||||
2238 | PreheaderLoad->setAAMetadata(AATags); | ||||||||
2239 | SSA.AddAvailableValue(Preheader, PreheaderLoad); | ||||||||
2240 | |||||||||
2241 | MemoryAccess *PreheaderLoadMemoryAccess = MSSAU->createMemoryAccessInBB( | ||||||||
2242 | PreheaderLoad, nullptr, PreheaderLoad->getParent(), MemorySSA::End); | ||||||||
2243 | MemoryUse *NewMemUse = cast<MemoryUse>(PreheaderLoadMemoryAccess); | ||||||||
2244 | MSSAU->insertUse(NewMemUse, /*RenameUses=*/true); | ||||||||
2245 | |||||||||
2246 | if (VerifyMemorySSA) | ||||||||
2247 | MSSAU->getMemorySSA()->verifyMemorySSA(); | ||||||||
2248 | // Rewrite all the loads in the loop and remember all the definitions from | ||||||||
2249 | // stores in the loop. | ||||||||
2250 | Promoter.run(LoopUses); | ||||||||
2251 | |||||||||
2252 | if (VerifyMemorySSA) | ||||||||
2253 | MSSAU->getMemorySSA()->verifyMemorySSA(); | ||||||||
2254 | // If the SSAUpdater didn't use the load in the preheader, just zap it now. | ||||||||
2255 | if (PreheaderLoad->use_empty()) | ||||||||
2256 | eraseInstruction(*PreheaderLoad, *SafetyInfo, MSSAU); | ||||||||
2257 | |||||||||
2258 | return true; | ||||||||
2259 | } | ||||||||
2260 | |||||||||
2261 | static void foreachMemoryAccess(MemorySSA *MSSA, Loop *L, | ||||||||
2262 | function_ref<void(Instruction *)> Fn) { | ||||||||
2263 | for (const BasicBlock *BB : L->blocks()) | ||||||||
2264 | if (const auto *Accesses = MSSA->getBlockAccesses(BB)) | ||||||||
2265 | for (const auto &Access : *Accesses) | ||||||||
2266 | if (const auto *MUD = dyn_cast<MemoryUseOrDef>(&Access)) | ||||||||
2267 | Fn(MUD->getMemoryInst()); | ||||||||
2268 | } | ||||||||
2269 | |||||||||
2270 | static SmallVector<SmallSetVector<Value *, 8>, 0> | ||||||||
2271 | collectPromotionCandidates(MemorySSA *MSSA, AliasAnalysis *AA, Loop *L) { | ||||||||
2272 | AliasSetTracker AST(*AA); | ||||||||
2273 | |||||||||
2274 | auto IsPotentiallyPromotable = [L](const Instruction *I) { | ||||||||
2275 | if (const auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) | ||||||||
2276 | return L->isLoopInvariant(SI->getPointerOperand()); | ||||||||
2277 | if (const auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) | ||||||||
2278 | return L->isLoopInvariant(LI->getPointerOperand()); | ||||||||
2279 | return false; | ||||||||
2280 | }; | ||||||||
2281 | |||||||||
2282 | // Populate AST with potentially promotable accesses and remove them from | ||||||||
2283 | // MaybePromotable, so they will not be checked again on the next iteration. | ||||||||
2284 | SmallPtrSet<Value *, 16> AttemptingPromotion; | ||||||||
2285 | foreachMemoryAccess(MSSA, L, [&](Instruction *I) { | ||||||||
2286 | if (IsPotentiallyPromotable(I)) { | ||||||||
2287 | AttemptingPromotion.insert(I); | ||||||||
2288 | AST.add(I); | ||||||||
2289 | } | ||||||||
2290 | }); | ||||||||
2291 | |||||||||
2292 | // We're only interested in must-alias sets that contain a mod. | ||||||||
2293 | SmallVector<const AliasSet *, 8> Sets; | ||||||||
2294 | for (AliasSet &AS : AST) | ||||||||
2295 | if (!AS.isForwardingAliasSet() && AS.isMod() && AS.isMustAlias()) | ||||||||
2296 | Sets.push_back(&AS); | ||||||||
2297 | |||||||||
2298 | if (Sets.empty()) | ||||||||
2299 | return {}; // Nothing to promote... | ||||||||
2300 | |||||||||
2301 | // Discard any sets for which there is an aliasing non-promotable access. | ||||||||
2302 | foreachMemoryAccess(MSSA, L, [&](Instruction *I) { | ||||||||
2303 | if (AttemptingPromotion.contains(I)) | ||||||||
2304 | return; | ||||||||
2305 | |||||||||
2306 | llvm::erase_if(Sets, [&](const AliasSet *AS) { | ||||||||
2307 | return AS->aliasesUnknownInst(I, *AA); | ||||||||
2308 | }); | ||||||||
2309 | }); | ||||||||
2310 | |||||||||
2311 | SmallVector<SmallSetVector<Value *, 8>, 0> Result; | ||||||||
2312 | for (const AliasSet *Set : Sets) { | ||||||||
2313 | SmallSetVector<Value *, 8> PointerMustAliases; | ||||||||
2314 | for (const auto &ASI : *Set) | ||||||||
2315 | PointerMustAliases.insert(ASI.getValue()); | ||||||||
2316 | Result.push_back(std::move(PointerMustAliases)); | ||||||||
2317 | } | ||||||||
2318 | |||||||||
2319 | return Result; | ||||||||
2320 | } | ||||||||
2321 | |||||||||
2322 | static bool pointerInvalidatedByLoop(MemoryLocation MemLoc, | ||||||||
2323 | AliasSetTracker *CurAST, Loop *CurLoop, | ||||||||
2324 | AAResults *AA) { | ||||||||
2325 | return CurAST->getAliasSetFor(MemLoc).isMod(); | ||||||||
2326 | } | ||||||||
2327 | |||||||||
2328 | bool pointerInvalidatedByLoopWithMSSA(MemorySSA *MSSA, MemoryUse *MU, | ||||||||
2329 | Loop *CurLoop, Instruction &I, | ||||||||
2330 | SinkAndHoistLICMFlags &Flags) { | ||||||||
2331 | // For hoisting, use the walker to determine safety | ||||||||
2332 | if (!Flags.getIsSink()) { | ||||||||
2333 | MemoryAccess *Source; | ||||||||
2334 | // See declaration of SetLicmMssaOptCap for usage details. | ||||||||
2335 | if (Flags.tooManyClobberingCalls()) | ||||||||
2336 | Source = MU->getDefiningAccess(); | ||||||||
2337 | else { | ||||||||
2338 | Source = MSSA->getSkipSelfWalker()->getClobberingMemoryAccess(MU); | ||||||||
2339 | Flags.incrementClobberingCalls(); | ||||||||
2340 | } | ||||||||
2341 | return !MSSA->isLiveOnEntryDef(Source) && | ||||||||
2342 | CurLoop->contains(Source->getBlock()); | ||||||||
2343 | } | ||||||||
2344 | |||||||||
2345 | // For sinking, we'd need to check all Defs below this use. The getClobbering | ||||||||
2346 | // call will look on the backedge of the loop, but will check aliasing with | ||||||||
2347 | // the instructions on the previous iteration. | ||||||||
2348 | // For example: | ||||||||
2349 | // for (i ... ) | ||||||||
2350 | // load a[i] ( Use (LoE) | ||||||||
2351 | // store a[i] ( 1 = Def (2), with 2 = Phi for the loop. | ||||||||
2352 | // i++; | ||||||||
2353 | // The load sees no clobbering inside the loop, as the backedge alias check | ||||||||
2354 | // does phi translation, and will check aliasing against store a[i-1]. | ||||||||
2355 | // However sinking the load outside the loop, below the store is incorrect. | ||||||||
2356 | |||||||||
2357 | // For now, only sink if there are no Defs in the loop, and the existing ones | ||||||||
2358 | // precede the use and are in the same block. | ||||||||
2359 | // FIXME: Increase precision: Safe to sink if Use post dominates the Def; | ||||||||
2360 | // needs PostDominatorTreeAnalysis. | ||||||||
2361 | // FIXME: More precise: no Defs that alias this Use. | ||||||||
2362 | if (Flags.tooManyMemoryAccesses()) | ||||||||
2363 | return true; | ||||||||
2364 | for (auto *BB : CurLoop->getBlocks()) | ||||||||
2365 | if (pointerInvalidatedByBlockWithMSSA(*BB, *MSSA, *MU)) | ||||||||
2366 | return true; | ||||||||
2367 | // When sinking, the source block may not be part of the loop so check it. | ||||||||
2368 | if (!CurLoop->contains(&I)) | ||||||||
2369 | return pointerInvalidatedByBlockWithMSSA(*I.getParent(), *MSSA, *MU); | ||||||||
2370 | |||||||||
2371 | return false; | ||||||||
2372 | } | ||||||||
2373 | |||||||||
2374 | bool pointerInvalidatedByBlockWithMSSA(BasicBlock &BB, MemorySSA &MSSA, | ||||||||
2375 | MemoryUse &MU) { | ||||||||
2376 | if (const auto *Accesses = MSSA.getBlockDefs(&BB)) | ||||||||
2377 | for (const auto &MA : *Accesses) | ||||||||
2378 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<MemoryDef>(&MA)) | ||||||||
2379 | if (MU.getBlock() != MD->getBlock() || !MSSA.locallyDominates(MD, &MU)) | ||||||||
2380 | return true; | ||||||||
2381 | return false; | ||||||||
2382 | } | ||||||||
2383 | |||||||||
2384 | /// Little predicate that returns true if the specified basic block is in | ||||||||
2385 | /// a subloop of the current one, not the current one itself. | ||||||||
2386 | /// | ||||||||
2387 | static bool inSubLoop(BasicBlock *BB, Loop *CurLoop, LoopInfo *LI) { | ||||||||
2388 | assert(CurLoop->contains(BB) && "Only valid if BB is IN the loop")(static_cast <bool> (CurLoop->contains(BB) && "Only valid if BB is IN the loop") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CurLoop->contains(BB) && \"Only valid if BB is IN the loop\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp" , 2388, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
2389 | return LI->getLoopFor(BB) != CurLoop; | ||||||||
2390 | } |
1 | //===- llvm/Instructions.h - Instruction subclass definitions ---*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | // This file exposes the class definitions of all of the subclasses of the |
10 | // Instruction class. This is meant to be an easy way to get access to all |
11 | // instruction subclasses. |
12 | // |
13 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
14 | |
15 | #ifndef LLVM_IR_INSTRUCTIONS_H |
16 | #define LLVM_IR_INSTRUCTIONS_H |
17 | |
18 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
19 | #include "llvm/ADT/Bitfields.h" |
20 | #include "llvm/ADT/MapVector.h" |
21 | #include "llvm/ADT/None.h" |
22 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" |
23 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" |
24 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
25 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" |
26 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator.h" |
27 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
28 | #include "llvm/IR/Attributes.h" |
29 | #include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h" |
30 | #include "llvm/IR/CallingConv.h" |
31 | #include "llvm/IR/CFG.h" |
32 | #include "llvm/IR/Constant.h" |
33 | #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h" |
34 | #include "llvm/IR/Function.h" |
35 | #include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h" |
36 | #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h" |
37 | #include "llvm/IR/OperandTraits.h" |
38 | #include "llvm/IR/Type.h" |
39 | #include "llvm/IR/Use.h" |
40 | #include "llvm/IR/User.h" |
41 | #include "llvm/IR/Value.h" |
42 | #include "llvm/Support/AtomicOrdering.h" |
43 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
44 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" |
45 | #include <cassert> |
46 | #include <cstddef> |
47 | #include <cstdint> |
48 | #include <iterator> |
49 | |
50 | namespace llvm { |
51 | |
52 | class APInt; |
53 | class ConstantInt; |
54 | class DataLayout; |
55 | class LLVMContext; |
56 | |
57 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
58 | // AllocaInst Class |
59 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
60 | |
61 | /// an instruction to allocate memory on the stack |
62 | class AllocaInst : public UnaryInstruction { |
63 | Type *AllocatedType; |
64 | |
65 | using AlignmentField = AlignmentBitfieldElementT<0>; |
66 | using UsedWithInAllocaField = BoolBitfieldElementT<AlignmentField::NextBit>; |
67 | using SwiftErrorField = BoolBitfieldElementT<UsedWithInAllocaField::NextBit>; |
68 | static_assert(Bitfield::areContiguous<AlignmentField, UsedWithInAllocaField, |
69 | SwiftErrorField>(), |
70 | "Bitfields must be contiguous"); |
71 | |
72 | protected: |
73 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
74 | friend class Instruction; |
75 | |
76 | AllocaInst *cloneImpl() const; |
77 | |
78 | public: |
79 | explicit AllocaInst(Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, Value *ArraySize, |
80 | const Twine &Name, Instruction *InsertBefore); |
81 | AllocaInst(Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, Value *ArraySize, |
82 | const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
83 | |
84 | AllocaInst(Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, const Twine &Name, |
85 | Instruction *InsertBefore); |
86 | AllocaInst(Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, |
87 | const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
88 | |
89 | AllocaInst(Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, Value *ArraySize, Align Align, |
90 | const Twine &Name = "", Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
91 | AllocaInst(Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, Value *ArraySize, Align Align, |
92 | const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
93 | |
94 | /// Return true if there is an allocation size parameter to the allocation |
95 | /// instruction that is not 1. |
96 | bool isArrayAllocation() const; |
97 | |
98 | /// Get the number of elements allocated. For a simple allocation of a single |
99 | /// element, this will return a constant 1 value. |
100 | const Value *getArraySize() const { return getOperand(0); } |
101 | Value *getArraySize() { return getOperand(0); } |
102 | |
103 | /// Overload to return most specific pointer type. |
104 | PointerType *getType() const { |
105 | return cast<PointerType>(Instruction::getType()); |
106 | } |
107 | |
108 | /// Get allocation size in bits. Returns None if size can't be determined, |
109 | /// e.g. in case of a VLA. |
110 | Optional<TypeSize> getAllocationSizeInBits(const DataLayout &DL) const; |
111 | |
112 | /// Return the type that is being allocated by the instruction. |
113 | Type *getAllocatedType() const { return AllocatedType; } |
114 | /// for use only in special circumstances that need to generically |
115 | /// transform a whole instruction (eg: IR linking and vectorization). |
116 | void setAllocatedType(Type *Ty) { AllocatedType = Ty; } |
117 | |
118 | /// Return the alignment of the memory that is being allocated by the |
119 | /// instruction. |
120 | Align getAlign() const { |
121 | return Align(1ULL << getSubclassData<AlignmentField>()); |
122 | } |
123 | |
124 | void setAlignment(Align Align) { |
125 | setSubclassData<AlignmentField>(Log2(Align)); |
126 | } |
127 | |
128 | // FIXME: Remove this one transition to Align is over. |
129 | unsigned getAlignment() const { return getAlign().value(); } |
130 | |
131 | /// Return true if this alloca is in the entry block of the function and is a |
132 | /// constant size. If so, the code generator will fold it into the |
133 | /// prolog/epilog code, so it is basically free. |
134 | bool isStaticAlloca() const; |
135 | |
136 | /// Return true if this alloca is used as an inalloca argument to a call. Such |
137 | /// allocas are never considered static even if they are in the entry block. |
138 | bool isUsedWithInAlloca() const { |
139 | return getSubclassData<UsedWithInAllocaField>(); |
140 | } |
141 | |
142 | /// Specify whether this alloca is used to represent the arguments to a call. |
143 | void setUsedWithInAlloca(bool V) { |
144 | setSubclassData<UsedWithInAllocaField>(V); |
145 | } |
146 | |
147 | /// Return true if this alloca is used as a swifterror argument to a call. |
148 | bool isSwiftError() const { return getSubclassData<SwiftErrorField>(); } |
149 | /// Specify whether this alloca is used to represent a swifterror. |
150 | void setSwiftError(bool V) { setSubclassData<SwiftErrorField>(V); } |
151 | |
152 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
153 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
154 | return (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Alloca); |
155 | } |
156 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
157 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
158 | } |
159 | |
160 | private: |
161 | // Shadow Instruction::setInstructionSubclassData with a private forwarding |
162 | // method so that subclasses cannot accidentally use it. |
163 | template <typename Bitfield> |
164 | void setSubclassData(typename Bitfield::Type Value) { |
165 | Instruction::setSubclassData<Bitfield>(Value); |
166 | } |
167 | }; |
168 | |
169 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
170 | // LoadInst Class |
171 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
172 | |
173 | /// An instruction for reading from memory. This uses the SubclassData field in |
174 | /// Value to store whether or not the load is volatile. |
175 | class LoadInst : public UnaryInstruction { |
176 | using VolatileField = BoolBitfieldElementT<0>; |
177 | using AlignmentField = AlignmentBitfieldElementT<VolatileField::NextBit>; |
178 | using OrderingField = AtomicOrderingBitfieldElementT<AlignmentField::NextBit>; |
179 | static_assert( |
180 | Bitfield::areContiguous<VolatileField, AlignmentField, OrderingField>(), |
181 | "Bitfields must be contiguous"); |
182 | |
183 | void AssertOK(); |
184 | |
185 | protected: |
186 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
187 | friend class Instruction; |
188 | |
189 | LoadInst *cloneImpl() const; |
190 | |
191 | public: |
192 | LoadInst(Type *Ty, Value *Ptr, const Twine &NameStr, |
193 | Instruction *InsertBefore); |
194 | LoadInst(Type *Ty, Value *Ptr, const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
195 | LoadInst(Type *Ty, Value *Ptr, const Twine &NameStr, bool isVolatile, |
196 | Instruction *InsertBefore); |
197 | LoadInst(Type *Ty, Value *Ptr, const Twine &NameStr, bool isVolatile, |
198 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
199 | LoadInst(Type *Ty, Value *Ptr, const Twine &NameStr, bool isVolatile, |
200 | Align Align, Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
201 | LoadInst(Type *Ty, Value *Ptr, const Twine &NameStr, bool isVolatile, |
202 | Align Align, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
203 | LoadInst(Type *Ty, Value *Ptr, const Twine &NameStr, bool isVolatile, |
204 | Align Align, AtomicOrdering Order, |
205 | SyncScope::ID SSID = SyncScope::System, |
206 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
207 | LoadInst(Type *Ty, Value *Ptr, const Twine &NameStr, bool isVolatile, |
208 | Align Align, AtomicOrdering Order, SyncScope::ID SSID, |
209 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
210 | |
211 | /// Return true if this is a load from a volatile memory location. |
212 | bool isVolatile() const { return getSubclassData<VolatileField>(); } |
213 | |
214 | /// Specify whether this is a volatile load or not. |
215 | void setVolatile(bool V) { setSubclassData<VolatileField>(V); } |
216 | |
217 | /// Return the alignment of the access that is being performed. |
218 | /// FIXME: Remove this function once transition to Align is over. |
219 | /// Use getAlign() instead. |
220 | unsigned getAlignment() const { return getAlign().value(); } |
221 | |
222 | /// Return the alignment of the access that is being performed. |
223 | Align getAlign() const { |
224 | return Align(1ULL << (getSubclassData<AlignmentField>())); |
225 | } |
226 | |
227 | void setAlignment(Align Align) { |
228 | setSubclassData<AlignmentField>(Log2(Align)); |
229 | } |
230 | |
231 | /// Returns the ordering constraint of this load instruction. |
232 | AtomicOrdering getOrdering() const { |
233 | return getSubclassData<OrderingField>(); |
234 | } |
235 | /// Sets the ordering constraint of this load instruction. May not be Release |
236 | /// or AcquireRelease. |
237 | void setOrdering(AtomicOrdering Ordering) { |
238 | setSubclassData<OrderingField>(Ordering); |
239 | } |
240 | |
241 | /// Returns the synchronization scope ID of this load instruction. |
242 | SyncScope::ID getSyncScopeID() const { |
243 | return SSID; |
244 | } |
245 | |
246 | /// Sets the synchronization scope ID of this load instruction. |
247 | void setSyncScopeID(SyncScope::ID SSID) { |
248 | this->SSID = SSID; |
249 | } |
250 | |
251 | /// Sets the ordering constraint and the synchronization scope ID of this load |
252 | /// instruction. |
253 | void setAtomic(AtomicOrdering Ordering, |
254 | SyncScope::ID SSID = SyncScope::System) { |
255 | setOrdering(Ordering); |
256 | setSyncScopeID(SSID); |
257 | } |
258 | |
259 | bool isSimple() const { return !isAtomic() && !isVolatile(); } |
260 | |
261 | bool isUnordered() const { |
262 | return (getOrdering() == AtomicOrdering::NotAtomic || |
263 | getOrdering() == AtomicOrdering::Unordered) && |
264 | !isVolatile(); |
265 | } |
266 | |
267 | Value *getPointerOperand() { return getOperand(0); } |
268 | const Value *getPointerOperand() const { return getOperand(0); } |
269 | static unsigned getPointerOperandIndex() { return 0U; } |
270 | Type *getPointerOperandType() const { return getPointerOperand()->getType(); } |
271 | |
272 | /// Returns the address space of the pointer operand. |
273 | unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const { |
274 | return getPointerOperandType()->getPointerAddressSpace(); |
275 | } |
276 | |
277 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
278 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
279 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Load; |
280 | } |
281 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
282 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
283 | } |
284 | |
285 | private: |
286 | // Shadow Instruction::setInstructionSubclassData with a private forwarding |
287 | // method so that subclasses cannot accidentally use it. |
288 | template <typename Bitfield> |
289 | void setSubclassData(typename Bitfield::Type Value) { |
290 | Instruction::setSubclassData<Bitfield>(Value); |
291 | } |
292 | |
293 | /// The synchronization scope ID of this load instruction. Not quite enough |
294 | /// room in SubClassData for everything, so synchronization scope ID gets its |
295 | /// own field. |
296 | SyncScope::ID SSID; |
297 | }; |
298 | |
299 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
300 | // StoreInst Class |
301 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
302 | |
303 | /// An instruction for storing to memory. |
304 | class StoreInst : public Instruction { |
305 | using VolatileField = BoolBitfieldElementT<0>; |
306 | using AlignmentField = AlignmentBitfieldElementT<VolatileField::NextBit>; |
307 | using OrderingField = AtomicOrderingBitfieldElementT<AlignmentField::NextBit>; |
308 | static_assert( |
309 | Bitfield::areContiguous<VolatileField, AlignmentField, OrderingField>(), |
310 | "Bitfields must be contiguous"); |
311 | |
312 | void AssertOK(); |
313 | |
314 | protected: |
315 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
316 | friend class Instruction; |
317 | |
318 | StoreInst *cloneImpl() const; |
319 | |
320 | public: |
321 | StoreInst(Value *Val, Value *Ptr, Instruction *InsertBefore); |
322 | StoreInst(Value *Val, Value *Ptr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
323 | StoreInst(Value *Val, Value *Ptr, bool isVolatile, Instruction *InsertBefore); |
324 | StoreInst(Value *Val, Value *Ptr, bool isVolatile, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
325 | StoreInst(Value *Val, Value *Ptr, bool isVolatile, Align Align, |
326 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
327 | StoreInst(Value *Val, Value *Ptr, bool isVolatile, Align Align, |
328 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
329 | StoreInst(Value *Val, Value *Ptr, bool isVolatile, Align Align, |
330 | AtomicOrdering Order, SyncScope::ID SSID = SyncScope::System, |
331 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
332 | StoreInst(Value *Val, Value *Ptr, bool isVolatile, Align Align, |
333 | AtomicOrdering Order, SyncScope::ID SSID, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
334 | |
335 | // allocate space for exactly two operands |
336 | void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S, 2); } |
337 | void operator delete(void *Ptr) { User::operator delete(Ptr); } |
338 | |
339 | /// Return true if this is a store to a volatile memory location. |
340 | bool isVolatile() const { return getSubclassData<VolatileField>(); } |
341 | |
342 | /// Specify whether this is a volatile store or not. |
343 | void setVolatile(bool V) { setSubclassData<VolatileField>(V); } |
344 | |
345 | /// Transparently provide more efficient getOperand methods. |
346 | DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin(); inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected : template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int > inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned getNumOperands() const; |
347 | |
348 | /// Return the alignment of the access that is being performed |
349 | /// FIXME: Remove this function once transition to Align is over. |
350 | /// Use getAlign() instead. |
351 | unsigned getAlignment() const { return getAlign().value(); } |
352 | |
353 | Align getAlign() const { |
354 | return Align(1ULL << (getSubclassData<AlignmentField>())); |
355 | } |
356 | |
357 | void setAlignment(Align Align) { |
358 | setSubclassData<AlignmentField>(Log2(Align)); |
359 | } |
360 | |
361 | /// Returns the ordering constraint of this store instruction. |
362 | AtomicOrdering getOrdering() const { |
363 | return getSubclassData<OrderingField>(); |
364 | } |
365 | |
366 | /// Sets the ordering constraint of this store instruction. May not be |
367 | /// Acquire or AcquireRelease. |
368 | void setOrdering(AtomicOrdering Ordering) { |
369 | setSubclassData<OrderingField>(Ordering); |
370 | } |
371 | |
372 | /// Returns the synchronization scope ID of this store instruction. |
373 | SyncScope::ID getSyncScopeID() const { |
374 | return SSID; |
375 | } |
376 | |
377 | /// Sets the synchronization scope ID of this store instruction. |
378 | void setSyncScopeID(SyncScope::ID SSID) { |
379 | this->SSID = SSID; |
380 | } |
381 | |
382 | /// Sets the ordering constraint and the synchronization scope ID of this |
383 | /// store instruction. |
384 | void setAtomic(AtomicOrdering Ordering, |
385 | SyncScope::ID SSID = SyncScope::System) { |
386 | setOrdering(Ordering); |
387 | setSyncScopeID(SSID); |
388 | } |
389 | |
390 | bool isSimple() const { return !isAtomic() && !isVolatile(); } |
391 | |
392 | bool isUnordered() const { |
393 | return (getOrdering() == AtomicOrdering::NotAtomic || |
394 | getOrdering() == AtomicOrdering::Unordered) && |
395 | !isVolatile(); |
396 | } |
397 | |
398 | Value *getValueOperand() { return getOperand(0); } |
399 | const Value *getValueOperand() const { return getOperand(0); } |
400 | |
401 | Value *getPointerOperand() { return getOperand(1); } |
402 | const Value *getPointerOperand() const { return getOperand(1); } |
403 | static unsigned getPointerOperandIndex() { return 1U; } |
404 | Type *getPointerOperandType() const { return getPointerOperand()->getType(); } |
405 | |
406 | /// Returns the address space of the pointer operand. |
407 | unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const { |
408 | return getPointerOperandType()->getPointerAddressSpace(); |
409 | } |
410 | |
411 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
412 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
413 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Store; |
414 | } |
415 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
416 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
417 | } |
418 | |
419 | private: |
420 | // Shadow Instruction::setInstructionSubclassData with a private forwarding |
421 | // method so that subclasses cannot accidentally use it. |
422 | template <typename Bitfield> |
423 | void setSubclassData(typename Bitfield::Type Value) { |
424 | Instruction::setSubclassData<Bitfield>(Value); |
425 | } |
426 | |
427 | /// The synchronization scope ID of this store instruction. Not quite enough |
428 | /// room in SubClassData for everything, so synchronization scope ID gets its |
429 | /// own field. |
430 | SyncScope::ID SSID; |
431 | }; |
432 | |
433 | template <> |
434 | struct OperandTraits<StoreInst> : public FixedNumOperandTraits<StoreInst, 2> { |
435 | }; |
436 | |
437 | DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(StoreInst, Value)StoreInst::op_iterator StoreInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits <StoreInst>::op_begin(this); } StoreInst::const_op_iterator StoreInst::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<StoreInst >::op_begin(const_cast<StoreInst*>(this)); } StoreInst ::op_iterator StoreInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits<StoreInst >::op_end(this); } StoreInst::const_op_iterator StoreInst:: op_end() const { return OperandTraits<StoreInst>::op_end (const_cast<StoreInst*>(this)); } Value *StoreInst::getOperand (unsigned i_nocapture) const { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<StoreInst>::operands(this) && "getOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<StoreInst>::operands(this) && \"getOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 437, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); return cast_or_null <Value>( OperandTraits<StoreInst>::op_begin(const_cast <StoreInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void StoreInst ::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<StoreInst> ::operands(this) && "setOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<StoreInst>::operands(this) && \"setOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 437, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); OperandTraits< StoreInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned StoreInst::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits <StoreInst>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture > Use &StoreInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture >(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use & StoreInst::Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture >(this); } |
438 | |
439 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
440 | // FenceInst Class |
441 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
442 | |
443 | /// An instruction for ordering other memory operations. |
444 | class FenceInst : public Instruction { |
445 | using OrderingField = AtomicOrderingBitfieldElementT<0>; |
446 | |
447 | void Init(AtomicOrdering Ordering, SyncScope::ID SSID); |
448 | |
449 | protected: |
450 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
451 | friend class Instruction; |
452 | |
453 | FenceInst *cloneImpl() const; |
454 | |
455 | public: |
456 | // Ordering may only be Acquire, Release, AcquireRelease, or |
457 | // SequentiallyConsistent. |
458 | FenceInst(LLVMContext &C, AtomicOrdering Ordering, |
459 | SyncScope::ID SSID = SyncScope::System, |
460 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
461 | FenceInst(LLVMContext &C, AtomicOrdering Ordering, SyncScope::ID SSID, |
462 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
463 | |
464 | // allocate space for exactly zero operands |
465 | void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S, 0); } |
466 | void operator delete(void *Ptr) { User::operator delete(Ptr); } |
467 | |
468 | /// Returns the ordering constraint of this fence instruction. |
469 | AtomicOrdering getOrdering() const { |
470 | return getSubclassData<OrderingField>(); |
471 | } |
472 | |
473 | /// Sets the ordering constraint of this fence instruction. May only be |
474 | /// Acquire, Release, AcquireRelease, or SequentiallyConsistent. |
475 | void setOrdering(AtomicOrdering Ordering) { |
476 | setSubclassData<OrderingField>(Ordering); |
477 | } |
478 | |
479 | /// Returns the synchronization scope ID of this fence instruction. |
480 | SyncScope::ID getSyncScopeID() const { |
481 | return SSID; |
482 | } |
483 | |
484 | /// Sets the synchronization scope ID of this fence instruction. |
485 | void setSyncScopeID(SyncScope::ID SSID) { |
486 | this->SSID = SSID; |
487 | } |
488 | |
489 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
490 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
491 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Fence; |
492 | } |
493 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
494 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
495 | } |
496 | |
497 | private: |
498 | // Shadow Instruction::setInstructionSubclassData with a private forwarding |
499 | // method so that subclasses cannot accidentally use it. |
500 | template <typename Bitfield> |
501 | void setSubclassData(typename Bitfield::Type Value) { |
502 | Instruction::setSubclassData<Bitfield>(Value); |
503 | } |
504 | |
505 | /// The synchronization scope ID of this fence instruction. Not quite enough |
506 | /// room in SubClassData for everything, so synchronization scope ID gets its |
507 | /// own field. |
508 | SyncScope::ID SSID; |
509 | }; |
510 | |
511 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
512 | // AtomicCmpXchgInst Class |
513 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
514 | |
515 | /// An instruction that atomically checks whether a |
516 | /// specified value is in a memory location, and, if it is, stores a new value |
517 | /// there. The value returned by this instruction is a pair containing the |
518 | /// original value as first element, and an i1 indicating success (true) or |
519 | /// failure (false) as second element. |
520 | /// |
521 | class AtomicCmpXchgInst : public Instruction { |
522 | void Init(Value *Ptr, Value *Cmp, Value *NewVal, Align Align, |
523 | AtomicOrdering SuccessOrdering, AtomicOrdering FailureOrdering, |
524 | SyncScope::ID SSID); |
525 | |
526 | template <unsigned Offset> |
527 | using AtomicOrderingBitfieldElement = |
528 | typename Bitfield::Element<AtomicOrdering, Offset, 3, |
529 | AtomicOrdering::LAST>; |
530 | |
531 | protected: |
532 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
533 | friend class Instruction; |
534 | |
535 | AtomicCmpXchgInst *cloneImpl() const; |
536 | |
537 | public: |
538 | AtomicCmpXchgInst(Value *Ptr, Value *Cmp, Value *NewVal, Align Alignment, |
539 | AtomicOrdering SuccessOrdering, |
540 | AtomicOrdering FailureOrdering, SyncScope::ID SSID, |
541 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
542 | AtomicCmpXchgInst(Value *Ptr, Value *Cmp, Value *NewVal, Align Alignment, |
543 | AtomicOrdering SuccessOrdering, |
544 | AtomicOrdering FailureOrdering, SyncScope::ID SSID, |
545 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
546 | |
547 | // allocate space for exactly three operands |
548 | void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S, 3); } |
549 | void operator delete(void *Ptr) { User::operator delete(Ptr); } |
550 | |
551 | using VolatileField = BoolBitfieldElementT<0>; |
552 | using WeakField = BoolBitfieldElementT<VolatileField::NextBit>; |
553 | using SuccessOrderingField = |
554 | AtomicOrderingBitfieldElementT<WeakField::NextBit>; |
555 | using FailureOrderingField = |
556 | AtomicOrderingBitfieldElementT<SuccessOrderingField::NextBit>; |
557 | using AlignmentField = |
558 | AlignmentBitfieldElementT<FailureOrderingField::NextBit>; |
559 | static_assert( |
560 | Bitfield::areContiguous<VolatileField, WeakField, SuccessOrderingField, |
561 | FailureOrderingField, AlignmentField>(), |
562 | "Bitfields must be contiguous"); |
563 | |
564 | /// Return the alignment of the memory that is being allocated by the |
565 | /// instruction. |
566 | Align getAlign() const { |
567 | return Align(1ULL << getSubclassData<AlignmentField>()); |
568 | } |
569 | |
570 | void setAlignment(Align Align) { |
571 | setSubclassData<AlignmentField>(Log2(Align)); |
572 | } |
573 | |
574 | /// Return true if this is a cmpxchg from a volatile memory |
575 | /// location. |
576 | /// |
577 | bool isVolatile() const { return getSubclassData<VolatileField>(); } |
578 | |
579 | /// Specify whether this is a volatile cmpxchg. |
580 | /// |
581 | void setVolatile(bool V) { setSubclassData<VolatileField>(V); } |
582 | |
583 | /// Return true if this cmpxchg may spuriously fail. |
584 | bool isWeak() const { return getSubclassData<WeakField>(); } |
585 | |
586 | void setWeak(bool IsWeak) { setSubclassData<WeakField>(IsWeak); } |
587 | |
588 | /// Transparently provide more efficient getOperand methods. |
589 | DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin(); inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected : template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int > inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned getNumOperands() const; |
590 | |
591 | static bool isValidSuccessOrdering(AtomicOrdering Ordering) { |
592 | return Ordering != AtomicOrdering::NotAtomic && |
593 | Ordering != AtomicOrdering::Unordered; |
594 | } |
595 | |
596 | static bool isValidFailureOrdering(AtomicOrdering Ordering) { |
597 | return Ordering != AtomicOrdering::NotAtomic && |
598 | Ordering != AtomicOrdering::Unordered && |
599 | Ordering != AtomicOrdering::AcquireRelease && |
600 | Ordering != AtomicOrdering::Release; |
601 | } |
602 | |
603 | /// Returns the success ordering constraint of this cmpxchg instruction. |
604 | AtomicOrdering getSuccessOrdering() const { |
605 | return getSubclassData<SuccessOrderingField>(); |
606 | } |
607 | |
608 | /// Sets the success ordering constraint of this cmpxchg instruction. |
609 | void setSuccessOrdering(AtomicOrdering Ordering) { |
610 | assert(isValidSuccessOrdering(Ordering) &&(static_cast <bool> (isValidSuccessOrdering(Ordering) && "invalid CmpXchg success ordering") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isValidSuccessOrdering(Ordering) && \"invalid CmpXchg success ordering\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 611, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
611 | "invalid CmpXchg success ordering")(static_cast <bool> (isValidSuccessOrdering(Ordering) && "invalid CmpXchg success ordering") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isValidSuccessOrdering(Ordering) && \"invalid CmpXchg success ordering\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 611, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
612 | setSubclassData<SuccessOrderingField>(Ordering); |
613 | } |
614 | |
615 | /// Returns the failure ordering constraint of this cmpxchg instruction. |
616 | AtomicOrdering getFailureOrdering() const { |
617 | return getSubclassData<FailureOrderingField>(); |
618 | } |
619 | |
620 | /// Sets the failure ordering constraint of this cmpxchg instruction. |
621 | void setFailureOrdering(AtomicOrdering Ordering) { |
622 | assert(isValidFailureOrdering(Ordering) &&(static_cast <bool> (isValidFailureOrdering(Ordering) && "invalid CmpXchg failure ordering") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isValidFailureOrdering(Ordering) && \"invalid CmpXchg failure ordering\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 623, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
623 | "invalid CmpXchg failure ordering")(static_cast <bool> (isValidFailureOrdering(Ordering) && "invalid CmpXchg failure ordering") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isValidFailureOrdering(Ordering) && \"invalid CmpXchg failure ordering\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 623, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
624 | setSubclassData<FailureOrderingField>(Ordering); |
625 | } |
626 | |
627 | /// Returns a single ordering which is at least as strong as both the |
628 | /// success and failure orderings for this cmpxchg. |
629 | AtomicOrdering getMergedOrdering() const { |
630 | if (getFailureOrdering() == AtomicOrdering::SequentiallyConsistent) |
631 | return AtomicOrdering::SequentiallyConsistent; |
632 | if (getFailureOrdering() == AtomicOrdering::Acquire) { |
633 | if (getSuccessOrdering() == AtomicOrdering::Monotonic) |
634 | return AtomicOrdering::Acquire; |
635 | if (getSuccessOrdering() == AtomicOrdering::Release) |
636 | return AtomicOrdering::AcquireRelease; |
637 | } |
638 | return getSuccessOrdering(); |
639 | } |
640 | |
641 | /// Returns the synchronization scope ID of this cmpxchg instruction. |
642 | SyncScope::ID getSyncScopeID() const { |
643 | return SSID; |
644 | } |
645 | |
646 | /// Sets the synchronization scope ID of this cmpxchg instruction. |
647 | void setSyncScopeID(SyncScope::ID SSID) { |
648 | this->SSID = SSID; |
649 | } |
650 | |
651 | Value *getPointerOperand() { return getOperand(0); } |
652 | const Value *getPointerOperand() const { return getOperand(0); } |
653 | static unsigned getPointerOperandIndex() { return 0U; } |
654 | |
655 | Value *getCompareOperand() { return getOperand(1); } |
656 | const Value *getCompareOperand() const { return getOperand(1); } |
657 | |
658 | Value *getNewValOperand() { return getOperand(2); } |
659 | const Value *getNewValOperand() const { return getOperand(2); } |
660 | |
661 | /// Returns the address space of the pointer operand. |
662 | unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const { |
663 | return getPointerOperand()->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace(); |
664 | } |
665 | |
666 | /// Returns the strongest permitted ordering on failure, given the |
667 | /// desired ordering on success. |
668 | /// |
669 | /// If the comparison in a cmpxchg operation fails, there is no atomic store |
670 | /// so release semantics cannot be provided. So this function drops explicit |
671 | /// Release requests from the AtomicOrdering. A SequentiallyConsistent |
672 | /// operation would remain SequentiallyConsistent. |
673 | static AtomicOrdering |
674 | getStrongestFailureOrdering(AtomicOrdering SuccessOrdering) { |
675 | switch (SuccessOrdering) { |
676 | default: |
677 | llvm_unreachable("invalid cmpxchg success ordering")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("invalid cmpxchg success ordering" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 677); |
678 | case AtomicOrdering::Release: |
679 | case AtomicOrdering::Monotonic: |
680 | return AtomicOrdering::Monotonic; |
681 | case AtomicOrdering::AcquireRelease: |
682 | case AtomicOrdering::Acquire: |
683 | return AtomicOrdering::Acquire; |
684 | case AtomicOrdering::SequentiallyConsistent: |
685 | return AtomicOrdering::SequentiallyConsistent; |
686 | } |
687 | } |
688 | |
689 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
690 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
691 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::AtomicCmpXchg; |
692 | } |
693 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
694 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
695 | } |
696 | |
697 | private: |
698 | // Shadow Instruction::setInstructionSubclassData with a private forwarding |
699 | // method so that subclasses cannot accidentally use it. |
700 | template <typename Bitfield> |
701 | void setSubclassData(typename Bitfield::Type Value) { |
702 | Instruction::setSubclassData<Bitfield>(Value); |
703 | } |
704 | |
705 | /// The synchronization scope ID of this cmpxchg instruction. Not quite |
706 | /// enough room in SubClassData for everything, so synchronization scope ID |
707 | /// gets its own field. |
708 | SyncScope::ID SSID; |
709 | }; |
710 | |
711 | template <> |
712 | struct OperandTraits<AtomicCmpXchgInst> : |
713 | public FixedNumOperandTraits<AtomicCmpXchgInst, 3> { |
714 | }; |
715 | |
716 | DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(AtomicCmpXchgInst, Value)AtomicCmpXchgInst::op_iterator AtomicCmpXchgInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits<AtomicCmpXchgInst>::op_begin(this ); } AtomicCmpXchgInst::const_op_iterator AtomicCmpXchgInst:: op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<AtomicCmpXchgInst> ::op_begin(const_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst*>(this)); } AtomicCmpXchgInst ::op_iterator AtomicCmpXchgInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits <AtomicCmpXchgInst>::op_end(this); } AtomicCmpXchgInst:: const_op_iterator AtomicCmpXchgInst::op_end() const { return OperandTraits <AtomicCmpXchgInst>::op_end(const_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst *>(this)); } Value *AtomicCmpXchgInst::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<AtomicCmpXchgInst>::operands(this) && "getOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<AtomicCmpXchgInst>::operands(this) && \"getOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 716, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); return cast_or_null <Value>( OperandTraits<AtomicCmpXchgInst>::op_begin (const_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get ()); } void AtomicCmpXchgInst::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture , Value *Val_nocapture) { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<AtomicCmpXchgInst>::operands(this) && "setOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<AtomicCmpXchgInst>::operands(this) && \"setOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 716, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); OperandTraits< AtomicCmpXchgInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture ; } unsigned AtomicCmpXchgInst::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits<AtomicCmpXchgInst>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> Use &AtomicCmpXchgInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use &AtomicCmpXchgInst:: Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this ); } |
717 | |
718 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
719 | // AtomicRMWInst Class |
720 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
721 | |
722 | /// an instruction that atomically reads a memory location, |
723 | /// combines it with another value, and then stores the result back. Returns |
724 | /// the old value. |
725 | /// |
726 | class AtomicRMWInst : public Instruction { |
727 | protected: |
728 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
729 | friend class Instruction; |
730 | |
731 | AtomicRMWInst *cloneImpl() const; |
732 | |
733 | public: |
734 | /// This enumeration lists the possible modifications atomicrmw can make. In |
735 | /// the descriptions, 'p' is the pointer to the instruction's memory location, |
736 | /// 'old' is the initial value of *p, and 'v' is the other value passed to the |
737 | /// instruction. These instructions always return 'old'. |
738 | enum BinOp : unsigned { |
739 | /// *p = v |
740 | Xchg, |
741 | /// *p = old + v |
742 | Add, |
743 | /// *p = old - v |
744 | Sub, |
745 | /// *p = old & v |
746 | And, |
747 | /// *p = ~(old & v) |
748 | Nand, |
749 | /// *p = old | v |
750 | Or, |
751 | /// *p = old ^ v |
752 | Xor, |
753 | /// *p = old >signed v ? old : v |
754 | Max, |
755 | /// *p = old <signed v ? old : v |
756 | Min, |
757 | /// *p = old >unsigned v ? old : v |
758 | UMax, |
759 | /// *p = old <unsigned v ? old : v |
760 | UMin, |
761 | |
762 | /// *p = old + v |
763 | FAdd, |
764 | |
765 | /// *p = old - v |
766 | FSub, |
767 | |
768 | FIRST_BINOP = Xchg, |
769 | LAST_BINOP = FSub, |
770 | BAD_BINOP |
771 | }; |
772 | |
773 | private: |
774 | template <unsigned Offset> |
775 | using AtomicOrderingBitfieldElement = |
776 | typename Bitfield::Element<AtomicOrdering, Offset, 3, |
777 | AtomicOrdering::LAST>; |
778 | |
779 | template <unsigned Offset> |
780 | using BinOpBitfieldElement = |
781 | typename Bitfield::Element<BinOp, Offset, 4, BinOp::LAST_BINOP>; |
782 | |
783 | public: |
784 | AtomicRMWInst(BinOp Operation, Value *Ptr, Value *Val, Align Alignment, |
785 | AtomicOrdering Ordering, SyncScope::ID SSID, |
786 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
787 | AtomicRMWInst(BinOp Operation, Value *Ptr, Value *Val, Align Alignment, |
788 | AtomicOrdering Ordering, SyncScope::ID SSID, |
789 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
790 | |
791 | // allocate space for exactly two operands |
792 | void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S, 2); } |
793 | void operator delete(void *Ptr) { User::operator delete(Ptr); } |
794 | |
795 | using VolatileField = BoolBitfieldElementT<0>; |
796 | using AtomicOrderingField = |
797 | AtomicOrderingBitfieldElementT<VolatileField::NextBit>; |
798 | using OperationField = BinOpBitfieldElement<AtomicOrderingField::NextBit>; |
799 | using AlignmentField = AlignmentBitfieldElementT<OperationField::NextBit>; |
800 | static_assert(Bitfield::areContiguous<VolatileField, AtomicOrderingField, |
801 | OperationField, AlignmentField>(), |
802 | "Bitfields must be contiguous"); |
803 | |
804 | BinOp getOperation() const { return getSubclassData<OperationField>(); } |
805 | |
806 | static StringRef getOperationName(BinOp Op); |
807 | |
808 | static bool isFPOperation(BinOp Op) { |
809 | switch (Op) { |
810 | case AtomicRMWInst::FAdd: |
811 | case AtomicRMWInst::FSub: |
812 | return true; |
813 | default: |
814 | return false; |
815 | } |
816 | } |
817 | |
818 | void setOperation(BinOp Operation) { |
819 | setSubclassData<OperationField>(Operation); |
820 | } |
821 | |
822 | /// Return the alignment of the memory that is being allocated by the |
823 | /// instruction. |
824 | Align getAlign() const { |
825 | return Align(1ULL << getSubclassData<AlignmentField>()); |
826 | } |
827 | |
828 | void setAlignment(Align Align) { |
829 | setSubclassData<AlignmentField>(Log2(Align)); |
830 | } |
831 | |
832 | /// Return true if this is a RMW on a volatile memory location. |
833 | /// |
834 | bool isVolatile() const { return getSubclassData<VolatileField>(); } |
835 | |
836 | /// Specify whether this is a volatile RMW or not. |
837 | /// |
838 | void setVolatile(bool V) { setSubclassData<VolatileField>(V); } |
839 | |
840 | /// Transparently provide more efficient getOperand methods. |
841 | DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin(); inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected : template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int > inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned getNumOperands() const; |
842 | |
843 | /// Returns the ordering constraint of this rmw instruction. |
844 | AtomicOrdering getOrdering() const { |
845 | return getSubclassData<AtomicOrderingField>(); |
846 | } |
847 | |
848 | /// Sets the ordering constraint of this rmw instruction. |
849 | void setOrdering(AtomicOrdering Ordering) { |
850 | assert(Ordering != AtomicOrdering::NotAtomic &&(static_cast <bool> (Ordering != AtomicOrdering::NotAtomic && "atomicrmw instructions can only be atomic.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Ordering != AtomicOrdering::NotAtomic && \"atomicrmw instructions can only be atomic.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 851, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
851 | "atomicrmw instructions can only be atomic.")(static_cast <bool> (Ordering != AtomicOrdering::NotAtomic && "atomicrmw instructions can only be atomic.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Ordering != AtomicOrdering::NotAtomic && \"atomicrmw instructions can only be atomic.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 851, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
852 | setSubclassData<AtomicOrderingField>(Ordering); |
853 | } |
854 | |
855 | /// Returns the synchronization scope ID of this rmw instruction. |
856 | SyncScope::ID getSyncScopeID() const { |
857 | return SSID; |
858 | } |
859 | |
860 | /// Sets the synchronization scope ID of this rmw instruction. |
861 | void setSyncScopeID(SyncScope::ID SSID) { |
862 | this->SSID = SSID; |
863 | } |
864 | |
865 | Value *getPointerOperand() { return getOperand(0); } |
866 | const Value *getPointerOperand() const { return getOperand(0); } |
867 | static unsigned getPointerOperandIndex() { return 0U; } |
868 | |
869 | Value *getValOperand() { return getOperand(1); } |
870 | const Value *getValOperand() const { return getOperand(1); } |
871 | |
872 | /// Returns the address space of the pointer operand. |
873 | unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const { |
874 | return getPointerOperand()->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace(); |
875 | } |
876 | |
877 | bool isFloatingPointOperation() const { |
878 | return isFPOperation(getOperation()); |
879 | } |
880 | |
881 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
882 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
883 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::AtomicRMW; |
884 | } |
885 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
886 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
887 | } |
888 | |
889 | private: |
890 | void Init(BinOp Operation, Value *Ptr, Value *Val, Align Align, |
891 | AtomicOrdering Ordering, SyncScope::ID SSID); |
892 | |
893 | // Shadow Instruction::setInstructionSubclassData with a private forwarding |
894 | // method so that subclasses cannot accidentally use it. |
895 | template <typename Bitfield> |
896 | void setSubclassData(typename Bitfield::Type Value) { |
897 | Instruction::setSubclassData<Bitfield>(Value); |
898 | } |
899 | |
900 | /// The synchronization scope ID of this rmw instruction. Not quite enough |
901 | /// room in SubClassData for everything, so synchronization scope ID gets its |
902 | /// own field. |
903 | SyncScope::ID SSID; |
904 | }; |
905 | |
906 | template <> |
907 | struct OperandTraits<AtomicRMWInst> |
908 | : public FixedNumOperandTraits<AtomicRMWInst,2> { |
909 | }; |
910 | |
911 | DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(AtomicRMWInst, Value)AtomicRMWInst::op_iterator AtomicRMWInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits<AtomicRMWInst>::op_begin(this); } AtomicRMWInst ::const_op_iterator AtomicRMWInst::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits <AtomicRMWInst>::op_begin(const_cast<AtomicRMWInst*> (this)); } AtomicRMWInst::op_iterator AtomicRMWInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits<AtomicRMWInst>::op_end(this); } AtomicRMWInst::const_op_iterator AtomicRMWInst::op_end() const { return OperandTraits<AtomicRMWInst>::op_end(const_cast <AtomicRMWInst*>(this)); } Value *AtomicRMWInst::getOperand (unsigned i_nocapture) const { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<AtomicRMWInst>::operands(this) && "getOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<AtomicRMWInst>::operands(this) && \"getOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 911, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); return cast_or_null <Value>( OperandTraits<AtomicRMWInst>::op_begin(const_cast <AtomicRMWInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void AtomicRMWInst ::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<AtomicRMWInst >::operands(this) && "setOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<AtomicRMWInst>::operands(this) && \"setOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 911, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); OperandTraits< AtomicRMWInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture ; } unsigned AtomicRMWInst::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits <AtomicRMWInst>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture > Use &AtomicRMWInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom< Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use &AtomicRMWInst::Op() const { return this->OpFrom <Idx_nocapture>(this); } |
912 | |
913 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
914 | // GetElementPtrInst Class |
915 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
916 | |
917 | // checkGEPType - Simple wrapper function to give a better assertion failure |
918 | // message on bad indexes for a gep instruction. |
919 | // |
920 | inline Type *checkGEPType(Type *Ty) { |
921 | assert(Ty && "Invalid GetElementPtrInst indices for type!")(static_cast <bool> (Ty && "Invalid GetElementPtrInst indices for type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Ty && \"Invalid GetElementPtrInst indices for type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 921, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
922 | return Ty; |
923 | } |
924 | |
925 | /// an instruction for type-safe pointer arithmetic to |
926 | /// access elements of arrays and structs |
927 | /// |
928 | class GetElementPtrInst : public Instruction { |
929 | Type *SourceElementType; |
930 | Type *ResultElementType; |
931 | |
932 | GetElementPtrInst(const GetElementPtrInst &GEPI); |
933 | |
934 | /// Constructors - Create a getelementptr instruction with a base pointer an |
935 | /// list of indices. The first ctor can optionally insert before an existing |
936 | /// instruction, the second appends the new instruction to the specified |
937 | /// BasicBlock. |
938 | inline GetElementPtrInst(Type *PointeeType, Value *Ptr, |
939 | ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList, unsigned Values, |
940 | const Twine &NameStr, Instruction *InsertBefore); |
941 | inline GetElementPtrInst(Type *PointeeType, Value *Ptr, |
942 | ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList, unsigned Values, |
943 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
944 | |
945 | void init(Value *Ptr, ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList, const Twine &NameStr); |
946 | |
947 | protected: |
948 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
949 | friend class Instruction; |
950 | |
951 | GetElementPtrInst *cloneImpl() const; |
952 | |
953 | public: |
954 | static GetElementPtrInst *Create(Type *PointeeType, Value *Ptr, |
955 | ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList, |
956 | const Twine &NameStr = "", |
957 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
958 | unsigned Values = 1 + unsigned(IdxList.size()); |
959 | assert(PointeeType && "Must specify element type")(static_cast <bool> (PointeeType && "Must specify element type" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("PointeeType && \"Must specify element type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 959, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
960 | assert(cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType()->getScalarType())(static_cast <bool> (cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType ()->getScalarType()) ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(PointeeType )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType()->getScalarType()) ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(PointeeType)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 961, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
961 | ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(PointeeType))(static_cast <bool> (cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType ()->getScalarType()) ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(PointeeType )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType()->getScalarType()) ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(PointeeType)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 961, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
962 | return new (Values) GetElementPtrInst(PointeeType, Ptr, IdxList, Values, |
963 | NameStr, InsertBefore); |
964 | } |
965 | |
966 | static GetElementPtrInst *Create(Type *PointeeType, Value *Ptr, |
967 | ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList, |
968 | const Twine &NameStr, |
969 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
970 | unsigned Values = 1 + unsigned(IdxList.size()); |
971 | assert(PointeeType && "Must specify element type")(static_cast <bool> (PointeeType && "Must specify element type" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("PointeeType && \"Must specify element type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 971, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
972 | assert(cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType()->getScalarType())(static_cast <bool> (cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType ()->getScalarType()) ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(PointeeType )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType()->getScalarType()) ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(PointeeType)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 973, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
973 | ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(PointeeType))(static_cast <bool> (cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType ()->getScalarType()) ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(PointeeType )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType()->getScalarType()) ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(PointeeType)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 973, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
974 | return new (Values) GetElementPtrInst(PointeeType, Ptr, IdxList, Values, |
975 | NameStr, InsertAtEnd); |
976 | } |
977 | |
978 | LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED(static GetElementPtrInst *CreateInBounds([[deprecated("Use the version with explicit element type instead" )]] static GetElementPtrInst *CreateInBounds( Value *Ptr, ArrayRef <Value *> IdxList, const Twine &NameStr = "", Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) |
979 | Value *Ptr, ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList, const Twine &NameStr = "",[[deprecated("Use the version with explicit element type instead" )]] static GetElementPtrInst *CreateInBounds( Value *Ptr, ArrayRef <Value *> IdxList, const Twine &NameStr = "", Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) |
980 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr),[[deprecated("Use the version with explicit element type instead" )]] static GetElementPtrInst *CreateInBounds( Value *Ptr, ArrayRef <Value *> IdxList, const Twine &NameStr = "", Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) |
981 | "Use the version with explicit element type instead")[[deprecated("Use the version with explicit element type instead" )]] static GetElementPtrInst *CreateInBounds( Value *Ptr, ArrayRef <Value *> IdxList, const Twine &NameStr = "", Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
982 | return CreateInBounds( |
983 | Ptr->getType()->getScalarType()->getPointerElementType(), Ptr, IdxList, |
984 | NameStr, InsertBefore); |
985 | } |
986 | |
987 | /// Create an "inbounds" getelementptr. See the documentation for the |
988 | /// "inbounds" flag in LangRef.html for details. |
989 | static GetElementPtrInst * |
990 | CreateInBounds(Type *PointeeType, Value *Ptr, ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList, |
991 | const Twine &NameStr = "", |
992 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
993 | GetElementPtrInst *GEP = |
994 | Create(PointeeType, Ptr, IdxList, NameStr, InsertBefore); |
995 | GEP->setIsInBounds(true); |
996 | return GEP; |
997 | } |
998 | |
999 | LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED(static GetElementPtrInst *CreateInBounds([[deprecated("Use the version with explicit element type instead" )]] static GetElementPtrInst *CreateInBounds( Value *Ptr, ArrayRef <Value *> IdxList, const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) |
1000 | Value *Ptr, ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList, const Twine &NameStr,[[deprecated("Use the version with explicit element type instead" )]] static GetElementPtrInst *CreateInBounds( Value *Ptr, ArrayRef <Value *> IdxList, const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) |
1001 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd),[[deprecated("Use the version with explicit element type instead" )]] static GetElementPtrInst *CreateInBounds( Value *Ptr, ArrayRef <Value *> IdxList, const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) |
1002 | "Use the version with explicit element type instead")[[deprecated("Use the version with explicit element type instead" )]] static GetElementPtrInst *CreateInBounds( Value *Ptr, ArrayRef <Value *> IdxList, const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
1003 | return CreateInBounds( |
1004 | Ptr->getType()->getScalarType()->getPointerElementType(), Ptr, IdxList, |
1005 | NameStr, InsertAtEnd); |
1006 | } |
1007 | |
1008 | static GetElementPtrInst *CreateInBounds(Type *PointeeType, Value *Ptr, |
1009 | ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList, |
1010 | const Twine &NameStr, |
1011 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
1012 | GetElementPtrInst *GEP = |
1013 | Create(PointeeType, Ptr, IdxList, NameStr, InsertAtEnd); |
1014 | GEP->setIsInBounds(true); |
1015 | return GEP; |
1016 | } |
1017 | |
1018 | /// Transparently provide more efficient getOperand methods. |
1019 | DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin(); inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected : template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int > inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned getNumOperands() const; |
1020 | |
1021 | Type *getSourceElementType() const { return SourceElementType; } |
1022 | |
1023 | void setSourceElementType(Type *Ty) { SourceElementType = Ty; } |
1024 | void setResultElementType(Type *Ty) { ResultElementType = Ty; } |
1025 | |
1026 | Type *getResultElementType() const { |
1027 | assert(cast<PointerType>(getType()->getScalarType())(static_cast <bool> (cast<PointerType>(getType()-> getScalarType()) ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(ResultElementType )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<PointerType>(getType()->getScalarType()) ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(ResultElementType)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1028, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1028 | ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(ResultElementType))(static_cast <bool> (cast<PointerType>(getType()-> getScalarType()) ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(ResultElementType )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<PointerType>(getType()->getScalarType()) ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(ResultElementType)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1028, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1029 | return ResultElementType; |
1030 | } |
1031 | |
1032 | /// Returns the address space of this instruction's pointer type. |
1033 | unsigned getAddressSpace() const { |
1034 | // Note that this is always the same as the pointer operand's address space |
1035 | // and that is cheaper to compute, so cheat here. |
1036 | return getPointerAddressSpace(); |
1037 | } |
1038 | |
1039 | /// Returns the result type of a getelementptr with the given source |
1040 | /// element type and indexes. |
1041 | /// |
1042 | /// Null is returned if the indices are invalid for the specified |
1043 | /// source element type. |
1044 | static Type *getIndexedType(Type *Ty, ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList); |
1045 | static Type *getIndexedType(Type *Ty, ArrayRef<Constant *> IdxList); |
1046 | static Type *getIndexedType(Type *Ty, ArrayRef<uint64_t> IdxList); |
1047 | |
1048 | /// Return the type of the element at the given index of an indexable |
1049 | /// type. This is equivalent to "getIndexedType(Agg, {Zero, Idx})". |
1050 | /// |
1051 | /// Returns null if the type can't be indexed, or the given index is not |
1052 | /// legal for the given type. |
1053 | static Type *getTypeAtIndex(Type *Ty, Value *Idx); |
1054 | static Type *getTypeAtIndex(Type *Ty, uint64_t Idx); |
1055 | |
1056 | inline op_iterator idx_begin() { return op_begin()+1; } |
1057 | inline const_op_iterator idx_begin() const { return op_begin()+1; } |
1058 | inline op_iterator idx_end() { return op_end(); } |
1059 | inline const_op_iterator idx_end() const { return op_end(); } |
1060 | |
1061 | inline iterator_range<op_iterator> indices() { |
1062 | return make_range(idx_begin(), idx_end()); |
1063 | } |
1064 | |
1065 | inline iterator_range<const_op_iterator> indices() const { |
1066 | return make_range(idx_begin(), idx_end()); |
1067 | } |
1068 | |
1069 | Value *getPointerOperand() { |
1070 | return getOperand(0); |
1071 | } |
1072 | const Value *getPointerOperand() const { |
1073 | return getOperand(0); |
1074 | } |
1075 | static unsigned getPointerOperandIndex() { |
1076 | return 0U; // get index for modifying correct operand. |
1077 | } |
1078 | |
1079 | /// Method to return the pointer operand as a |
1080 | /// PointerType. |
1081 | Type *getPointerOperandType() const { |
1082 | return getPointerOperand()->getType(); |
1083 | } |
1084 | |
1085 | /// Returns the address space of the pointer operand. |
1086 | unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const { |
1087 | return getPointerOperandType()->getPointerAddressSpace(); |
1088 | } |
1089 | |
1090 | /// Returns the pointer type returned by the GEP |
1091 | /// instruction, which may be a vector of pointers. |
1092 | static Type *getGEPReturnType(Type *ElTy, Value *Ptr, |
1093 | ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList) { |
1094 | PointerType *OrigPtrTy = cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType()->getScalarType()); |
1095 | unsigned AddrSpace = OrigPtrTy->getAddressSpace(); |
1096 | Type *ResultElemTy = checkGEPType(getIndexedType(ElTy, IdxList)); |
1097 | Type *PtrTy = OrigPtrTy->isOpaque() |
1098 | ? PointerType::get(OrigPtrTy->getContext(), AddrSpace) |
1099 | : PointerType::get(ResultElemTy, AddrSpace); |
1100 | // Vector GEP |
1101 | if (auto *PtrVTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ptr->getType())) { |
1102 | ElementCount EltCount = PtrVTy->getElementCount(); |
1103 | return VectorType::get(PtrTy, EltCount); |
1104 | } |
1105 | for (Value *Index : IdxList) |
1106 | if (auto *IndexVTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Index->getType())) { |
1107 | ElementCount EltCount = IndexVTy->getElementCount(); |
1108 | return VectorType::get(PtrTy, EltCount); |
1109 | } |
1110 | // Scalar GEP |
1111 | return PtrTy; |
1112 | } |
1113 | |
1114 | unsigned getNumIndices() const { // Note: always non-negative |
1115 | return getNumOperands() - 1; |
1116 | } |
1117 | |
1118 | bool hasIndices() const { |
1119 | return getNumOperands() > 1; |
1120 | } |
1121 | |
1122 | /// Return true if all of the indices of this GEP are |
1123 | /// zeros. If so, the result pointer and the first operand have the same |
1124 | /// value, just potentially different types. |
1125 | bool hasAllZeroIndices() const; |
1126 | |
1127 | /// Return true if all of the indices of this GEP are |
1128 | /// constant integers. If so, the result pointer and the first operand have |
1129 | /// a constant offset between them. |
1130 | bool hasAllConstantIndices() const; |
1131 | |
1132 | /// Set or clear the inbounds flag on this GEP instruction. |
1133 | /// See LangRef.html for the meaning of inbounds on a getelementptr. |
1134 | void setIsInBounds(bool b = true); |
1135 | |
1136 | /// Determine whether the GEP has the inbounds flag. |
1137 | bool isInBounds() const; |
1138 | |
1139 | /// Accumulate the constant address offset of this GEP if possible. |
1140 | /// |
1141 | /// This routine accepts an APInt into which it will accumulate the constant |
1142 | /// offset of this GEP if the GEP is in fact constant. If the GEP is not |
1143 | /// all-constant, it returns false and the value of the offset APInt is |
1144 | /// undefined (it is *not* preserved!). The APInt passed into this routine |
1145 | /// must be at least as wide as the IntPtr type for the address space of |
1146 | /// the base GEP pointer. |
1147 | bool accumulateConstantOffset(const DataLayout &DL, APInt &Offset) const; |
1148 | bool collectOffset(const DataLayout &DL, unsigned BitWidth, |
1149 | MapVector<Value *, APInt> &VariableOffsets, |
1150 | APInt &ConstantOffset) const; |
1151 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
1152 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
1153 | return (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr); |
1154 | } |
1155 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
1156 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
1157 | } |
1158 | }; |
1159 | |
1160 | template <> |
1161 | struct OperandTraits<GetElementPtrInst> : |
1162 | public VariadicOperandTraits<GetElementPtrInst, 1> { |
1163 | }; |
1164 | |
1165 | GetElementPtrInst::GetElementPtrInst(Type *PointeeType, Value *Ptr, |
1166 | ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList, unsigned Values, |
1167 | const Twine &NameStr, |
1168 | Instruction *InsertBefore) |
1169 | : Instruction(getGEPReturnType(PointeeType, Ptr, IdxList), GetElementPtr, |
1170 | OperandTraits<GetElementPtrInst>::op_end(this) - Values, |
1171 | Values, InsertBefore), |
1172 | SourceElementType(PointeeType), |
1173 | ResultElementType(getIndexedType(PointeeType, IdxList)) { |
1174 | assert(cast<PointerType>(getType()->getScalarType())(static_cast <bool> (cast<PointerType>(getType()-> getScalarType()) ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(ResultElementType )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<PointerType>(getType()->getScalarType()) ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(ResultElementType)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1175, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1175 | ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(ResultElementType))(static_cast <bool> (cast<PointerType>(getType()-> getScalarType()) ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(ResultElementType )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<PointerType>(getType()->getScalarType()) ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(ResultElementType)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1175, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1176 | init(Ptr, IdxList, NameStr); |
1177 | } |
1178 | |
1179 | GetElementPtrInst::GetElementPtrInst(Type *PointeeType, Value *Ptr, |
1180 | ArrayRef<Value *> IdxList, unsigned Values, |
1181 | const Twine &NameStr, |
1182 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) |
1183 | : Instruction(getGEPReturnType(PointeeType, Ptr, IdxList), GetElementPtr, |
1184 | OperandTraits<GetElementPtrInst>::op_end(this) - Values, |
1185 | Values, InsertAtEnd), |
1186 | SourceElementType(PointeeType), |
1187 | ResultElementType(getIndexedType(PointeeType, IdxList)) { |
1188 | assert(cast<PointerType>(getType()->getScalarType())(static_cast <bool> (cast<PointerType>(getType()-> getScalarType()) ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(ResultElementType )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<PointerType>(getType()->getScalarType()) ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(ResultElementType)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1189, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1189 | ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(ResultElementType))(static_cast <bool> (cast<PointerType>(getType()-> getScalarType()) ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(ResultElementType )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<PointerType>(getType()->getScalarType()) ->isOpaqueOrPointeeTypeMatches(ResultElementType)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1189, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1190 | init(Ptr, IdxList, NameStr); |
1191 | } |
1192 | |
1193 | DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(GetElementPtrInst, Value)GetElementPtrInst::op_iterator GetElementPtrInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits<GetElementPtrInst>::op_begin(this ); } GetElementPtrInst::const_op_iterator GetElementPtrInst:: op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<GetElementPtrInst> ::op_begin(const_cast<GetElementPtrInst*>(this)); } GetElementPtrInst ::op_iterator GetElementPtrInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits <GetElementPtrInst>::op_end(this); } GetElementPtrInst:: const_op_iterator GetElementPtrInst::op_end() const { return OperandTraits <GetElementPtrInst>::op_end(const_cast<GetElementPtrInst *>(this)); } Value *GetElementPtrInst::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<GetElementPtrInst>::operands(this) && "getOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<GetElementPtrInst>::operands(this) && \"getOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1193, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); return cast_or_null <Value>( OperandTraits<GetElementPtrInst>::op_begin (const_cast<GetElementPtrInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get ()); } void GetElementPtrInst::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture , Value *Val_nocapture) { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<GetElementPtrInst>::operands(this) && "setOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<GetElementPtrInst>::operands(this) && \"setOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1193, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); OperandTraits< GetElementPtrInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture ; } unsigned GetElementPtrInst::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits<GetElementPtrInst>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> Use &GetElementPtrInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use &GetElementPtrInst:: Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this ); } |
1194 | |
1195 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1196 | // ICmpInst Class |
1197 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1198 | |
1199 | /// This instruction compares its operands according to the predicate given |
1200 | /// to the constructor. It only operates on integers or pointers. The operands |
1201 | /// must be identical types. |
1202 | /// Represent an integer comparison operator. |
1203 | class ICmpInst: public CmpInst { |
1204 | void AssertOK() { |
1205 | assert(isIntPredicate() &&(static_cast <bool> (isIntPredicate() && "Invalid ICmp predicate value" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isIntPredicate() && \"Invalid ICmp predicate value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1206, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1206 | "Invalid ICmp predicate value")(static_cast <bool> (isIntPredicate() && "Invalid ICmp predicate value" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isIntPredicate() && \"Invalid ICmp predicate value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1206, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1207 | assert(getOperand(0)->getType() == getOperand(1)->getType() &&(static_cast <bool> (getOperand(0)->getType() == getOperand (1)->getType() && "Both operands to ICmp instruction are not of the same type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getOperand(0)->getType() == getOperand(1)->getType() && \"Both operands to ICmp instruction are not of the same type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1208, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1208 | "Both operands to ICmp instruction are not of the same type!")(static_cast <bool> (getOperand(0)->getType() == getOperand (1)->getType() && "Both operands to ICmp instruction are not of the same type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getOperand(0)->getType() == getOperand(1)->getType() && \"Both operands to ICmp instruction are not of the same type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1208, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1209 | // Check that the operands are the right type |
1210 | assert((getOperand(0)->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() ||(static_cast <bool> ((getOperand(0)->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy () || getOperand(0)->getType()->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy()) && "Invalid operand types for ICmp instruction") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(getOperand(0)->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() || getOperand(0)->getType()->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy()) && \"Invalid operand types for ICmp instruction\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1212, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1211 | getOperand(0)->getType()->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy()) &&(static_cast <bool> ((getOperand(0)->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy () || getOperand(0)->getType()->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy()) && "Invalid operand types for ICmp instruction") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(getOperand(0)->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() || getOperand(0)->getType()->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy()) && \"Invalid operand types for ICmp instruction\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1212, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1212 | "Invalid operand types for ICmp instruction")(static_cast <bool> ((getOperand(0)->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy () || getOperand(0)->getType()->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy()) && "Invalid operand types for ICmp instruction") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(getOperand(0)->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() || getOperand(0)->getType()->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy()) && \"Invalid operand types for ICmp instruction\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1212, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1213 | } |
1214 | |
1215 | protected: |
1216 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
1217 | friend class Instruction; |
1218 | |
1219 | /// Clone an identical ICmpInst |
1220 | ICmpInst *cloneImpl() const; |
1221 | |
1222 | public: |
1223 | /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics. |
1224 | ICmpInst( |
1225 | Instruction *InsertBefore, ///< Where to insert |
1226 | Predicate pred, ///< The predicate to use for the comparison |
1227 | Value *LHS, ///< The left-hand-side of the expression |
1228 | Value *RHS, ///< The right-hand-side of the expression |
1229 | const Twine &NameStr = "" ///< Name of the instruction |
1230 | ) : CmpInst(makeCmpResultType(LHS->getType()), |
1231 | Instruction::ICmp, pred, LHS, RHS, NameStr, |
1232 | InsertBefore) { |
1233 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
1234 | AssertOK(); |
1235 | #endif |
1236 | } |
1237 | |
1238 | /// Constructor with insert-at-end semantics. |
1239 | ICmpInst( |
1240 | BasicBlock &InsertAtEnd, ///< Block to insert into. |
1241 | Predicate pred, ///< The predicate to use for the comparison |
1242 | Value *LHS, ///< The left-hand-side of the expression |
1243 | Value *RHS, ///< The right-hand-side of the expression |
1244 | const Twine &NameStr = "" ///< Name of the instruction |
1245 | ) : CmpInst(makeCmpResultType(LHS->getType()), |
1246 | Instruction::ICmp, pred, LHS, RHS, NameStr, |
1247 | &InsertAtEnd) { |
1248 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
1249 | AssertOK(); |
1250 | #endif |
1251 | } |
1252 | |
1253 | /// Constructor with no-insertion semantics |
1254 | ICmpInst( |
1255 | Predicate pred, ///< The predicate to use for the comparison |
1256 | Value *LHS, ///< The left-hand-side of the expression |
1257 | Value *RHS, ///< The right-hand-side of the expression |
1258 | const Twine &NameStr = "" ///< Name of the instruction |
1259 | ) : CmpInst(makeCmpResultType(LHS->getType()), |
1260 | Instruction::ICmp, pred, LHS, RHS, NameStr) { |
1261 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
1262 | AssertOK(); |
1263 | #endif |
1264 | } |
1265 | |
1266 | /// For example, EQ->EQ, SLE->SLE, UGT->SGT, etc. |
1267 | /// @returns the predicate that would be the result if the operand were |
1268 | /// regarded as signed. |
1269 | /// Return the signed version of the predicate |
1270 | Predicate getSignedPredicate() const { |
1271 | return getSignedPredicate(getPredicate()); |
1272 | } |
1273 | |
1274 | /// This is a static version that you can use without an instruction. |
1275 | /// Return the signed version of the predicate. |
1276 | static Predicate getSignedPredicate(Predicate pred); |
1277 | |
1278 | /// For example, EQ->EQ, SLE->ULE, UGT->UGT, etc. |
1279 | /// @returns the predicate that would be the result if the operand were |
1280 | /// regarded as unsigned. |
1281 | /// Return the unsigned version of the predicate |
1282 | Predicate getUnsignedPredicate() const { |
1283 | return getUnsignedPredicate(getPredicate()); |
1284 | } |
1285 | |
1286 | /// This is a static version that you can use without an instruction. |
1287 | /// Return the unsigned version of the predicate. |
1288 | static Predicate getUnsignedPredicate(Predicate pred); |
1289 | |
1290 | /// Return true if this predicate is either EQ or NE. This also |
1291 | /// tests for commutativity. |
1292 | static bool isEquality(Predicate P) { |
1293 | return P == ICMP_EQ || P == ICMP_NE; |
1294 | } |
1295 | |
1296 | /// Return true if this predicate is either EQ or NE. This also |
1297 | /// tests for commutativity. |
1298 | bool isEquality() const { |
1299 | return isEquality(getPredicate()); |
1300 | } |
1301 | |
1302 | /// @returns true if the predicate of this ICmpInst is commutative |
1303 | /// Determine if this relation is commutative. |
1304 | bool isCommutative() const { return isEquality(); } |
1305 | |
1306 | /// Return true if the predicate is relational (not EQ or NE). |
1307 | /// |
1308 | bool isRelational() const { |
1309 | return !isEquality(); |
1310 | } |
1311 | |
1312 | /// Return true if the predicate is relational (not EQ or NE). |
1313 | /// |
1314 | static bool isRelational(Predicate P) { |
1315 | return !isEquality(P); |
1316 | } |
1317 | |
1318 | /// Return true if the predicate is SGT or UGT. |
1319 | /// |
1320 | static bool isGT(Predicate P) { |
1321 | return P == ICMP_SGT || P == ICMP_UGT; |
1322 | } |
1323 | |
1324 | /// Return true if the predicate is SLT or ULT. |
1325 | /// |
1326 | static bool isLT(Predicate P) { |
1327 | return P == ICMP_SLT || P == ICMP_ULT; |
1328 | } |
1329 | |
1330 | /// Return true if the predicate is SGE or UGE. |
1331 | /// |
1332 | static bool isGE(Predicate P) { |
1333 | return P == ICMP_SGE || P == ICMP_UGE; |
1334 | } |
1335 | |
1336 | /// Return true if the predicate is SLE or ULE. |
1337 | /// |
1338 | static bool isLE(Predicate P) { |
1339 | return P == ICMP_SLE || P == ICMP_ULE; |
1340 | } |
1341 | |
1342 | /// Exchange the two operands to this instruction in such a way that it does |
1343 | /// not modify the semantics of the instruction. The predicate value may be |
1344 | /// changed to retain the same result if the predicate is order dependent |
1345 | /// (e.g. ult). |
1346 | /// Swap operands and adjust predicate. |
1347 | void swapOperands() { |
1348 | setPredicate(getSwappedPredicate()); |
1349 | Op<0>().swap(Op<1>()); |
1350 | } |
1351 | |
1352 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
1353 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
1354 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::ICmp; |
1355 | } |
1356 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
1357 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
1358 | } |
1359 | }; |
1360 | |
1361 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1362 | // FCmpInst Class |
1363 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1364 | |
1365 | /// This instruction compares its operands according to the predicate given |
1366 | /// to the constructor. It only operates on floating point values or packed |
1367 | /// vectors of floating point values. The operands must be identical types. |
1368 | /// Represents a floating point comparison operator. |
1369 | class FCmpInst: public CmpInst { |
1370 | void AssertOK() { |
1371 | assert(isFPPredicate() && "Invalid FCmp predicate value")(static_cast <bool> (isFPPredicate() && "Invalid FCmp predicate value" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isFPPredicate() && \"Invalid FCmp predicate value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1371, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1372 | assert(getOperand(0)->getType() == getOperand(1)->getType() &&(static_cast <bool> (getOperand(0)->getType() == getOperand (1)->getType() && "Both operands to FCmp instruction are not of the same type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getOperand(0)->getType() == getOperand(1)->getType() && \"Both operands to FCmp instruction are not of the same type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1373, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1373 | "Both operands to FCmp instruction are not of the same type!")(static_cast <bool> (getOperand(0)->getType() == getOperand (1)->getType() && "Both operands to FCmp instruction are not of the same type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getOperand(0)->getType() == getOperand(1)->getType() && \"Both operands to FCmp instruction are not of the same type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1373, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1374 | // Check that the operands are the right type |
1375 | assert(getOperand(0)->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy() &&(static_cast <bool> (getOperand(0)->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy () && "Invalid operand types for FCmp instruction") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getOperand(0)->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy() && \"Invalid operand types for FCmp instruction\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1376, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1376 | "Invalid operand types for FCmp instruction")(static_cast <bool> (getOperand(0)->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy () && "Invalid operand types for FCmp instruction") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getOperand(0)->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy() && \"Invalid operand types for FCmp instruction\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1376, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1377 | } |
1378 | |
1379 | protected: |
1380 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
1381 | friend class Instruction; |
1382 | |
1383 | /// Clone an identical FCmpInst |
1384 | FCmpInst *cloneImpl() const; |
1385 | |
1386 | public: |
1387 | /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics. |
1388 | FCmpInst( |
1389 | Instruction *InsertBefore, ///< Where to insert |
1390 | Predicate pred, ///< The predicate to use for the comparison |
1391 | Value *LHS, ///< The left-hand-side of the expression |
1392 | Value *RHS, ///< The right-hand-side of the expression |
1393 | const Twine &NameStr = "" ///< Name of the instruction |
1394 | ) : CmpInst(makeCmpResultType(LHS->getType()), |
1395 | Instruction::FCmp, pred, LHS, RHS, NameStr, |
1396 | InsertBefore) { |
1397 | AssertOK(); |
1398 | } |
1399 | |
1400 | /// Constructor with insert-at-end semantics. |
1401 | FCmpInst( |
1402 | BasicBlock &InsertAtEnd, ///< Block to insert into. |
1403 | Predicate pred, ///< The predicate to use for the comparison |
1404 | Value *LHS, ///< The left-hand-side of the expression |
1405 | Value *RHS, ///< The right-hand-side of the expression |
1406 | const Twine &NameStr = "" ///< Name of the instruction |
1407 | ) : CmpInst(makeCmpResultType(LHS->getType()), |
1408 | Instruction::FCmp, pred, LHS, RHS, NameStr, |
1409 | &InsertAtEnd) { |
1410 | AssertOK(); |
1411 | } |
1412 | |
1413 | /// Constructor with no-insertion semantics |
1414 | FCmpInst( |
1415 | Predicate Pred, ///< The predicate to use for the comparison |
1416 | Value *LHS, ///< The left-hand-side of the expression |
1417 | Value *RHS, ///< The right-hand-side of the expression |
1418 | const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< Name of the instruction |
1419 | Instruction *FlagsSource = nullptr |
1420 | ) : CmpInst(makeCmpResultType(LHS->getType()), Instruction::FCmp, Pred, LHS, |
1421 | RHS, NameStr, nullptr, FlagsSource) { |
1422 | AssertOK(); |
1423 | } |
1424 | |
1425 | /// @returns true if the predicate of this instruction is EQ or NE. |
1426 | /// Determine if this is an equality predicate. |
1427 | static bool isEquality(Predicate Pred) { |
1428 | return Pred == FCMP_OEQ || Pred == FCMP_ONE || Pred == FCMP_UEQ || |
1429 | Pred == FCMP_UNE; |
1430 | } |
1431 | |
1432 | /// @returns true if the predicate of this instruction is EQ or NE. |
1433 | /// Determine if this is an equality predicate. |
1434 | bool isEquality() const { return isEquality(getPredicate()); } |
1435 | |
1436 | /// @returns true if the predicate of this instruction is commutative. |
1437 | /// Determine if this is a commutative predicate. |
1438 | bool isCommutative() const { |
1439 | return isEquality() || |
1440 | getPredicate() == FCMP_FALSE || |
1441 | getPredicate() == FCMP_TRUE || |
1442 | getPredicate() == FCMP_ORD || |
1443 | getPredicate() == FCMP_UNO; |
1444 | } |
1445 | |
1446 | /// @returns true if the predicate is relational (not EQ or NE). |
1447 | /// Determine if this a relational predicate. |
1448 | bool isRelational() const { return !isEquality(); } |
1449 | |
1450 | /// Exchange the two operands to this instruction in such a way that it does |
1451 | /// not modify the semantics of the instruction. The predicate value may be |
1452 | /// changed to retain the same result if the predicate is order dependent |
1453 | /// (e.g. ult). |
1454 | /// Swap operands and adjust predicate. |
1455 | void swapOperands() { |
1456 | setPredicate(getSwappedPredicate()); |
1457 | Op<0>().swap(Op<1>()); |
1458 | } |
1459 | |
1460 | /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
1461 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
1462 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::FCmp; |
1463 | } |
1464 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
1465 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
1466 | } |
1467 | }; |
1468 | |
1469 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1470 | /// This class represents a function call, abstracting a target |
1471 | /// machine's calling convention. This class uses low bit of the SubClassData |
1472 | /// field to indicate whether or not this is a tail call. The rest of the bits |
1473 | /// hold the calling convention of the call. |
1474 | /// |
1475 | class CallInst : public CallBase { |
1476 | CallInst(const CallInst &CI); |
1477 | |
1478 | /// Construct a CallInst given a range of arguments. |
1479 | /// Construct a CallInst from a range of arguments |
1480 | inline CallInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
1481 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, const Twine &NameStr, |
1482 | Instruction *InsertBefore); |
1483 | |
1484 | inline CallInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
1485 | const Twine &NameStr, Instruction *InsertBefore) |
1486 | : CallInst(Ty, Func, Args, None, NameStr, InsertBefore) {} |
1487 | |
1488 | /// Construct a CallInst given a range of arguments. |
1489 | /// Construct a CallInst from a range of arguments |
1490 | inline CallInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
1491 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, const Twine &NameStr, |
1492 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
1493 | |
1494 | explicit CallInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *F, const Twine &NameStr, |
1495 | Instruction *InsertBefore); |
1496 | |
1497 | CallInst(FunctionType *ty, Value *F, const Twine &NameStr, |
1498 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
1499 | |
1500 | void init(FunctionType *FTy, Value *Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
1501 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, const Twine &NameStr); |
1502 | void init(FunctionType *FTy, Value *Func, const Twine &NameStr); |
1503 | |
1504 | /// Compute the number of operands to allocate. |
1505 | static int ComputeNumOperands(int NumArgs, int NumBundleInputs = 0) { |
1506 | // We need one operand for the called function, plus the input operand |
1507 | // counts provided. |
1508 | return 1 + NumArgs + NumBundleInputs; |
1509 | } |
1510 | |
1511 | protected: |
1512 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
1513 | friend class Instruction; |
1514 | |
1515 | CallInst *cloneImpl() const; |
1516 | |
1517 | public: |
1518 | static CallInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *F, const Twine &NameStr = "", |
1519 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
1520 | return new (ComputeNumOperands(0)) CallInst(Ty, F, NameStr, InsertBefore); |
1521 | } |
1522 | |
1523 | static CallInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
1524 | const Twine &NameStr, |
1525 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
1526 | return new (ComputeNumOperands(Args.size())) |
1527 | CallInst(Ty, Func, Args, None, NameStr, InsertBefore); |
1528 | } |
1529 | |
1530 | static CallInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
1531 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles = None, |
1532 | const Twine &NameStr = "", |
1533 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
1534 | const int NumOperands = |
1535 | ComputeNumOperands(Args.size(), CountBundleInputs(Bundles)); |
1536 | const unsigned DescriptorBytes = Bundles.size() * sizeof(BundleOpInfo); |
1537 | |
1538 | return new (NumOperands, DescriptorBytes) |
1539 | CallInst(Ty, Func, Args, Bundles, NameStr, InsertBefore); |
1540 | } |
1541 | |
1542 | static CallInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *F, const Twine &NameStr, |
1543 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
1544 | return new (ComputeNumOperands(0)) CallInst(Ty, F, NameStr, InsertAtEnd); |
1545 | } |
1546 | |
1547 | static CallInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
1548 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
1549 | return new (ComputeNumOperands(Args.size())) |
1550 | CallInst(Ty, Func, Args, None, NameStr, InsertAtEnd); |
1551 | } |
1552 | |
1553 | static CallInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
1554 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, |
1555 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
1556 | const int NumOperands = |
1557 | ComputeNumOperands(Args.size(), CountBundleInputs(Bundles)); |
1558 | const unsigned DescriptorBytes = Bundles.size() * sizeof(BundleOpInfo); |
1559 | |
1560 | return new (NumOperands, DescriptorBytes) |
1561 | CallInst(Ty, Func, Args, Bundles, NameStr, InsertAtEnd); |
1562 | } |
1563 | |
1564 | static CallInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, const Twine &NameStr = "", |
1565 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
1566 | return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), NameStr, |
1567 | InsertBefore); |
1568 | } |
1569 | |
1570 | static CallInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
1571 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles = None, |
1572 | const Twine &NameStr = "", |
1573 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
1574 | return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), Args, Bundles, |
1575 | NameStr, InsertBefore); |
1576 | } |
1577 | |
1578 | static CallInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
1579 | const Twine &NameStr, |
1580 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
1581 | return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), Args, NameStr, |
1582 | InsertBefore); |
1583 | } |
1584 | |
1585 | static CallInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, const Twine &NameStr, |
1586 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
1587 | return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), NameStr, |
1588 | InsertAtEnd); |
1589 | } |
1590 | |
1591 | static CallInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
1592 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
1593 | return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), Args, NameStr, |
1594 | InsertAtEnd); |
1595 | } |
1596 | |
1597 | static CallInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
1598 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, |
1599 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
1600 | return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), Args, Bundles, |
1601 | NameStr, InsertAtEnd); |
1602 | } |
1603 | |
1604 | /// Create a clone of \p CI with a different set of operand bundles and |
1605 | /// insert it before \p InsertPt. |
1606 | /// |
1607 | /// The returned call instruction is identical \p CI in every way except that |
1608 | /// the operand bundles for the new instruction are set to the operand bundles |
1609 | /// in \p Bundles. |
1610 | static CallInst *Create(CallInst *CI, ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, |
1611 | Instruction *InsertPt = nullptr); |
1612 | |
1613 | /// Generate the IR for a call to malloc: |
1614 | /// 1. Compute the malloc call's argument as the specified type's size, |
1615 | /// possibly multiplied by the array size if the array size is not |
1616 | /// constant 1. |
1617 | /// 2. Call malloc with that argument. |
1618 | /// 3. Bitcast the result of the malloc call to the specified type. |
1619 | static Instruction *CreateMalloc(Instruction *InsertBefore, Type *IntPtrTy, |
1620 | Type *AllocTy, Value *AllocSize, |
1621 | Value *ArraySize = nullptr, |
1622 | Function *MallocF = nullptr, |
1623 | const Twine &Name = ""); |
1624 | static Instruction *CreateMalloc(BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd, Type *IntPtrTy, |
1625 | Type *AllocTy, Value *AllocSize, |
1626 | Value *ArraySize = nullptr, |
1627 | Function *MallocF = nullptr, |
1628 | const Twine &Name = ""); |
1629 | static Instruction *CreateMalloc(Instruction *InsertBefore, Type *IntPtrTy, |
1630 | Type *AllocTy, Value *AllocSize, |
1631 | Value *ArraySize = nullptr, |
1632 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles = None, |
1633 | Function *MallocF = nullptr, |
1634 | const Twine &Name = ""); |
1635 | static Instruction *CreateMalloc(BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd, Type *IntPtrTy, |
1636 | Type *AllocTy, Value *AllocSize, |
1637 | Value *ArraySize = nullptr, |
1638 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles = None, |
1639 | Function *MallocF = nullptr, |
1640 | const Twine &Name = ""); |
1641 | /// Generate the IR for a call to the builtin free function. |
1642 | static Instruction *CreateFree(Value *Source, Instruction *InsertBefore); |
1643 | static Instruction *CreateFree(Value *Source, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
1644 | static Instruction *CreateFree(Value *Source, |
1645 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, |
1646 | Instruction *InsertBefore); |
1647 | static Instruction *CreateFree(Value *Source, |
1648 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, |
1649 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
1650 | |
1651 | // Note that 'musttail' implies 'tail'. |
1652 | enum TailCallKind : unsigned { |
1653 | TCK_None = 0, |
1654 | TCK_Tail = 1, |
1655 | TCK_MustTail = 2, |
1656 | TCK_NoTail = 3, |
1657 | TCK_LAST = TCK_NoTail |
1658 | }; |
1659 | |
1660 | using TailCallKindField = Bitfield::Element<TailCallKind, 0, 2, TCK_LAST>; |
1661 | static_assert( |
1662 | Bitfield::areContiguous<TailCallKindField, CallBase::CallingConvField>(), |
1663 | "Bitfields must be contiguous"); |
1664 | |
1665 | TailCallKind getTailCallKind() const { |
1666 | return getSubclassData<TailCallKindField>(); |
1667 | } |
1668 | |
1669 | bool isTailCall() const { |
1670 | TailCallKind Kind = getTailCallKind(); |
1671 | return Kind == TCK_Tail || Kind == TCK_MustTail; |
1672 | } |
1673 | |
1674 | bool isMustTailCall() const { return getTailCallKind() == TCK_MustTail; } |
1675 | |
1676 | bool isNoTailCall() const { return getTailCallKind() == TCK_NoTail; } |
1677 | |
1678 | void setTailCallKind(TailCallKind TCK) { |
1679 | setSubclassData<TailCallKindField>(TCK); |
1680 | } |
1681 | |
1682 | void setTailCall(bool IsTc = true) { |
1683 | setTailCallKind(IsTc ? TCK_Tail : TCK_None); |
1684 | } |
1685 | |
1686 | /// Return true if the call can return twice |
1687 | bool canReturnTwice() const { return hasFnAttr(Attribute::ReturnsTwice); } |
1688 | void setCanReturnTwice() { addFnAttr(Attribute::ReturnsTwice); } |
1689 | |
1690 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
1691 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
1692 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Call; |
1693 | } |
1694 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
1695 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
1696 | } |
1697 | |
1698 | /// Updates profile metadata by scaling it by \p S / \p T. |
1699 | void updateProfWeight(uint64_t S, uint64_t T); |
1700 | |
1701 | private: |
1702 | // Shadow Instruction::setInstructionSubclassData with a private forwarding |
1703 | // method so that subclasses cannot accidentally use it. |
1704 | template <typename Bitfield> |
1705 | void setSubclassData(typename Bitfield::Type Value) { |
1706 | Instruction::setSubclassData<Bitfield>(Value); |
1707 | } |
1708 | }; |
1709 | |
1710 | CallInst::CallInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
1711 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, const Twine &NameStr, |
1712 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) |
1713 | : CallBase(Ty->getReturnType(), Instruction::Call, |
1714 | OperandTraits<CallBase>::op_end(this) - |
1715 | (Args.size() + CountBundleInputs(Bundles) + 1), |
1716 | unsigned(Args.size() + CountBundleInputs(Bundles) + 1), |
1717 | InsertAtEnd) { |
1718 | init(Ty, Func, Args, Bundles, NameStr); |
1719 | } |
1720 | |
1721 | CallInst::CallInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
1722 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, const Twine &NameStr, |
1723 | Instruction *InsertBefore) |
1724 | : CallBase(Ty->getReturnType(), Instruction::Call, |
1725 | OperandTraits<CallBase>::op_end(this) - |
1726 | (Args.size() + CountBundleInputs(Bundles) + 1), |
1727 | unsigned(Args.size() + CountBundleInputs(Bundles) + 1), |
1728 | InsertBefore) { |
1729 | init(Ty, Func, Args, Bundles, NameStr); |
1730 | } |
1731 | |
1732 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1733 | // SelectInst Class |
1734 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1735 | |
1736 | /// This class represents the LLVM 'select' instruction. |
1737 | /// |
1738 | class SelectInst : public Instruction { |
1739 | SelectInst(Value *C, Value *S1, Value *S2, const Twine &NameStr, |
1740 | Instruction *InsertBefore) |
1741 | : Instruction(S1->getType(), Instruction::Select, |
1742 | &Op<0>(), 3, InsertBefore) { |
1743 | init(C, S1, S2); |
1744 | setName(NameStr); |
1745 | } |
1746 | |
1747 | SelectInst(Value *C, Value *S1, Value *S2, const Twine &NameStr, |
1748 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) |
1749 | : Instruction(S1->getType(), Instruction::Select, |
1750 | &Op<0>(), 3, InsertAtEnd) { |
1751 | init(C, S1, S2); |
1752 | setName(NameStr); |
1753 | } |
1754 | |
1755 | void init(Value *C, Value *S1, Value *S2) { |
1756 | assert(!areInvalidOperands(C, S1, S2) && "Invalid operands for select")(static_cast <bool> (!areInvalidOperands(C, S1, S2) && "Invalid operands for select") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!areInvalidOperands(C, S1, S2) && \"Invalid operands for select\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1756, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1757 | Op<0>() = C; |
1758 | Op<1>() = S1; |
1759 | Op<2>() = S2; |
1760 | } |
1761 | |
1762 | protected: |
1763 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
1764 | friend class Instruction; |
1765 | |
1766 | SelectInst *cloneImpl() const; |
1767 | |
1768 | public: |
1769 | static SelectInst *Create(Value *C, Value *S1, Value *S2, |
1770 | const Twine &NameStr = "", |
1771 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr, |
1772 | Instruction *MDFrom = nullptr) { |
1773 | SelectInst *Sel = new(3) SelectInst(C, S1, S2, NameStr, InsertBefore); |
1774 | if (MDFrom) |
1775 | Sel->copyMetadata(*MDFrom); |
1776 | return Sel; |
1777 | } |
1778 | |
1779 | static SelectInst *Create(Value *C, Value *S1, Value *S2, |
1780 | const Twine &NameStr, |
1781 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
1782 | return new(3) SelectInst(C, S1, S2, NameStr, InsertAtEnd); |
1783 | } |
1784 | |
1785 | const Value *getCondition() const { return Op<0>(); } |
1786 | const Value *getTrueValue() const { return Op<1>(); } |
1787 | const Value *getFalseValue() const { return Op<2>(); } |
1788 | Value *getCondition() { return Op<0>(); } |
1789 | Value *getTrueValue() { return Op<1>(); } |
1790 | Value *getFalseValue() { return Op<2>(); } |
1791 | |
1792 | void setCondition(Value *V) { Op<0>() = V; } |
1793 | void setTrueValue(Value *V) { Op<1>() = V; } |
1794 | void setFalseValue(Value *V) { Op<2>() = V; } |
1795 | |
1796 | /// Swap the true and false values of the select instruction. |
1797 | /// This doesn't swap prof metadata. |
1798 | void swapValues() { Op<1>().swap(Op<2>()); } |
1799 | |
1800 | /// Return a string if the specified operands are invalid |
1801 | /// for a select operation, otherwise return null. |
1802 | static const char *areInvalidOperands(Value *Cond, Value *True, Value *False); |
1803 | |
1804 | /// Transparently provide more efficient getOperand methods. |
1805 | DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin(); inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected : template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int > inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned getNumOperands() const; |
1806 | |
1807 | OtherOps getOpcode() const { |
1808 | return static_cast<OtherOps>(Instruction::getOpcode()); |
1809 | } |
1810 | |
1811 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
1812 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
1813 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Select; |
1814 | } |
1815 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
1816 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
1817 | } |
1818 | }; |
1819 | |
1820 | template <> |
1821 | struct OperandTraits<SelectInst> : public FixedNumOperandTraits<SelectInst, 3> { |
1822 | }; |
1823 | |
1824 | DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(SelectInst, Value)SelectInst::op_iterator SelectInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits <SelectInst>::op_begin(this); } SelectInst::const_op_iterator SelectInst::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<SelectInst >::op_begin(const_cast<SelectInst*>(this)); } SelectInst ::op_iterator SelectInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits< SelectInst>::op_end(this); } SelectInst::const_op_iterator SelectInst::op_end() const { return OperandTraits<SelectInst >::op_end(const_cast<SelectInst*>(this)); } Value *SelectInst ::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { (static_cast <bool > (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<SelectInst>::operands (this) && "getOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<SelectInst>::operands(this) && \"getOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1824, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); return cast_or_null <Value>( OperandTraits<SelectInst>::op_begin(const_cast <SelectInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void SelectInst ::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<SelectInst> ::operands(this) && "setOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<SelectInst>::operands(this) && \"setOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1824, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); OperandTraits< SelectInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned SelectInst::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits <SelectInst>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture > Use &SelectInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture >(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use & SelectInst::Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture >(this); } |
1825 | |
1826 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1827 | // VAArgInst Class |
1828 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1829 | |
1830 | /// This class represents the va_arg llvm instruction, which returns |
1831 | /// an argument of the specified type given a va_list and increments that list |
1832 | /// |
1833 | class VAArgInst : public UnaryInstruction { |
1834 | protected: |
1835 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
1836 | friend class Instruction; |
1837 | |
1838 | VAArgInst *cloneImpl() const; |
1839 | |
1840 | public: |
1841 | VAArgInst(Value *List, Type *Ty, const Twine &NameStr = "", |
1842 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) |
1843 | : UnaryInstruction(Ty, VAArg, List, InsertBefore) { |
1844 | setName(NameStr); |
1845 | } |
1846 | |
1847 | VAArgInst(Value *List, Type *Ty, const Twine &NameStr, |
1848 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) |
1849 | : UnaryInstruction(Ty, VAArg, List, InsertAtEnd) { |
1850 | setName(NameStr); |
1851 | } |
1852 | |
1853 | Value *getPointerOperand() { return getOperand(0); } |
1854 | const Value *getPointerOperand() const { return getOperand(0); } |
1855 | static unsigned getPointerOperandIndex() { return 0U; } |
1856 | |
1857 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
1858 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
1859 | return I->getOpcode() == VAArg; |
1860 | } |
1861 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
1862 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
1863 | } |
1864 | }; |
1865 | |
1866 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1867 | // ExtractElementInst Class |
1868 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1869 | |
1870 | /// This instruction extracts a single (scalar) |
1871 | /// element from a VectorType value |
1872 | /// |
1873 | class ExtractElementInst : public Instruction { |
1874 | ExtractElementInst(Value *Vec, Value *Idx, const Twine &NameStr = "", |
1875 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
1876 | ExtractElementInst(Value *Vec, Value *Idx, const Twine &NameStr, |
1877 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
1878 | |
1879 | protected: |
1880 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
1881 | friend class Instruction; |
1882 | |
1883 | ExtractElementInst *cloneImpl() const; |
1884 | |
1885 | public: |
1886 | static ExtractElementInst *Create(Value *Vec, Value *Idx, |
1887 | const Twine &NameStr = "", |
1888 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
1889 | return new(2) ExtractElementInst(Vec, Idx, NameStr, InsertBefore); |
1890 | } |
1891 | |
1892 | static ExtractElementInst *Create(Value *Vec, Value *Idx, |
1893 | const Twine &NameStr, |
1894 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
1895 | return new(2) ExtractElementInst(Vec, Idx, NameStr, InsertAtEnd); |
1896 | } |
1897 | |
1898 | /// Return true if an extractelement instruction can be |
1899 | /// formed with the specified operands. |
1900 | static bool isValidOperands(const Value *Vec, const Value *Idx); |
1901 | |
1902 | Value *getVectorOperand() { return Op<0>(); } |
1903 | Value *getIndexOperand() { return Op<1>(); } |
1904 | const Value *getVectorOperand() const { return Op<0>(); } |
1905 | const Value *getIndexOperand() const { return Op<1>(); } |
1906 | |
1907 | VectorType *getVectorOperandType() const { |
1908 | return cast<VectorType>(getVectorOperand()->getType()); |
1909 | } |
1910 | |
1911 | /// Transparently provide more efficient getOperand methods. |
1912 | DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin(); inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected : template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int > inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned getNumOperands() const; |
1913 | |
1914 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
1915 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
1916 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::ExtractElement; |
1917 | } |
1918 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
1919 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
1920 | } |
1921 | }; |
1922 | |
1923 | template <> |
1924 | struct OperandTraits<ExtractElementInst> : |
1925 | public FixedNumOperandTraits<ExtractElementInst, 2> { |
1926 | }; |
1927 | |
1928 | DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(ExtractElementInst, Value)ExtractElementInst::op_iterator ExtractElementInst::op_begin( ) { return OperandTraits<ExtractElementInst>::op_begin( this); } ExtractElementInst::const_op_iterator ExtractElementInst ::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<ExtractElementInst >::op_begin(const_cast<ExtractElementInst*>(this)); } ExtractElementInst::op_iterator ExtractElementInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits<ExtractElementInst>::op_end(this ); } ExtractElementInst::const_op_iterator ExtractElementInst ::op_end() const { return OperandTraits<ExtractElementInst >::op_end(const_cast<ExtractElementInst*>(this)); } Value *ExtractElementInst::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits< ExtractElementInst>::operands(this) && "getOperand() out of range!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<ExtractElementInst>::operands(this) && \"getOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1928, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); return cast_or_null <Value>( OperandTraits<ExtractElementInst>::op_begin (const_cast<ExtractElementInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get ()); } void ExtractElementInst::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture , Value *Val_nocapture) { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<ExtractElementInst>::operands(this) && "setOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<ExtractElementInst>::operands(this) && \"setOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1928, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); OperandTraits< ExtractElementInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture ; } unsigned ExtractElementInst::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits<ExtractElementInst>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> Use &ExtractElementInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use &ExtractElementInst:: Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this ); } |
1929 | |
1930 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1931 | // InsertElementInst Class |
1932 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1933 | |
1934 | /// This instruction inserts a single (scalar) |
1935 | /// element into a VectorType value |
1936 | /// |
1937 | class InsertElementInst : public Instruction { |
1938 | InsertElementInst(Value *Vec, Value *NewElt, Value *Idx, |
1939 | const Twine &NameStr = "", |
1940 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
1941 | InsertElementInst(Value *Vec, Value *NewElt, Value *Idx, const Twine &NameStr, |
1942 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
1943 | |
1944 | protected: |
1945 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
1946 | friend class Instruction; |
1947 | |
1948 | InsertElementInst *cloneImpl() const; |
1949 | |
1950 | public: |
1951 | static InsertElementInst *Create(Value *Vec, Value *NewElt, Value *Idx, |
1952 | const Twine &NameStr = "", |
1953 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
1954 | return new(3) InsertElementInst(Vec, NewElt, Idx, NameStr, InsertBefore); |
1955 | } |
1956 | |
1957 | static InsertElementInst *Create(Value *Vec, Value *NewElt, Value *Idx, |
1958 | const Twine &NameStr, |
1959 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
1960 | return new(3) InsertElementInst(Vec, NewElt, Idx, NameStr, InsertAtEnd); |
1961 | } |
1962 | |
1963 | /// Return true if an insertelement instruction can be |
1964 | /// formed with the specified operands. |
1965 | static bool isValidOperands(const Value *Vec, const Value *NewElt, |
1966 | const Value *Idx); |
1967 | |
1968 | /// Overload to return most specific vector type. |
1969 | /// |
1970 | VectorType *getType() const { |
1971 | return cast<VectorType>(Instruction::getType()); |
1972 | } |
1973 | |
1974 | /// Transparently provide more efficient getOperand methods. |
1975 | DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin(); inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected : template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int > inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned getNumOperands() const; |
1976 | |
1977 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
1978 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
1979 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::InsertElement; |
1980 | } |
1981 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
1982 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
1983 | } |
1984 | }; |
1985 | |
1986 | template <> |
1987 | struct OperandTraits<InsertElementInst> : |
1988 | public FixedNumOperandTraits<InsertElementInst, 3> { |
1989 | }; |
1990 | |
1991 | DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(InsertElementInst, Value)InsertElementInst::op_iterator InsertElementInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits<InsertElementInst>::op_begin(this ); } InsertElementInst::const_op_iterator InsertElementInst:: op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<InsertElementInst> ::op_begin(const_cast<InsertElementInst*>(this)); } InsertElementInst ::op_iterator InsertElementInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits <InsertElementInst>::op_end(this); } InsertElementInst:: const_op_iterator InsertElementInst::op_end() const { return OperandTraits <InsertElementInst>::op_end(const_cast<InsertElementInst *>(this)); } Value *InsertElementInst::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<InsertElementInst>::operands(this) && "getOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<InsertElementInst>::operands(this) && \"getOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1991, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); return cast_or_null <Value>( OperandTraits<InsertElementInst>::op_begin (const_cast<InsertElementInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get ()); } void InsertElementInst::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture , Value *Val_nocapture) { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<InsertElementInst>::operands(this) && "setOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<InsertElementInst>::operands(this) && \"setOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 1991, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); OperandTraits< InsertElementInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture ; } unsigned InsertElementInst::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits<InsertElementInst>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> Use &InsertElementInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use &InsertElementInst:: Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this ); } |
1992 | |
1993 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1994 | // ShuffleVectorInst Class |
1995 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1996 | |
1997 | constexpr int UndefMaskElem = -1; |
1998 | |
1999 | /// This instruction constructs a fixed permutation of two |
2000 | /// input vectors. |
2001 | /// |
2002 | /// For each element of the result vector, the shuffle mask selects an element |
2003 | /// from one of the input vectors to copy to the result. Non-negative elements |
2004 | /// in the mask represent an index into the concatenated pair of input vectors. |
2005 | /// UndefMaskElem (-1) specifies that the result element is undefined. |
2006 | /// |
2007 | /// For scalable vectors, all the elements of the mask must be 0 or -1. This |
2008 | /// requirement may be relaxed in the future. |
2009 | class ShuffleVectorInst : public Instruction { |
2010 | SmallVector<int, 4> ShuffleMask; |
2011 | Constant *ShuffleMaskForBitcode; |
2012 | |
2013 | protected: |
2014 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
2015 | friend class Instruction; |
2016 | |
2017 | ShuffleVectorInst *cloneImpl() const; |
2018 | |
2019 | public: |
2020 | ShuffleVectorInst(Value *V1, Value *V2, Value *Mask, |
2021 | const Twine &NameStr = "", |
2022 | Instruction *InsertBefor = nullptr); |
2023 | ShuffleVectorInst(Value *V1, Value *V2, Value *Mask, |
2024 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
2025 | ShuffleVectorInst(Value *V1, Value *V2, ArrayRef<int> Mask, |
2026 | const Twine &NameStr = "", |
2027 | Instruction *InsertBefor = nullptr); |
2028 | ShuffleVectorInst(Value *V1, Value *V2, ArrayRef<int> Mask, |
2029 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
2030 | |
2031 | void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S, 2); } |
2032 | void operator delete(void *Ptr) { return User::operator delete(Ptr); } |
2033 | |
2034 | /// Swap the operands and adjust the mask to preserve the semantics |
2035 | /// of the instruction. |
2036 | void commute(); |
2037 | |
2038 | /// Return true if a shufflevector instruction can be |
2039 | /// formed with the specified operands. |
2040 | static bool isValidOperands(const Value *V1, const Value *V2, |
2041 | const Value *Mask); |
2042 | static bool isValidOperands(const Value *V1, const Value *V2, |
2043 | ArrayRef<int> Mask); |
2044 | |
2045 | /// Overload to return most specific vector type. |
2046 | /// |
2047 | VectorType *getType() const { |
2048 | return cast<VectorType>(Instruction::getType()); |
2049 | } |
2050 | |
2051 | /// Transparently provide more efficient getOperand methods. |
2052 | DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin(); inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected : template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int > inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned getNumOperands() const; |
2053 | |
2054 | /// Return the shuffle mask value of this instruction for the given element |
2055 | /// index. Return UndefMaskElem if the element is undef. |
2056 | int getMaskValue(unsigned Elt) const { return ShuffleMask[Elt]; } |
2057 | |
2058 | /// Convert the input shuffle mask operand to a vector of integers. Undefined |
2059 | /// elements of the mask are returned as UndefMaskElem. |
2060 | static void getShuffleMask(const Constant *Mask, |
2061 | SmallVectorImpl<int> &Result); |
2062 | |
2063 | /// Return the mask for this instruction as a vector of integers. Undefined |
2064 | /// elements of the mask are returned as UndefMaskElem. |
2065 | void getShuffleMask(SmallVectorImpl<int> &Result) const { |
2066 | Result.assign(ShuffleMask.begin(), ShuffleMask.end()); |
2067 | } |
2068 | |
2069 | /// Return the mask for this instruction, for use in bitcode. |
2070 | /// |
2071 | /// TODO: This is temporary until we decide a new bitcode encoding for |
2072 | /// shufflevector. |
2073 | Constant *getShuffleMaskForBitcode() const { return ShuffleMaskForBitcode; } |
2074 | |
2075 | static Constant *convertShuffleMaskForBitcode(ArrayRef<int> Mask, |
2076 | Type *ResultTy); |
2077 | |
2078 | void setShuffleMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask); |
2079 | |
2080 | ArrayRef<int> getShuffleMask() const { return ShuffleMask; } |
2081 | |
2082 | /// Return true if this shuffle returns a vector with a different number of |
2083 | /// elements than its source vectors. |
2084 | /// Examples: shufflevector <4 x n> A, <4 x n> B, <1,2,3> |
2085 | /// shufflevector <4 x n> A, <4 x n> B, <1,2,3,4,5> |
2086 | bool changesLength() const { |
2087 | unsigned NumSourceElts = cast<VectorType>(Op<0>()->getType()) |
2088 | ->getElementCount() |
2089 | .getKnownMinValue(); |
2090 | unsigned NumMaskElts = ShuffleMask.size(); |
2091 | return NumSourceElts != NumMaskElts; |
2092 | } |
2093 | |
2094 | /// Return true if this shuffle returns a vector with a greater number of |
2095 | /// elements than its source vectors. |
2096 | /// Example: shufflevector <2 x n> A, <2 x n> B, <1,2,3> |
2097 | bool increasesLength() const { |
2098 | unsigned NumSourceElts = cast<VectorType>(Op<0>()->getType()) |
2099 | ->getElementCount() |
2100 | .getKnownMinValue(); |
2101 | unsigned NumMaskElts = ShuffleMask.size(); |
2102 | return NumSourceElts < NumMaskElts; |
2103 | } |
2104 | |
2105 | /// Return true if this shuffle mask chooses elements from exactly one source |
2106 | /// vector. |
2107 | /// Example: <7,5,undef,7> |
2108 | /// This assumes that vector operands are the same length as the mask. |
2109 | static bool isSingleSourceMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask); |
2110 | static bool isSingleSourceMask(const Constant *Mask) { |
2111 | assert(Mask->getType()->isVectorTy() && "Shuffle needs vector constant.")(static_cast <bool> (Mask->getType()->isVectorTy( ) && "Shuffle needs vector constant.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Mask->getType()->isVectorTy() && \"Shuffle needs vector constant.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2111, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2112 | SmallVector<int, 16> MaskAsInts; |
2113 | getShuffleMask(Mask, MaskAsInts); |
2114 | return isSingleSourceMask(MaskAsInts); |
2115 | } |
2116 | |
2117 | /// Return true if this shuffle chooses elements from exactly one source |
2118 | /// vector without changing the length of that vector. |
2119 | /// Example: shufflevector <4 x n> A, <4 x n> B, <3,0,undef,3> |
2120 | /// TODO: Optionally allow length-changing shuffles. |
2121 | bool isSingleSource() const { |
2122 | return !changesLength() && isSingleSourceMask(ShuffleMask); |
2123 | } |
2124 | |
2125 | /// Return true if this shuffle mask chooses elements from exactly one source |
2126 | /// vector without lane crossings. A shuffle using this mask is not |
2127 | /// necessarily a no-op because it may change the number of elements from its |
2128 | /// input vectors or it may provide demanded bits knowledge via undef lanes. |
2129 | /// Example: <undef,undef,2,3> |
2130 | static bool isIdentityMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask); |
2131 | static bool isIdentityMask(const Constant *Mask) { |
2132 | assert(Mask->getType()->isVectorTy() && "Shuffle needs vector constant.")(static_cast <bool> (Mask->getType()->isVectorTy( ) && "Shuffle needs vector constant.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Mask->getType()->isVectorTy() && \"Shuffle needs vector constant.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2132, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2133 | SmallVector<int, 16> MaskAsInts; |
2134 | getShuffleMask(Mask, MaskAsInts); |
2135 | return isIdentityMask(MaskAsInts); |
2136 | } |
2137 | |
2138 | /// Return true if this shuffle chooses elements from exactly one source |
2139 | /// vector without lane crossings and does not change the number of elements |
2140 | /// from its input vectors. |
2141 | /// Example: shufflevector <4 x n> A, <4 x n> B, <4,undef,6,undef> |
2142 | bool isIdentity() const { |
2143 | return !changesLength() && isIdentityMask(ShuffleMask); |
2144 | } |
2145 | |
2146 | /// Return true if this shuffle lengthens exactly one source vector with |
2147 | /// undefs in the high elements. |
2148 | bool isIdentityWithPadding() const; |
2149 | |
2150 | /// Return true if this shuffle extracts the first N elements of exactly one |
2151 | /// source vector. |
2152 | bool isIdentityWithExtract() const; |
2153 | |
2154 | /// Return true if this shuffle concatenates its 2 source vectors. This |
2155 | /// returns false if either input is undefined. In that case, the shuffle is |
2156 | /// is better classified as an identity with padding operation. |
2157 | bool isConcat() const; |
2158 | |
2159 | /// Return true if this shuffle mask chooses elements from its source vectors |
2160 | /// without lane crossings. A shuffle using this mask would be |
2161 | /// equivalent to a vector select with a constant condition operand. |
2162 | /// Example: <4,1,6,undef> |
2163 | /// This returns false if the mask does not choose from both input vectors. |
2164 | /// In that case, the shuffle is better classified as an identity shuffle. |
2165 | /// This assumes that vector operands are the same length as the mask |
2166 | /// (a length-changing shuffle can never be equivalent to a vector select). |
2167 | static bool isSelectMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask); |
2168 | static bool isSelectMask(const Constant *Mask) { |
2169 | assert(Mask->getType()->isVectorTy() && "Shuffle needs vector constant.")(static_cast <bool> (Mask->getType()->isVectorTy( ) && "Shuffle needs vector constant.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Mask->getType()->isVectorTy() && \"Shuffle needs vector constant.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2169, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2170 | SmallVector<int, 16> MaskAsInts; |
2171 | getShuffleMask(Mask, MaskAsInts); |
2172 | return isSelectMask(MaskAsInts); |
2173 | } |
2174 | |
2175 | /// Return true if this shuffle chooses elements from its source vectors |
2176 | /// without lane crossings and all operands have the same number of elements. |
2177 | /// In other words, this shuffle is equivalent to a vector select with a |
2178 | /// constant condition operand. |
2179 | /// Example: shufflevector <4 x n> A, <4 x n> B, <undef,1,6,3> |
2180 | /// This returns false if the mask does not choose from both input vectors. |
2181 | /// In that case, the shuffle is better classified as an identity shuffle. |
2182 | /// TODO: Optionally allow length-changing shuffles. |
2183 | bool isSelect() const { |
2184 | return !changesLength() && isSelectMask(ShuffleMask); |
2185 | } |
2186 | |
2187 | /// Return true if this shuffle mask swaps the order of elements from exactly |
2188 | /// one source vector. |
2189 | /// Example: <7,6,undef,4> |
2190 | /// This assumes that vector operands are the same length as the mask. |
2191 | static bool isReverseMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask); |
2192 | static bool isReverseMask(const Constant *Mask) { |
2193 | assert(Mask->getType()->isVectorTy() && "Shuffle needs vector constant.")(static_cast <bool> (Mask->getType()->isVectorTy( ) && "Shuffle needs vector constant.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Mask->getType()->isVectorTy() && \"Shuffle needs vector constant.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2193, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2194 | SmallVector<int, 16> MaskAsInts; |
2195 | getShuffleMask(Mask, MaskAsInts); |
2196 | return isReverseMask(MaskAsInts); |
2197 | } |
2198 | |
2199 | /// Return true if this shuffle swaps the order of elements from exactly |
2200 | /// one source vector. |
2201 | /// Example: shufflevector <4 x n> A, <4 x n> B, <3,undef,1,undef> |
2202 | /// TODO: Optionally allow length-changing shuffles. |
2203 | bool isReverse() const { |
2204 | return !changesLength() && isReverseMask(ShuffleMask); |
2205 | } |
2206 | |
2207 | /// Return true if this shuffle mask chooses all elements with the same value |
2208 | /// as the first element of exactly one source vector. |
2209 | /// Example: <4,undef,undef,4> |
2210 | /// This assumes that vector operands are the same length as the mask. |
2211 | static bool isZeroEltSplatMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask); |
2212 | static bool isZeroEltSplatMask(const Constant *Mask) { |
2213 | assert(Mask->getType()->isVectorTy() && "Shuffle needs vector constant.")(static_cast <bool> (Mask->getType()->isVectorTy( ) && "Shuffle needs vector constant.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Mask->getType()->isVectorTy() && \"Shuffle needs vector constant.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2213, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2214 | SmallVector<int, 16> MaskAsInts; |
2215 | getShuffleMask(Mask, MaskAsInts); |
2216 | return isZeroEltSplatMask(MaskAsInts); |
2217 | } |
2218 | |
2219 | /// Return true if all elements of this shuffle are the same value as the |
2220 | /// first element of exactly one source vector without changing the length |
2221 | /// of that vector. |
2222 | /// Example: shufflevector <4 x n> A, <4 x n> B, <undef,0,undef,0> |
2223 | /// TODO: Optionally allow length-changing shuffles. |
2224 | /// TODO: Optionally allow splats from other elements. |
2225 | bool isZeroEltSplat() const { |
2226 | return !changesLength() && isZeroEltSplatMask(ShuffleMask); |
2227 | } |
2228 | |
2229 | /// Return true if this shuffle mask is a transpose mask. |
2230 | /// Transpose vector masks transpose a 2xn matrix. They read corresponding |
2231 | /// even- or odd-numbered vector elements from two n-dimensional source |
2232 | /// vectors and write each result into consecutive elements of an |
2233 | /// n-dimensional destination vector. Two shuffles are necessary to complete |
2234 | /// the transpose, one for the even elements and another for the odd elements. |
2235 | /// This description closely follows how the TRN1 and TRN2 AArch64 |
2236 | /// instructions operate. |
2237 | /// |
2238 | /// For example, a simple 2x2 matrix can be transposed with: |
2239 | /// |
2240 | /// ; Original matrix |
2241 | /// m0 = < a, b > |
2242 | /// m1 = < c, d > |
2243 | /// |
2244 | /// ; Transposed matrix |
2245 | /// t0 = < a, c > = shufflevector m0, m1, < 0, 2 > |
2246 | /// t1 = < b, d > = shufflevector m0, m1, < 1, 3 > |
2247 | /// |
2248 | /// For matrices having greater than n columns, the resulting nx2 transposed |
2249 | /// matrix is stored in two result vectors such that one vector contains |
2250 | /// interleaved elements from all the even-numbered rows and the other vector |
2251 | /// contains interleaved elements from all the odd-numbered rows. For example, |
2252 | /// a 2x4 matrix can be transposed with: |
2253 | /// |
2254 | /// ; Original matrix |
2255 | /// m0 = < a, b, c, d > |
2256 | /// m1 = < e, f, g, h > |
2257 | /// |
2258 | /// ; Transposed matrix |
2259 | /// t0 = < a, e, c, g > = shufflevector m0, m1 < 0, 4, 2, 6 > |
2260 | /// t1 = < b, f, d, h > = shufflevector m0, m1 < 1, 5, 3, 7 > |
2261 | static bool isTransposeMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask); |
2262 | static bool isTransposeMask(const Constant *Mask) { |
2263 | assert(Mask->getType()->isVectorTy() && "Shuffle needs vector constant.")(static_cast <bool> (Mask->getType()->isVectorTy( ) && "Shuffle needs vector constant.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Mask->getType()->isVectorTy() && \"Shuffle needs vector constant.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2263, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2264 | SmallVector<int, 16> MaskAsInts; |
2265 | getShuffleMask(Mask, MaskAsInts); |
2266 | return isTransposeMask(MaskAsInts); |
2267 | } |
2268 | |
2269 | /// Return true if this shuffle transposes the elements of its inputs without |
2270 | /// changing the length of the vectors. This operation may also be known as a |
2271 | /// merge or interleave. See the description for isTransposeMask() for the |
2272 | /// exact specification. |
2273 | /// Example: shufflevector <4 x n> A, <4 x n> B, <0,4,2,6> |
2274 | bool isTranspose() const { |
2275 | return !changesLength() && isTransposeMask(ShuffleMask); |
2276 | } |
2277 | |
2278 | /// Return true if this shuffle mask is an extract subvector mask. |
2279 | /// A valid extract subvector mask returns a smaller vector from a single |
2280 | /// source operand. The base extraction index is returned as well. |
2281 | static bool isExtractSubvectorMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask, int NumSrcElts, |
2282 | int &Index); |
2283 | static bool isExtractSubvectorMask(const Constant *Mask, int NumSrcElts, |
2284 | int &Index) { |
2285 | assert(Mask->getType()->isVectorTy() && "Shuffle needs vector constant.")(static_cast <bool> (Mask->getType()->isVectorTy( ) && "Shuffle needs vector constant.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Mask->getType()->isVectorTy() && \"Shuffle needs vector constant.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2285, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2286 | // Not possible to express a shuffle mask for a scalable vector for this |
2287 | // case. |
2288 | if (isa<ScalableVectorType>(Mask->getType())) |
2289 | return false; |
2290 | SmallVector<int, 16> MaskAsInts; |
2291 | getShuffleMask(Mask, MaskAsInts); |
2292 | return isExtractSubvectorMask(MaskAsInts, NumSrcElts, Index); |
2293 | } |
2294 | |
2295 | /// Return true if this shuffle mask is an extract subvector mask. |
2296 | bool isExtractSubvectorMask(int &Index) const { |
2297 | // Not possible to express a shuffle mask for a scalable vector for this |
2298 | // case. |
2299 | if (isa<ScalableVectorType>(getType())) |
2300 | return false; |
2301 | |
2302 | int NumSrcElts = |
2303 | cast<FixedVectorType>(Op<0>()->getType())->getNumElements(); |
2304 | return isExtractSubvectorMask(ShuffleMask, NumSrcElts, Index); |
2305 | } |
2306 | |
2307 | /// Return true if this shuffle mask is an insert subvector mask. |
2308 | /// A valid insert subvector mask inserts the lowest elements of a second |
2309 | /// source operand into an in-place first source operand operand. |
2310 | /// Both the sub vector width and the insertion index is returned. |
2311 | static bool isInsertSubvectorMask(ArrayRef<int> Mask, int NumSrcElts, |
2312 | int &NumSubElts, int &Index); |
2313 | static bool isInsertSubvectorMask(const Constant *Mask, int NumSrcElts, |
2314 | int &NumSubElts, int &Index) { |
2315 | assert(Mask->getType()->isVectorTy() && "Shuffle needs vector constant.")(static_cast <bool> (Mask->getType()->isVectorTy( ) && "Shuffle needs vector constant.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Mask->getType()->isVectorTy() && \"Shuffle needs vector constant.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2315, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2316 | // Not possible to express a shuffle mask for a scalable vector for this |
2317 | // case. |
2318 | if (isa<ScalableVectorType>(Mask->getType())) |
2319 | return false; |
2320 | SmallVector<int, 16> MaskAsInts; |
2321 | getShuffleMask(Mask, MaskAsInts); |
2322 | return isInsertSubvectorMask(MaskAsInts, NumSrcElts, NumSubElts, Index); |
2323 | } |
2324 | |
2325 | /// Return true if this shuffle mask is an insert subvector mask. |
2326 | bool isInsertSubvectorMask(int &NumSubElts, int &Index) const { |
2327 | // Not possible to express a shuffle mask for a scalable vector for this |
2328 | // case. |
2329 | if (isa<ScalableVectorType>(getType())) |
2330 | return false; |
2331 | |
2332 | int NumSrcElts = |
2333 | cast<FixedVectorType>(Op<0>()->getType())->getNumElements(); |
2334 | return isInsertSubvectorMask(ShuffleMask, NumSrcElts, NumSubElts, Index); |
2335 | } |
2336 | |
2337 | /// Change values in a shuffle permute mask assuming the two vector operands |
2338 | /// of length InVecNumElts have swapped position. |
2339 | static void commuteShuffleMask(MutableArrayRef<int> Mask, |
2340 | unsigned InVecNumElts) { |
2341 | for (int &Idx : Mask) { |
2342 | if (Idx == -1) |
2343 | continue; |
2344 | Idx = Idx < (int)InVecNumElts ? Idx + InVecNumElts : Idx - InVecNumElts; |
2345 | assert(Idx >= 0 && Idx < (int)InVecNumElts * 2 &&(static_cast <bool> (Idx >= 0 && Idx < (int )InVecNumElts * 2 && "shufflevector mask index out of range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Idx >= 0 && Idx < (int)InVecNumElts * 2 && \"shufflevector mask index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2346, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
2346 | "shufflevector mask index out of range")(static_cast <bool> (Idx >= 0 && Idx < (int )InVecNumElts * 2 && "shufflevector mask index out of range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Idx >= 0 && Idx < (int)InVecNumElts * 2 && \"shufflevector mask index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2346, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2347 | } |
2348 | } |
2349 | |
2350 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
2351 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
2352 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::ShuffleVector; |
2353 | } |
2354 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
2355 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
2356 | } |
2357 | }; |
2358 | |
2359 | template <> |
2360 | struct OperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst> |
2361 | : public FixedNumOperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst, 2> {}; |
2362 | |
2363 | DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(ShuffleVectorInst, Value)ShuffleVectorInst::op_iterator ShuffleVectorInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst>::op_begin(this ); } ShuffleVectorInst::const_op_iterator ShuffleVectorInst:: op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst> ::op_begin(const_cast<ShuffleVectorInst*>(this)); } ShuffleVectorInst ::op_iterator ShuffleVectorInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits <ShuffleVectorInst>::op_end(this); } ShuffleVectorInst:: const_op_iterator ShuffleVectorInst::op_end() const { return OperandTraits <ShuffleVectorInst>::op_end(const_cast<ShuffleVectorInst *>(this)); } Value *ShuffleVectorInst::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst>::operands(this) && "getOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst>::operands(this) && \"getOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2363, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); return cast_or_null <Value>( OperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst>::op_begin (const_cast<ShuffleVectorInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get ()); } void ShuffleVectorInst::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture , Value *Val_nocapture) { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst>::operands(this) && "setOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst>::operands(this) && \"setOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2363, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); OperandTraits< ShuffleVectorInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture ; } unsigned ShuffleVectorInst::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits<ShuffleVectorInst>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> Use &ShuffleVectorInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use &ShuffleVectorInst:: Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this ); } |
2364 | |
2365 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
2366 | // ExtractValueInst Class |
2367 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
2368 | |
2369 | /// This instruction extracts a struct member or array |
2370 | /// element value from an aggregate value. |
2371 | /// |
2372 | class ExtractValueInst : public UnaryInstruction { |
2373 | SmallVector<unsigned, 4> Indices; |
2374 | |
2375 | ExtractValueInst(const ExtractValueInst &EVI); |
2376 | |
2377 | /// Constructors - Create a extractvalue instruction with a base aggregate |
2378 | /// value and a list of indices. The first ctor can optionally insert before |
2379 | /// an existing instruction, the second appends the new instruction to the |
2380 | /// specified BasicBlock. |
2381 | inline ExtractValueInst(Value *Agg, |
2382 | ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs, |
2383 | const Twine &NameStr, |
2384 | Instruction *InsertBefore); |
2385 | inline ExtractValueInst(Value *Agg, |
2386 | ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs, |
2387 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
2388 | |
2389 | void init(ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs, const Twine &NameStr); |
2390 | |
2391 | protected: |
2392 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
2393 | friend class Instruction; |
2394 | |
2395 | ExtractValueInst *cloneImpl() const; |
2396 | |
2397 | public: |
2398 | static ExtractValueInst *Create(Value *Agg, |
2399 | ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs, |
2400 | const Twine &NameStr = "", |
2401 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
2402 | return new |
2403 | ExtractValueInst(Agg, Idxs, NameStr, InsertBefore); |
2404 | } |
2405 | |
2406 | static ExtractValueInst *Create(Value *Agg, |
2407 | ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs, |
2408 | const Twine &NameStr, |
2409 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
2410 | return new ExtractValueInst(Agg, Idxs, NameStr, InsertAtEnd); |
2411 | } |
2412 | |
2413 | /// Returns the type of the element that would be extracted |
2414 | /// with an extractvalue instruction with the specified parameters. |
2415 | /// |
2416 | /// Null is returned if the indices are invalid for the specified type. |
2417 | static Type *getIndexedType(Type *Agg, ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs); |
2418 | |
2419 | using idx_iterator = const unsigned*; |
2420 | |
2421 | inline idx_iterator idx_begin() const { return Indices.begin(); } |
2422 | inline idx_iterator idx_end() const { return Indices.end(); } |
2423 | inline iterator_range<idx_iterator> indices() const { |
2424 | return make_range(idx_begin(), idx_end()); |
2425 | } |
2426 | |
2427 | Value *getAggregateOperand() { |
2428 | return getOperand(0); |
2429 | } |
2430 | const Value *getAggregateOperand() const { |
2431 | return getOperand(0); |
2432 | } |
2433 | static unsigned getAggregateOperandIndex() { |
2434 | return 0U; // get index for modifying correct operand |
2435 | } |
2436 | |
2437 | ArrayRef<unsigned> getIndices() const { |
2438 | return Indices; |
2439 | } |
2440 | |
2441 | unsigned getNumIndices() const { |
2442 | return (unsigned)Indices.size(); |
2443 | } |
2444 | |
2445 | bool hasIndices() const { |
2446 | return true; |
2447 | } |
2448 | |
2449 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
2450 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
2451 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::ExtractValue; |
2452 | } |
2453 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
2454 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
2455 | } |
2456 | }; |
2457 | |
2458 | ExtractValueInst::ExtractValueInst(Value *Agg, |
2459 | ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs, |
2460 | const Twine &NameStr, |
2461 | Instruction *InsertBefore) |
2462 | : UnaryInstruction(checkGEPType(getIndexedType(Agg->getType(), Idxs)), |
2463 | ExtractValue, Agg, InsertBefore) { |
2464 | init(Idxs, NameStr); |
2465 | } |
2466 | |
2467 | ExtractValueInst::ExtractValueInst(Value *Agg, |
2468 | ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs, |
2469 | const Twine &NameStr, |
2470 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) |
2471 | : UnaryInstruction(checkGEPType(getIndexedType(Agg->getType(), Idxs)), |
2472 | ExtractValue, Agg, InsertAtEnd) { |
2473 | init(Idxs, NameStr); |
2474 | } |
2475 | |
2476 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
2477 | // InsertValueInst Class |
2478 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
2479 | |
2480 | /// This instruction inserts a struct field of array element |
2481 | /// value into an aggregate value. |
2482 | /// |
2483 | class InsertValueInst : public Instruction { |
2484 | SmallVector<unsigned, 4> Indices; |
2485 | |
2486 | InsertValueInst(const InsertValueInst &IVI); |
2487 | |
2488 | /// Constructors - Create a insertvalue instruction with a base aggregate |
2489 | /// value, a value to insert, and a list of indices. The first ctor can |
2490 | /// optionally insert before an existing instruction, the second appends |
2491 | /// the new instruction to the specified BasicBlock. |
2492 | inline InsertValueInst(Value *Agg, Value *Val, |
2493 | ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs, |
2494 | const Twine &NameStr, |
2495 | Instruction *InsertBefore); |
2496 | inline InsertValueInst(Value *Agg, Value *Val, |
2497 | ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs, |
2498 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
2499 | |
2500 | /// Constructors - These two constructors are convenience methods because one |
2501 | /// and two index insertvalue instructions are so common. |
2502 | InsertValueInst(Value *Agg, Value *Val, unsigned Idx, |
2503 | const Twine &NameStr = "", |
2504 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
2505 | InsertValueInst(Value *Agg, Value *Val, unsigned Idx, const Twine &NameStr, |
2506 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
2507 | |
2508 | void init(Value *Agg, Value *Val, ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs, |
2509 | const Twine &NameStr); |
2510 | |
2511 | protected: |
2512 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
2513 | friend class Instruction; |
2514 | |
2515 | InsertValueInst *cloneImpl() const; |
2516 | |
2517 | public: |
2518 | // allocate space for exactly two operands |
2519 | void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S, 2); } |
2520 | void operator delete(void *Ptr) { User::operator delete(Ptr); } |
2521 | |
2522 | static InsertValueInst *Create(Value *Agg, Value *Val, |
2523 | ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs, |
2524 | const Twine &NameStr = "", |
2525 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
2526 | return new InsertValueInst(Agg, Val, Idxs, NameStr, InsertBefore); |
2527 | } |
2528 | |
2529 | static InsertValueInst *Create(Value *Agg, Value *Val, |
2530 | ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs, |
2531 | const Twine &NameStr, |
2532 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
2533 | return new InsertValueInst(Agg, Val, Idxs, NameStr, InsertAtEnd); |
2534 | } |
2535 | |
2536 | /// Transparently provide more efficient getOperand methods. |
2537 | DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin(); inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected : template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int > inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned getNumOperands() const; |
2538 | |
2539 | using idx_iterator = const unsigned*; |
2540 | |
2541 | inline idx_iterator idx_begin() const { return Indices.begin(); } |
2542 | inline idx_iterator idx_end() const { return Indices.end(); } |
2543 | inline iterator_range<idx_iterator> indices() const { |
2544 | return make_range(idx_begin(), idx_end()); |
2545 | } |
2546 | |
2547 | Value *getAggregateOperand() { |
2548 | return getOperand(0); |
2549 | } |
2550 | const Value *getAggregateOperand() const { |
2551 | return getOperand(0); |
2552 | } |
2553 | static unsigned getAggregateOperandIndex() { |
2554 | return 0U; // get index for modifying correct operand |
2555 | } |
2556 | |
2557 | Value *getInsertedValueOperand() { |
2558 | return getOperand(1); |
2559 | } |
2560 | const Value *getInsertedValueOperand() const { |
2561 | return getOperand(1); |
2562 | } |
2563 | static unsigned getInsertedValueOperandIndex() { |
2564 | return 1U; // get index for modifying correct operand |
2565 | } |
2566 | |
2567 | ArrayRef<unsigned> getIndices() const { |
2568 | return Indices; |
2569 | } |
2570 | |
2571 | unsigned getNumIndices() const { |
2572 | return (unsigned)Indices.size(); |
2573 | } |
2574 | |
2575 | bool hasIndices() const { |
2576 | return true; |
2577 | } |
2578 | |
2579 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
2580 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
2581 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::InsertValue; |
2582 | } |
2583 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
2584 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
2585 | } |
2586 | }; |
2587 | |
2588 | template <> |
2589 | struct OperandTraits<InsertValueInst> : |
2590 | public FixedNumOperandTraits<InsertValueInst, 2> { |
2591 | }; |
2592 | |
2593 | InsertValueInst::InsertValueInst(Value *Agg, |
2594 | Value *Val, |
2595 | ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs, |
2596 | const Twine &NameStr, |
2597 | Instruction *InsertBefore) |
2598 | : Instruction(Agg->getType(), InsertValue, |
2599 | OperandTraits<InsertValueInst>::op_begin(this), |
2600 | 2, InsertBefore) { |
2601 | init(Agg, Val, Idxs, NameStr); |
2602 | } |
2603 | |
2604 | InsertValueInst::InsertValueInst(Value *Agg, |
2605 | Value *Val, |
2606 | ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs, |
2607 | const Twine &NameStr, |
2608 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) |
2609 | : Instruction(Agg->getType(), InsertValue, |
2610 | OperandTraits<InsertValueInst>::op_begin(this), |
2611 | 2, InsertAtEnd) { |
2612 | init(Agg, Val, Idxs, NameStr); |
2613 | } |
2614 | |
2615 | DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(InsertValueInst, Value)InsertValueInst::op_iterator InsertValueInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits<InsertValueInst>::op_begin(this); } InsertValueInst ::const_op_iterator InsertValueInst::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<InsertValueInst>::op_begin(const_cast< InsertValueInst*>(this)); } InsertValueInst::op_iterator InsertValueInst ::op_end() { return OperandTraits<InsertValueInst>::op_end (this); } InsertValueInst::const_op_iterator InsertValueInst:: op_end() const { return OperandTraits<InsertValueInst>:: op_end(const_cast<InsertValueInst*>(this)); } Value *InsertValueInst ::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { (static_cast <bool > (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<InsertValueInst>:: operands(this) && "getOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<InsertValueInst>::operands(this) && \"getOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2615, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); return cast_or_null <Value>( OperandTraits<InsertValueInst>::op_begin (const_cast<InsertValueInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get() ); } void InsertValueInst::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<InsertValueInst>::operands(this) && "setOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<InsertValueInst>::operands(this) && \"setOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2615, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); OperandTraits< InsertValueInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture ; } unsigned InsertValueInst::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits<InsertValueInst>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> Use &InsertValueInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use &InsertValueInst::Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } |
2616 | |
2617 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
2618 | // PHINode Class |
2619 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
2620 | |
2621 | // PHINode - The PHINode class is used to represent the magical mystical PHI |
2622 | // node, that can not exist in nature, but can be synthesized in a computer |
2623 | // scientist's overactive imagination. |
2624 | // |
2625 | class PHINode : public Instruction { |
2626 | /// The number of operands actually allocated. NumOperands is |
2627 | /// the number actually in use. |
2628 | unsigned ReservedSpace; |
2629 | |
2630 | PHINode(const PHINode &PN); |
2631 | |
2632 | explicit PHINode(Type *Ty, unsigned NumReservedValues, |
2633 | const Twine &NameStr = "", |
2634 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) |
2635 | : Instruction(Ty, Instruction::PHI, nullptr, 0, InsertBefore), |
2636 | ReservedSpace(NumReservedValues) { |
2637 | assert(!Ty->isTokenTy() && "PHI nodes cannot have token type!")(static_cast <bool> (!Ty->isTokenTy() && "PHI nodes cannot have token type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Ty->isTokenTy() && \"PHI nodes cannot have token type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2637, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2638 | setName(NameStr); |
2639 | allocHungoffUses(ReservedSpace); |
2640 | } |
2641 | |
2642 | PHINode(Type *Ty, unsigned NumReservedValues, const Twine &NameStr, |
2643 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) |
2644 | : Instruction(Ty, Instruction::PHI, nullptr, 0, InsertAtEnd), |
2645 | ReservedSpace(NumReservedValues) { |
2646 | assert(!Ty->isTokenTy() && "PHI nodes cannot have token type!")(static_cast <bool> (!Ty->isTokenTy() && "PHI nodes cannot have token type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Ty->isTokenTy() && \"PHI nodes cannot have token type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2646, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2647 | setName(NameStr); |
2648 | allocHungoffUses(ReservedSpace); |
2649 | } |
2650 | |
2651 | protected: |
2652 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
2653 | friend class Instruction; |
2654 | |
2655 | PHINode *cloneImpl() const; |
2656 | |
2657 | // allocHungoffUses - this is more complicated than the generic |
2658 | // User::allocHungoffUses, because we have to allocate Uses for the incoming |
2659 | // values and pointers to the incoming blocks, all in one allocation. |
2660 | void allocHungoffUses(unsigned N) { |
2661 | User::allocHungoffUses(N, /* IsPhi */ true); |
2662 | } |
2663 | |
2664 | public: |
2665 | /// Constructors - NumReservedValues is a hint for the number of incoming |
2666 | /// edges that this phi node will have (use 0 if you really have no idea). |
2667 | static PHINode *Create(Type *Ty, unsigned NumReservedValues, |
2668 | const Twine &NameStr = "", |
2669 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
2670 | return new PHINode(Ty, NumReservedValues, NameStr, InsertBefore); |
2671 | } |
2672 | |
2673 | static PHINode *Create(Type *Ty, unsigned NumReservedValues, |
2674 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
2675 | return new PHINode(Ty, NumReservedValues, NameStr, InsertAtEnd); |
2676 | } |
2677 | |
2678 | /// Provide fast operand accessors |
2679 | DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin(); inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected : template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int > inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned getNumOperands() const; |
2680 | |
2681 | // Block iterator interface. This provides access to the list of incoming |
2682 | // basic blocks, which parallels the list of incoming values. |
2683 | |
2684 | using block_iterator = BasicBlock **; |
2685 | using const_block_iterator = BasicBlock * const *; |
2686 | |
2687 | block_iterator block_begin() { |
2688 | return reinterpret_cast<block_iterator>(op_begin() + ReservedSpace); |
2689 | } |
2690 | |
2691 | const_block_iterator block_begin() const { |
2692 | return reinterpret_cast<const_block_iterator>(op_begin() + ReservedSpace); |
2693 | } |
2694 | |
2695 | block_iterator block_end() { |
2696 | return block_begin() + getNumOperands(); |
2697 | } |
2698 | |
2699 | const_block_iterator block_end() const { |
2700 | return block_begin() + getNumOperands(); |
2701 | } |
2702 | |
2703 | iterator_range<block_iterator> blocks() { |
2704 | return make_range(block_begin(), block_end()); |
2705 | } |
2706 | |
2707 | iterator_range<const_block_iterator> blocks() const { |
2708 | return make_range(block_begin(), block_end()); |
2709 | } |
2710 | |
2711 | op_range incoming_values() { return operands(); } |
2712 | |
2713 | const_op_range incoming_values() const { return operands(); } |
2714 | |
2715 | /// Return the number of incoming edges |
2716 | /// |
2717 | unsigned getNumIncomingValues() const { return getNumOperands(); } |
2718 | |
2719 | /// Return incoming value number x |
2720 | /// |
2721 | Value *getIncomingValue(unsigned i) const { |
2722 | return getOperand(i); |
2723 | } |
2724 | void setIncomingValue(unsigned i, Value *V) { |
2725 | assert(V && "PHI node got a null value!")(static_cast <bool> (V && "PHI node got a null value!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("V && \"PHI node got a null value!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2725, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2726 | assert(getType() == V->getType() &&(static_cast <bool> (getType() == V->getType() && "All operands to PHI node must be the same type as the PHI node!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getType() == V->getType() && \"All operands to PHI node must be the same type as the PHI node!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2727, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
2727 | "All operands to PHI node must be the same type as the PHI node!")(static_cast <bool> (getType() == V->getType() && "All operands to PHI node must be the same type as the PHI node!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getType() == V->getType() && \"All operands to PHI node must be the same type as the PHI node!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2727, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2728 | setOperand(i, V); |
2729 | } |
2730 | |
2731 | static unsigned getOperandNumForIncomingValue(unsigned i) { |
2732 | return i; |
2733 | } |
2734 | |
2735 | static unsigned getIncomingValueNumForOperand(unsigned i) { |
2736 | return i; |
2737 | } |
2738 | |
2739 | /// Return incoming basic block number @p i. |
2740 | /// |
2741 | BasicBlock *getIncomingBlock(unsigned i) const { |
2742 | return block_begin()[i]; |
2743 | } |
2744 | |
2745 | /// Return incoming basic block corresponding |
2746 | /// to an operand of the PHI. |
2747 | /// |
2748 | BasicBlock *getIncomingBlock(const Use &U) const { |
2749 | assert(this == U.getUser() && "Iterator doesn't point to PHI's Uses?")(static_cast <bool> (this == U.getUser() && "Iterator doesn't point to PHI's Uses?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("this == U.getUser() && \"Iterator doesn't point to PHI's Uses?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2749, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2750 | return getIncomingBlock(unsigned(&U - op_begin())); |
2751 | } |
2752 | |
2753 | /// Return incoming basic block corresponding |
2754 | /// to value use iterator. |
2755 | /// |
2756 | BasicBlock *getIncomingBlock(Value::const_user_iterator I) const { |
2757 | return getIncomingBlock(I.getUse()); |
2758 | } |
2759 | |
2760 | void setIncomingBlock(unsigned i, BasicBlock *BB) { |
2761 | assert(BB && "PHI node got a null basic block!")(static_cast <bool> (BB && "PHI node got a null basic block!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BB && \"PHI node got a null basic block!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2761, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2762 | block_begin()[i] = BB; |
2763 | } |
2764 | |
2765 | /// Replace every incoming basic block \p Old to basic block \p New. |
2766 | void replaceIncomingBlockWith(const BasicBlock *Old, BasicBlock *New) { |
2767 | assert(New && Old && "PHI node got a null basic block!")(static_cast <bool> (New && Old && "PHI node got a null basic block!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("New && Old && \"PHI node got a null basic block!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2767, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2768 | for (unsigned Op = 0, NumOps = getNumOperands(); Op != NumOps; ++Op) |
2769 | if (getIncomingBlock(Op) == Old) |
2770 | setIncomingBlock(Op, New); |
2771 | } |
2772 | |
2773 | /// Add an incoming value to the end of the PHI list |
2774 | /// |
2775 | void addIncoming(Value *V, BasicBlock *BB) { |
2776 | if (getNumOperands() == ReservedSpace) |
2777 | growOperands(); // Get more space! |
2778 | // Initialize some new operands. |
2779 | setNumHungOffUseOperands(getNumOperands() + 1); |
2780 | setIncomingValue(getNumOperands() - 1, V); |
2781 | setIncomingBlock(getNumOperands() - 1, BB); |
2782 | } |
2783 | |
2784 | /// Remove an incoming value. This is useful if a |
2785 | /// predecessor basic block is deleted. The value removed is returned. |
2786 | /// |
2787 | /// If the last incoming value for a PHI node is removed (and DeletePHIIfEmpty |
2788 | /// is true), the PHI node is destroyed and any uses of it are replaced with |
2789 | /// dummy values. The only time there should be zero incoming values to a PHI |
2790 | /// node is when the block is dead, so this strategy is sound. |
2791 | /// |
2792 | Value *removeIncomingValue(unsigned Idx, bool DeletePHIIfEmpty = true); |
2793 | |
2794 | Value *removeIncomingValue(const BasicBlock *BB, bool DeletePHIIfEmpty=true) { |
2795 | int Idx = getBasicBlockIndex(BB); |
2796 | assert(Idx >= 0 && "Invalid basic block argument to remove!")(static_cast <bool> (Idx >= 0 && "Invalid basic block argument to remove!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Idx >= 0 && \"Invalid basic block argument to remove!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2796, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2797 | return removeIncomingValue(Idx, DeletePHIIfEmpty); |
2798 | } |
2799 | |
2800 | /// Return the first index of the specified basic |
2801 | /// block in the value list for this PHI. Returns -1 if no instance. |
2802 | /// |
2803 | int getBasicBlockIndex(const BasicBlock *BB) const { |
2804 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) |
2805 | if (block_begin()[i] == BB) |
2806 | return i; |
2807 | return -1; |
2808 | } |
2809 | |
2810 | Value *getIncomingValueForBlock(const BasicBlock *BB) const { |
2811 | int Idx = getBasicBlockIndex(BB); |
2812 | assert(Idx >= 0 && "Invalid basic block argument!")(static_cast <bool> (Idx >= 0 && "Invalid basic block argument!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Idx >= 0 && \"Invalid basic block argument!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2812, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2813 | return getIncomingValue(Idx); |
2814 | } |
2815 | |
2816 | /// Set every incoming value(s) for block \p BB to \p V. |
2817 | void setIncomingValueForBlock(const BasicBlock *BB, Value *V) { |
2818 | assert(BB && "PHI node got a null basic block!")(static_cast <bool> (BB && "PHI node got a null basic block!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BB && \"PHI node got a null basic block!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2818, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2819 | bool Found = false; |
2820 | for (unsigned Op = 0, NumOps = getNumOperands(); Op != NumOps; ++Op) |
2821 | if (getIncomingBlock(Op) == BB) { |
2822 | Found = true; |
2823 | setIncomingValue(Op, V); |
2824 | } |
2825 | (void)Found; |
2826 | assert(Found && "Invalid basic block argument to set!")(static_cast <bool> (Found && "Invalid basic block argument to set!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Found && \"Invalid basic block argument to set!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2826, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2827 | } |
2828 | |
2829 | /// If the specified PHI node always merges together the |
2830 | /// same value, return the value, otherwise return null. |
2831 | Value *hasConstantValue() const; |
2832 | |
2833 | /// Whether the specified PHI node always merges |
2834 | /// together the same value, assuming undefs are equal to a unique |
2835 | /// non-undef value. |
2836 | bool hasConstantOrUndefValue() const; |
2837 | |
2838 | /// If the PHI node is complete which means all of its parent's predecessors |
2839 | /// have incoming value in this PHI, return true, otherwise return false. |
2840 | bool isComplete() const { |
2841 | return llvm::all_of(predecessors(getParent()), |
2842 | [this](const BasicBlock *Pred) { |
2843 | return getBasicBlockIndex(Pred) >= 0; |
2844 | }); |
2845 | } |
2846 | |
2847 | /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
2848 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
2849 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::PHI; |
2850 | } |
2851 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
2852 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
2853 | } |
2854 | |
2855 | private: |
2856 | void growOperands(); |
2857 | }; |
2858 | |
2859 | template <> |
2860 | struct OperandTraits<PHINode> : public HungoffOperandTraits<2> { |
2861 | }; |
2862 | |
2863 | DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(PHINode, Value)PHINode::op_iterator PHINode::op_begin() { return OperandTraits <PHINode>::op_begin(this); } PHINode::const_op_iterator PHINode::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<PHINode> ::op_begin(const_cast<PHINode*>(this)); } PHINode::op_iterator PHINode::op_end() { return OperandTraits<PHINode>::op_end (this); } PHINode::const_op_iterator PHINode::op_end() const { return OperandTraits<PHINode>::op_end(const_cast<PHINode *>(this)); } Value *PHINode::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture ) const { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits <PHINode>::operands(this) && "getOperand() out of range!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<PHINode>::operands(this) && \"getOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2863, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); return cast_or_null <Value>( OperandTraits<PHINode>::op_begin(const_cast <PHINode*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void PHINode:: setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<PHINode>:: operands(this) && "setOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<PHINode>::operands(this) && \"setOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2863, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); OperandTraits< PHINode>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned PHINode::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits<PHINode >::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> Use &PHINode::Op() { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture >(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use & PHINode::Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture >(this); } |
2864 | |
2865 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
2866 | // LandingPadInst Class |
2867 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
2868 | |
2869 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2870 | /// The landingpad instruction holds all of the information |
2871 | /// necessary to generate correct exception handling. The landingpad instruction |
2872 | /// cannot be moved from the top of a landing pad block, which itself is |
2873 | /// accessible only from the 'unwind' edge of an invoke. This uses the |
2874 | /// SubclassData field in Value to store whether or not the landingpad is a |
2875 | /// cleanup. |
2876 | /// |
2877 | class LandingPadInst : public Instruction { |
2878 | using CleanupField = BoolBitfieldElementT<0>; |
2879 | |
2880 | /// The number of operands actually allocated. NumOperands is |
2881 | /// the number actually in use. |
2882 | unsigned ReservedSpace; |
2883 | |
2884 | LandingPadInst(const LandingPadInst &LP); |
2885 | |
2886 | public: |
2887 | enum ClauseType { Catch, Filter }; |
2888 | |
2889 | private: |
2890 | explicit LandingPadInst(Type *RetTy, unsigned NumReservedValues, |
2891 | const Twine &NameStr, Instruction *InsertBefore); |
2892 | explicit LandingPadInst(Type *RetTy, unsigned NumReservedValues, |
2893 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
2894 | |
2895 | // Allocate space for exactly zero operands. |
2896 | void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S); } |
2897 | |
2898 | void growOperands(unsigned Size); |
2899 | void init(unsigned NumReservedValues, const Twine &NameStr); |
2900 | |
2901 | protected: |
2902 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
2903 | friend class Instruction; |
2904 | |
2905 | LandingPadInst *cloneImpl() const; |
2906 | |
2907 | public: |
2908 | void operator delete(void *Ptr) { User::operator delete(Ptr); } |
2909 | |
2910 | /// Constructors - NumReservedClauses is a hint for the number of incoming |
2911 | /// clauses that this landingpad will have (use 0 if you really have no idea). |
2912 | static LandingPadInst *Create(Type *RetTy, unsigned NumReservedClauses, |
2913 | const Twine &NameStr = "", |
2914 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
2915 | static LandingPadInst *Create(Type *RetTy, unsigned NumReservedClauses, |
2916 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
2917 | |
2918 | /// Provide fast operand accessors |
2919 | DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin(); inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected : template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int > inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned getNumOperands() const; |
2920 | |
2921 | /// Return 'true' if this landingpad instruction is a |
2922 | /// cleanup. I.e., it should be run when unwinding even if its landing pad |
2923 | /// doesn't catch the exception. |
2924 | bool isCleanup() const { return getSubclassData<CleanupField>(); } |
2925 | |
2926 | /// Indicate that this landingpad instruction is a cleanup. |
2927 | void setCleanup(bool V) { setSubclassData<CleanupField>(V); } |
2928 | |
2929 | /// Add a catch or filter clause to the landing pad. |
2930 | void addClause(Constant *ClauseVal); |
2931 | |
2932 | /// Get the value of the clause at index Idx. Use isCatch/isFilter to |
2933 | /// determine what type of clause this is. |
2934 | Constant *getClause(unsigned Idx) const { |
2935 | return cast<Constant>(getOperandList()[Idx]); |
2936 | } |
2937 | |
2938 | /// Return 'true' if the clause and index Idx is a catch clause. |
2939 | bool isCatch(unsigned Idx) const { |
2940 | return !isa<ArrayType>(getOperandList()[Idx]->getType()); |
2941 | } |
2942 | |
2943 | /// Return 'true' if the clause and index Idx is a filter clause. |
2944 | bool isFilter(unsigned Idx) const { |
2945 | return isa<ArrayType>(getOperandList()[Idx]->getType()); |
2946 | } |
2947 | |
2948 | /// Get the number of clauses for this landing pad. |
2949 | unsigned getNumClauses() const { return getNumOperands(); } |
2950 | |
2951 | /// Grow the size of the operand list to accommodate the new |
2952 | /// number of clauses. |
2953 | void reserveClauses(unsigned Size) { growOperands(Size); } |
2954 | |
2955 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
2956 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
2957 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::LandingPad; |
2958 | } |
2959 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
2960 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
2961 | } |
2962 | }; |
2963 | |
2964 | template <> |
2965 | struct OperandTraits<LandingPadInst> : public HungoffOperandTraits<1> { |
2966 | }; |
2967 | |
2968 | DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(LandingPadInst, Value)LandingPadInst::op_iterator LandingPadInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits<LandingPadInst>::op_begin(this); } LandingPadInst ::const_op_iterator LandingPadInst::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<LandingPadInst>::op_begin(const_cast< LandingPadInst*>(this)); } LandingPadInst::op_iterator LandingPadInst ::op_end() { return OperandTraits<LandingPadInst>::op_end (this); } LandingPadInst::const_op_iterator LandingPadInst::op_end () const { return OperandTraits<LandingPadInst>::op_end (const_cast<LandingPadInst*>(this)); } Value *LandingPadInst ::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { (static_cast <bool > (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<LandingPadInst>::operands (this) && "getOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<LandingPadInst>::operands(this) && \"getOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2968, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); return cast_or_null <Value>( OperandTraits<LandingPadInst>::op_begin( const_cast<LandingPadInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void LandingPadInst::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<LandingPadInst>::operands(this) && "setOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<LandingPadInst>::operands(this) && \"setOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 2968, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); OperandTraits< LandingPadInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture ; } unsigned LandingPadInst::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits <LandingPadInst>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture > Use &LandingPadInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom< Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use &LandingPadInst::Op() const { return this-> OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } |
2969 | |
2970 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
2971 | // ReturnInst Class |
2972 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
2973 | |
2974 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2975 | /// Return a value (possibly void), from a function. Execution |
2976 | /// does not continue in this function any longer. |
2977 | /// |
2978 | class ReturnInst : public Instruction { |
2979 | ReturnInst(const ReturnInst &RI); |
2980 | |
2981 | private: |
2982 | // ReturnInst constructors: |
2983 | // ReturnInst() - 'ret void' instruction |
2984 | // ReturnInst( null) - 'ret void' instruction |
2985 | // ReturnInst(Value* X) - 'ret X' instruction |
2986 | // ReturnInst( null, Inst *I) - 'ret void' instruction, insert before I |
2987 | // ReturnInst(Value* X, Inst *I) - 'ret X' instruction, insert before I |
2988 | // ReturnInst( null, BB *B) - 'ret void' instruction, insert @ end of B |
2989 | // ReturnInst(Value* X, BB *B) - 'ret X' instruction, insert @ end of B |
2990 | // |
2991 | // NOTE: If the Value* passed is of type void then the constructor behaves as |
2992 | // if it was passed NULL. |
2993 | explicit ReturnInst(LLVMContext &C, Value *retVal = nullptr, |
2994 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
2995 | ReturnInst(LLVMContext &C, Value *retVal, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
2996 | explicit ReturnInst(LLVMContext &C, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
2997 | |
2998 | protected: |
2999 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
3000 | friend class Instruction; |
3001 | |
3002 | ReturnInst *cloneImpl() const; |
3003 | |
3004 | public: |
3005 | static ReturnInst* Create(LLVMContext &C, Value *retVal = nullptr, |
3006 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
3007 | return new(!!retVal) ReturnInst(C, retVal, InsertBefore); |
3008 | } |
3009 | |
3010 | static ReturnInst* Create(LLVMContext &C, Value *retVal, |
3011 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
3012 | return new(!!retVal) ReturnInst(C, retVal, InsertAtEnd); |
3013 | } |
3014 | |
3015 | static ReturnInst* Create(LLVMContext &C, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
3016 | return new(0) ReturnInst(C, InsertAtEnd); |
3017 | } |
3018 | |
3019 | /// Provide fast operand accessors |
3020 | DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin(); inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected : template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int > inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned getNumOperands() const; |
3021 | |
3022 | /// Convenience accessor. Returns null if there is no return value. |
3023 | Value *getReturnValue() const { |
3024 | return getNumOperands() != 0 ? getOperand(0) : nullptr; |
3025 | } |
3026 | |
3027 | unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return 0; } |
3028 | |
3029 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
3030 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
3031 | return (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Ret); |
3032 | } |
3033 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
3034 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
3035 | } |
3036 | |
3037 | private: |
3038 | BasicBlock *getSuccessor(unsigned idx) const { |
3039 | llvm_unreachable("ReturnInst has no successors!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("ReturnInst has no successors!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3039); |
3040 | } |
3041 | |
3042 | void setSuccessor(unsigned idx, BasicBlock *B) { |
3043 | llvm_unreachable("ReturnInst has no successors!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("ReturnInst has no successors!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3043); |
3044 | } |
3045 | }; |
3046 | |
3047 | template <> |
3048 | struct OperandTraits<ReturnInst> : public VariadicOperandTraits<ReturnInst> { |
3049 | }; |
3050 | |
3051 | DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(ReturnInst, Value)ReturnInst::op_iterator ReturnInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits <ReturnInst>::op_begin(this); } ReturnInst::const_op_iterator ReturnInst::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<ReturnInst >::op_begin(const_cast<ReturnInst*>(this)); } ReturnInst ::op_iterator ReturnInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits< ReturnInst>::op_end(this); } ReturnInst::const_op_iterator ReturnInst::op_end() const { return OperandTraits<ReturnInst >::op_end(const_cast<ReturnInst*>(this)); } Value *ReturnInst ::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { (static_cast <bool > (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<ReturnInst>::operands (this) && "getOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<ReturnInst>::operands(this) && \"getOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3051, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); return cast_or_null <Value>( OperandTraits<ReturnInst>::op_begin(const_cast <ReturnInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void ReturnInst ::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<ReturnInst> ::operands(this) && "setOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<ReturnInst>::operands(this) && \"setOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3051, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); OperandTraits< ReturnInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned ReturnInst::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits <ReturnInst>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture > Use &ReturnInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture >(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use & ReturnInst::Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture >(this); } |
3052 | |
3053 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
3054 | // BranchInst Class |
3055 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
3056 | |
3057 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3058 | /// Conditional or Unconditional Branch instruction. |
3059 | /// |
3060 | class BranchInst : public Instruction { |
3061 | /// Ops list - Branches are strange. The operands are ordered: |
3062 | /// [Cond, FalseDest,] TrueDest. This makes some accessors faster because |
3063 | /// they don't have to check for cond/uncond branchness. These are mostly |
3064 | /// accessed relative from op_end(). |
3065 | BranchInst(const BranchInst &BI); |
3066 | // BranchInst constructors (where {B, T, F} are blocks, and C is a condition): |
3067 | // BranchInst(BB *B) - 'br B' |
3068 | // BranchInst(BB* T, BB *F, Value *C) - 'br C, T, F' |
3069 | // BranchInst(BB* B, Inst *I) - 'br B' insert before I |
3070 | // BranchInst(BB* T, BB *F, Value *C, Inst *I) - 'br C, T, F', insert before I |
3071 | // BranchInst(BB* B, BB *I) - 'br B' insert at end |
3072 | // BranchInst(BB* T, BB *F, Value *C, BB *I) - 'br C, T, F', insert at end |
3073 | explicit BranchInst(BasicBlock *IfTrue, Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
3074 | BranchInst(BasicBlock *IfTrue, BasicBlock *IfFalse, Value *Cond, |
3075 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
3076 | BranchInst(BasicBlock *IfTrue, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
3077 | BranchInst(BasicBlock *IfTrue, BasicBlock *IfFalse, Value *Cond, |
3078 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
3079 | |
3080 | void AssertOK(); |
3081 | |
3082 | protected: |
3083 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
3084 | friend class Instruction; |
3085 | |
3086 | BranchInst *cloneImpl() const; |
3087 | |
3088 | public: |
3089 | /// Iterator type that casts an operand to a basic block. |
3090 | /// |
3091 | /// This only makes sense because the successors are stored as adjacent |
3092 | /// operands for branch instructions. |
3093 | struct succ_op_iterator |
3094 | : iterator_adaptor_base<succ_op_iterator, value_op_iterator, |
3095 | std::random_access_iterator_tag, BasicBlock *, |
3096 | ptrdiff_t, BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *> { |
3097 | explicit succ_op_iterator(value_op_iterator I) : iterator_adaptor_base(I) {} |
3098 | |
3099 | BasicBlock *operator*() const { return cast<BasicBlock>(*I); } |
3100 | BasicBlock *operator->() const { return operator*(); } |
3101 | }; |
3102 | |
3103 | /// The const version of `succ_op_iterator`. |
3104 | struct const_succ_op_iterator |
3105 | : iterator_adaptor_base<const_succ_op_iterator, const_value_op_iterator, |
3106 | std::random_access_iterator_tag, |
3107 | const BasicBlock *, ptrdiff_t, const BasicBlock *, |
3108 | const BasicBlock *> { |
3109 | explicit const_succ_op_iterator(const_value_op_iterator I) |
3110 | : iterator_adaptor_base(I) {} |
3111 | |
3112 | const BasicBlock *operator*() const { return cast<BasicBlock>(*I); } |
3113 | const BasicBlock *operator->() const { return operator*(); } |
3114 | }; |
3115 | |
3116 | static BranchInst *Create(BasicBlock *IfTrue, |
3117 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
3118 | return new(1) BranchInst(IfTrue, InsertBefore); |
3119 | } |
3120 | |
3121 | static BranchInst *Create(BasicBlock *IfTrue, BasicBlock *IfFalse, |
3122 | Value *Cond, Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
3123 | return new(3) BranchInst(IfTrue, IfFalse, Cond, InsertBefore); |
3124 | } |
3125 | |
3126 | static BranchInst *Create(BasicBlock *IfTrue, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
3127 | return new(1) BranchInst(IfTrue, InsertAtEnd); |
3128 | } |
3129 | |
3130 | static BranchInst *Create(BasicBlock *IfTrue, BasicBlock *IfFalse, |
3131 | Value *Cond, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
3132 | return new(3) BranchInst(IfTrue, IfFalse, Cond, InsertAtEnd); |
3133 | } |
3134 | |
3135 | /// Transparently provide more efficient getOperand methods. |
3136 | DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin(); inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected : template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int > inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned getNumOperands() const; |
3137 | |
3138 | bool isUnconditional() const { return getNumOperands() == 1; } |
3139 | bool isConditional() const { return getNumOperands() == 3; } |
3140 | |
3141 | Value *getCondition() const { |
3142 | assert(isConditional() && "Cannot get condition of an uncond branch!")(static_cast <bool> (isConditional() && "Cannot get condition of an uncond branch!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isConditional() && \"Cannot get condition of an uncond branch!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3142, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3143 | return Op<-3>(); |
3144 | } |
3145 | |
3146 | void setCondition(Value *V) { |
3147 | assert(isConditional() && "Cannot set condition of unconditional branch!")(static_cast <bool> (isConditional() && "Cannot set condition of unconditional branch!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isConditional() && \"Cannot set condition of unconditional branch!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3147, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3148 | Op<-3>() = V; |
3149 | } |
3150 | |
3151 | unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return 1+isConditional(); } |
3152 | |
3153 | BasicBlock *getSuccessor(unsigned i) const { |
3154 | assert(i < getNumSuccessors() && "Successor # out of range for Branch!")(static_cast <bool> (i < getNumSuccessors() && "Successor # out of range for Branch!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumSuccessors() && \"Successor # out of range for Branch!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3154, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3155 | return cast_or_null<BasicBlock>((&Op<-1>() - i)->get()); |
3156 | } |
3157 | |
3158 | void setSuccessor(unsigned idx, BasicBlock *NewSucc) { |
3159 | assert(idx < getNumSuccessors() && "Successor # out of range for Branch!")(static_cast <bool> (idx < getNumSuccessors() && "Successor # out of range for Branch!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("idx < getNumSuccessors() && \"Successor # out of range for Branch!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3159, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3160 | *(&Op<-1>() - idx) = NewSucc; |
3161 | } |
3162 | |
3163 | /// Swap the successors of this branch instruction. |
3164 | /// |
3165 | /// Swaps the successors of the branch instruction. This also swaps any |
3166 | /// branch weight metadata associated with the instruction so that it |
3167 | /// continues to map correctly to each operand. |
3168 | void swapSuccessors(); |
3169 | |
3170 | iterator_range<succ_op_iterator> successors() { |
3171 | return make_range( |
3172 | succ_op_iterator(std::next(value_op_begin(), isConditional() ? 1 : 0)), |
3173 | succ_op_iterator(value_op_end())); |
3174 | } |
3175 | |
3176 | iterator_range<const_succ_op_iterator> successors() const { |
3177 | return make_range(const_succ_op_iterator( |
3178 | std::next(value_op_begin(), isConditional() ? 1 : 0)), |
3179 | const_succ_op_iterator(value_op_end())); |
3180 | } |
3181 | |
3182 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
3183 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
3184 | return (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Br); |
3185 | } |
3186 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
3187 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
3188 | } |
3189 | }; |
3190 | |
3191 | template <> |
3192 | struct OperandTraits<BranchInst> : public VariadicOperandTraits<BranchInst, 1> { |
3193 | }; |
3194 | |
3195 | DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(BranchInst, Value)BranchInst::op_iterator BranchInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits <BranchInst>::op_begin(this); } BranchInst::const_op_iterator BranchInst::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<BranchInst >::op_begin(const_cast<BranchInst*>(this)); } BranchInst ::op_iterator BranchInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits< BranchInst>::op_end(this); } BranchInst::const_op_iterator BranchInst::op_end() const { return OperandTraits<BranchInst >::op_end(const_cast<BranchInst*>(this)); } Value *BranchInst ::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { (static_cast <bool > (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<BranchInst>::operands (this) && "getOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<BranchInst>::operands(this) && \"getOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3195, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); return cast_or_null <Value>( OperandTraits<BranchInst>::op_begin(const_cast <BranchInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void BranchInst ::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<BranchInst> ::operands(this) && "setOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<BranchInst>::operands(this) && \"setOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3195, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); OperandTraits< BranchInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned BranchInst::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits <BranchInst>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture > Use &BranchInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture >(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use & BranchInst::Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture >(this); } |
3196 | |
3197 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
3198 | // SwitchInst Class |
3199 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
3200 | |
3201 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3202 | /// Multiway switch |
3203 | /// |
3204 | class SwitchInst : public Instruction { |
3205 | unsigned ReservedSpace; |
3206 | |
3207 | // Operand[0] = Value to switch on |
3208 | // Operand[1] = Default basic block destination |
3209 | // Operand[2n ] = Value to match |
3210 | // Operand[2n+1] = BasicBlock to go to on match |
3211 | SwitchInst(const SwitchInst &SI); |
3212 | |
3213 | /// Create a new switch instruction, specifying a value to switch on and a |
3214 | /// default destination. The number of additional cases can be specified here |
3215 | /// to make memory allocation more efficient. This constructor can also |
3216 | /// auto-insert before another instruction. |
3217 | SwitchInst(Value *Value, BasicBlock *Default, unsigned NumCases, |
3218 | Instruction *InsertBefore); |
3219 | |
3220 | /// Create a new switch instruction, specifying a value to switch on and a |
3221 | /// default destination. The number of additional cases can be specified here |
3222 | /// to make memory allocation more efficient. This constructor also |
3223 | /// auto-inserts at the end of the specified BasicBlock. |
3224 | SwitchInst(Value *Value, BasicBlock *Default, unsigned NumCases, |
3225 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
3226 | |
3227 | // allocate space for exactly zero operands |
3228 | void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S); } |
3229 | |
3230 | void init(Value *Value, BasicBlock *Default, unsigned NumReserved); |
3231 | void growOperands(); |
3232 | |
3233 | protected: |
3234 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
3235 | friend class Instruction; |
3236 | |
3237 | SwitchInst *cloneImpl() const; |
3238 | |
3239 | public: |
3240 | void operator delete(void *Ptr) { User::operator delete(Ptr); } |
3241 | |
3242 | // -2 |
3243 | static const unsigned DefaultPseudoIndex = static_cast<unsigned>(~0L-1); |
3244 | |
3245 | template <typename CaseHandleT> class CaseIteratorImpl; |
3246 | |
3247 | /// A handle to a particular switch case. It exposes a convenient interface |
3248 | /// to both the case value and the successor block. |
3249 | /// |
3250 | /// We define this as a template and instantiate it to form both a const and |
3251 | /// non-const handle. |
3252 | template <typename SwitchInstT, typename ConstantIntT, typename BasicBlockT> |
3253 | class CaseHandleImpl { |
3254 | // Directly befriend both const and non-const iterators. |
3255 | friend class SwitchInst::CaseIteratorImpl< |
3256 | CaseHandleImpl<SwitchInstT, ConstantIntT, BasicBlockT>>; |
3257 | |
3258 | protected: |
3259 | // Expose the switch type we're parameterized with to the iterator. |
3260 | using SwitchInstType = SwitchInstT; |
3261 | |
3262 | SwitchInstT *SI; |
3263 | ptrdiff_t Index; |
3264 | |
3265 | CaseHandleImpl() = default; |
3266 | CaseHandleImpl(SwitchInstT *SI, ptrdiff_t Index) : SI(SI), Index(Index) {} |
3267 | |
3268 | public: |
3269 | /// Resolves case value for current case. |
3270 | ConstantIntT *getCaseValue() const { |
3271 | assert((unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases() &&(static_cast <bool> ((unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases () && "Index out the number of cases.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases() && \"Index out the number of cases.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3272, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
3272 | "Index out the number of cases.")(static_cast <bool> ((unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases () && "Index out the number of cases.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases() && \"Index out the number of cases.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3272, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3273 | return reinterpret_cast<ConstantIntT *>(SI->getOperand(2 + Index * 2)); |
3274 | } |
3275 | |
3276 | /// Resolves successor for current case. |
3277 | BasicBlockT *getCaseSuccessor() const { |
3278 | assert(((unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases() ||(static_cast <bool> (((unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases () || (unsigned)Index == DefaultPseudoIndex) && "Index out the number of cases." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("((unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases() || (unsigned)Index == DefaultPseudoIndex) && \"Index out the number of cases.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3280, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
3279 | (unsigned)Index == DefaultPseudoIndex) &&(static_cast <bool> (((unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases () || (unsigned)Index == DefaultPseudoIndex) && "Index out the number of cases." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("((unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases() || (unsigned)Index == DefaultPseudoIndex) && \"Index out the number of cases.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3280, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
3280 | "Index out the number of cases.")(static_cast <bool> (((unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases () || (unsigned)Index == DefaultPseudoIndex) && "Index out the number of cases." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("((unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases() || (unsigned)Index == DefaultPseudoIndex) && \"Index out the number of cases.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3280, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3281 | return SI->getSuccessor(getSuccessorIndex()); |
3282 | } |
3283 | |
3284 | /// Returns number of current case. |
3285 | unsigned getCaseIndex() const { return Index; } |
3286 | |
3287 | /// Returns successor index for current case successor. |
3288 | unsigned getSuccessorIndex() const { |
3289 | assert(((unsigned)Index == DefaultPseudoIndex ||(static_cast <bool> (((unsigned)Index == DefaultPseudoIndex || (unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases()) && "Index out the number of cases." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("((unsigned)Index == DefaultPseudoIndex || (unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases()) && \"Index out the number of cases.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3291, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
3290 | (unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases()) &&(static_cast <bool> (((unsigned)Index == DefaultPseudoIndex || (unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases()) && "Index out the number of cases." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("((unsigned)Index == DefaultPseudoIndex || (unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases()) && \"Index out the number of cases.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3291, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
3291 | "Index out the number of cases.")(static_cast <bool> (((unsigned)Index == DefaultPseudoIndex || (unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases()) && "Index out the number of cases." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("((unsigned)Index == DefaultPseudoIndex || (unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases()) && \"Index out the number of cases.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3291, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3292 | return (unsigned)Index != DefaultPseudoIndex ? Index + 1 : 0; |
3293 | } |
3294 | |
3295 | bool operator==(const CaseHandleImpl &RHS) const { |
3296 | assert(SI == RHS.SI && "Incompatible operators.")(static_cast <bool> (SI == RHS.SI && "Incompatible operators." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("SI == RHS.SI && \"Incompatible operators.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3296, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3297 | return Index == RHS.Index; |
3298 | } |
3299 | }; |
3300 | |
3301 | using ConstCaseHandle = |
3302 | CaseHandleImpl<const SwitchInst, const ConstantInt, const BasicBlock>; |
3303 | |
3304 | class CaseHandle |
3305 | : public CaseHandleImpl<SwitchInst, ConstantInt, BasicBlock> { |
3306 | friend class SwitchInst::CaseIteratorImpl<CaseHandle>; |
3307 | |
3308 | public: |
3309 | CaseHandle(SwitchInst *SI, ptrdiff_t Index) : CaseHandleImpl(SI, Index) {} |
3310 | |
3311 | /// Sets the new value for current case. |
3312 | void setValue(ConstantInt *V) { |
3313 | assert((unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases() &&(static_cast <bool> ((unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases () && "Index out the number of cases.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases() && \"Index out the number of cases.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3314, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
3314 | "Index out the number of cases.")(static_cast <bool> ((unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases () && "Index out the number of cases.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(unsigned)Index < SI->getNumCases() && \"Index out the number of cases.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3314, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3315 | SI->setOperand(2 + Index*2, reinterpret_cast<Value*>(V)); |
3316 | } |
3317 | |
3318 | /// Sets the new successor for current case. |
3319 | void setSuccessor(BasicBlock *S) { |
3320 | SI->setSuccessor(getSuccessorIndex(), S); |
3321 | } |
3322 | }; |
3323 | |
3324 | template <typename CaseHandleT> |
3325 | class CaseIteratorImpl |
3326 | : public iterator_facade_base<CaseIteratorImpl<CaseHandleT>, |
3327 | std::random_access_iterator_tag, |
3328 | CaseHandleT> { |
3329 | using SwitchInstT = typename CaseHandleT::SwitchInstType; |
3330 | |
3331 | CaseHandleT Case; |
3332 | |
3333 | public: |
3334 | /// Default constructed iterator is in an invalid state until assigned to |
3335 | /// a case for a particular switch. |
3336 | CaseIteratorImpl() = default; |
3337 | |
3338 | /// Initializes case iterator for given SwitchInst and for given |
3339 | /// case number. |
3340 | CaseIteratorImpl(SwitchInstT *SI, unsigned CaseNum) : Case(SI, CaseNum) {} |
3341 | |
3342 | /// Initializes case iterator for given SwitchInst and for given |
3343 | /// successor index. |
3344 | static CaseIteratorImpl fromSuccessorIndex(SwitchInstT *SI, |
3345 | unsigned SuccessorIndex) { |
3346 | assert(SuccessorIndex < SI->getNumSuccessors() &&(static_cast <bool> (SuccessorIndex < SI->getNumSuccessors () && "Successor index # out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("SuccessorIndex < SI->getNumSuccessors() && \"Successor index # out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3347, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
3347 | "Successor index # out of range!")(static_cast <bool> (SuccessorIndex < SI->getNumSuccessors () && "Successor index # out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("SuccessorIndex < SI->getNumSuccessors() && \"Successor index # out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3347, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3348 | return SuccessorIndex != 0 ? CaseIteratorImpl(SI, SuccessorIndex - 1) |
3349 | : CaseIteratorImpl(SI, DefaultPseudoIndex); |
3350 | } |
3351 | |
3352 | /// Support converting to the const variant. This will be a no-op for const |
3353 | /// variant. |
3354 | operator CaseIteratorImpl<ConstCaseHandle>() const { |
3355 | return CaseIteratorImpl<ConstCaseHandle>(Case.SI, Case.Index); |
3356 | } |
3357 | |
3358 | CaseIteratorImpl &operator+=(ptrdiff_t N) { |
3359 | // Check index correctness after addition. |
3360 | // Note: Index == getNumCases() means end(). |
3361 | assert(Case.Index + N >= 0 &&(static_cast <bool> (Case.Index + N >= 0 && ( unsigned)(Case.Index + N) <= Case.SI->getNumCases() && "Case.Index out the number of cases.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Case.Index + N >= 0 && (unsigned)(Case.Index + N) <= Case.SI->getNumCases() && \"Case.Index out the number of cases.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3363, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
3362 | (unsigned)(Case.Index + N) <= Case.SI->getNumCases() &&(static_cast <bool> (Case.Index + N >= 0 && ( unsigned)(Case.Index + N) <= Case.SI->getNumCases() && "Case.Index out the number of cases.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Case.Index + N >= 0 && (unsigned)(Case.Index + N) <= Case.SI->getNumCases() && \"Case.Index out the number of cases.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3363, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
3363 | "Case.Index out the number of cases.")(static_cast <bool> (Case.Index + N >= 0 && ( unsigned)(Case.Index + N) <= Case.SI->getNumCases() && "Case.Index out the number of cases.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Case.Index + N >= 0 && (unsigned)(Case.Index + N) <= Case.SI->getNumCases() && \"Case.Index out the number of cases.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3363, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3364 | Case.Index += N; |
3365 | return *this; |
3366 | } |
3367 | CaseIteratorImpl &operator-=(ptrdiff_t N) { |
3368 | // Check index correctness after subtraction. |
3369 | // Note: Case.Index == getNumCases() means end(). |
3370 | assert(Case.Index - N >= 0 &&(static_cast <bool> (Case.Index - N >= 0 && ( unsigned)(Case.Index - N) <= Case.SI->getNumCases() && "Case.Index out the number of cases.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Case.Index - N >= 0 && (unsigned)(Case.Index - N) <= Case.SI->getNumCases() && \"Case.Index out the number of cases.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3372, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
3371 | (unsigned)(Case.Index - N) <= Case.SI->getNumCases() &&(static_cast <bool> (Case.Index - N >= 0 && ( unsigned)(Case.Index - N) <= Case.SI->getNumCases() && "Case.Index out the number of cases.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Case.Index - N >= 0 && (unsigned)(Case.Index - N) <= Case.SI->getNumCases() && \"Case.Index out the number of cases.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3372, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
3372 | "Case.Index out the number of cases.")(static_cast <bool> (Case.Index - N >= 0 && ( unsigned)(Case.Index - N) <= Case.SI->getNumCases() && "Case.Index out the number of cases.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Case.Index - N >= 0 && (unsigned)(Case.Index - N) <= Case.SI->getNumCases() && \"Case.Index out the number of cases.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3372, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3373 | Case.Index -= N; |
3374 | return *this; |
3375 | } |
3376 | ptrdiff_t operator-(const CaseIteratorImpl &RHS) const { |
3377 | assert(Case.SI == RHS.Case.SI && "Incompatible operators.")(static_cast <bool> (Case.SI == RHS.Case.SI && "Incompatible operators." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Case.SI == RHS.Case.SI && \"Incompatible operators.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3377, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3378 | return Case.Index - RHS.Case.Index; |
3379 | } |
3380 | bool operator==(const CaseIteratorImpl &RHS) const { |
3381 | return Case == RHS.Case; |
3382 | } |
3383 | bool operator<(const CaseIteratorImpl &RHS) const { |
3384 | assert(Case.SI == RHS.Case.SI && "Incompatible operators.")(static_cast <bool> (Case.SI == RHS.Case.SI && "Incompatible operators." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Case.SI == RHS.Case.SI && \"Incompatible operators.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3384, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3385 | return Case.Index < RHS.Case.Index; |
3386 | } |
3387 | CaseHandleT &operator*() { return Case; } |
3388 | const CaseHandleT &operator*() const { return Case; } |
3389 | }; |
3390 | |
3391 | using CaseIt = CaseIteratorImpl<CaseHandle>; |
3392 | using ConstCaseIt = CaseIteratorImpl<ConstCaseHandle>; |
3393 | |
3394 | static SwitchInst *Create(Value *Value, BasicBlock *Default, |
3395 | unsigned NumCases, |
3396 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
3397 | return new SwitchInst(Value, Default, NumCases, InsertBefore); |
3398 | } |
3399 | |
3400 | static SwitchInst *Create(Value *Value, BasicBlock *Default, |
3401 | unsigned NumCases, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
3402 | return new SwitchInst(Value, Default, NumCases, InsertAtEnd); |
3403 | } |
3404 | |
3405 | /// Provide fast operand accessors |
3406 | DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin(); inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected : template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int > inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned getNumOperands() const; |
3407 | |
3408 | // Accessor Methods for Switch stmt |
3409 | Value *getCondition() const { return getOperand(0); } |
3410 | void setCondition(Value *V) { setOperand(0, V); } |
3411 | |
3412 | BasicBlock *getDefaultDest() const { |
3413 | return cast<BasicBlock>(getOperand(1)); |
3414 | } |
3415 | |
3416 | void setDefaultDest(BasicBlock *DefaultCase) { |
3417 | setOperand(1, reinterpret_cast<Value*>(DefaultCase)); |
3418 | } |
3419 | |
3420 | /// Return the number of 'cases' in this switch instruction, excluding the |
3421 | /// default case. |
3422 | unsigned getNumCases() const { |
3423 | return getNumOperands()/2 - 1; |
3424 | } |
3425 | |
3426 | /// Returns a read/write iterator that points to the first case in the |
3427 | /// SwitchInst. |
3428 | CaseIt case_begin() { |
3429 | return CaseIt(this, 0); |
3430 | } |
3431 | |
3432 | /// Returns a read-only iterator that points to the first case in the |
3433 | /// SwitchInst. |
3434 | ConstCaseIt case_begin() const { |
3435 | return ConstCaseIt(this, 0); |
3436 | } |
3437 | |
3438 | /// Returns a read/write iterator that points one past the last in the |
3439 | /// SwitchInst. |
3440 | CaseIt case_end() { |
3441 | return CaseIt(this, getNumCases()); |
3442 | } |
3443 | |
3444 | /// Returns a read-only iterator that points one past the last in the |
3445 | /// SwitchInst. |
3446 | ConstCaseIt case_end() const { |
3447 | return ConstCaseIt(this, getNumCases()); |
3448 | } |
3449 | |
3450 | /// Iteration adapter for range-for loops. |
3451 | iterator_range<CaseIt> cases() { |
3452 | return make_range(case_begin(), case_end()); |
3453 | } |
3454 | |
3455 | /// Constant iteration adapter for range-for loops. |
3456 | iterator_range<ConstCaseIt> cases() const { |
3457 | return make_range(case_begin(), case_end()); |
3458 | } |
3459 | |
3460 | /// Returns an iterator that points to the default case. |
3461 | /// Note: this iterator allows to resolve successor only. Attempt |
3462 | /// to resolve case value causes an assertion. |
3463 | /// Also note, that increment and decrement also causes an assertion and |
3464 | /// makes iterator invalid. |
3465 | CaseIt case_default() { |
3466 | return CaseIt(this, DefaultPseudoIndex); |
3467 | } |
3468 | ConstCaseIt case_default() const { |
3469 | return ConstCaseIt(this, DefaultPseudoIndex); |
3470 | } |
3471 | |
3472 | /// Search all of the case values for the specified constant. If it is |
3473 | /// explicitly handled, return the case iterator of it, otherwise return |
3474 | /// default case iterator to indicate that it is handled by the default |
3475 | /// handler. |
3476 | CaseIt findCaseValue(const ConstantInt *C) { |
3477 | CaseIt I = llvm::find_if( |
3478 | cases(), [C](CaseHandle &Case) { return Case.getCaseValue() == C; }); |
3479 | if (I != case_end()) |
3480 | return I; |
3481 | |
3482 | return case_default(); |
3483 | } |
3484 | ConstCaseIt findCaseValue(const ConstantInt *C) const { |
3485 | ConstCaseIt I = llvm::find_if(cases(), [C](ConstCaseHandle &Case) { |
3486 | return Case.getCaseValue() == C; |
3487 | }); |
3488 | if (I != case_end()) |
3489 | return I; |
3490 | |
3491 | return case_default(); |
3492 | } |
3493 | |
3494 | /// Finds the unique case value for a given successor. Returns null if the |
3495 | /// successor is not found, not unique, or is the default case. |
3496 | ConstantInt *findCaseDest(BasicBlock *BB) { |
3497 | if (BB == getDefaultDest()) |
3498 | return nullptr; |
3499 | |
3500 | ConstantInt *CI = nullptr; |
3501 | for (auto Case : cases()) { |
3502 | if (Case.getCaseSuccessor() != BB) |
3503 | continue; |
3504 | |
3505 | if (CI) |
3506 | return nullptr; // Multiple cases lead to BB. |
3507 | |
3508 | CI = Case.getCaseValue(); |
3509 | } |
3510 | |
3511 | return CI; |
3512 | } |
3513 | |
3514 | /// Add an entry to the switch instruction. |
3515 | /// Note: |
3516 | /// This action invalidates case_end(). Old case_end() iterator will |
3517 | /// point to the added case. |
3518 | void addCase(ConstantInt *OnVal, BasicBlock *Dest); |
3519 | |
3520 | /// This method removes the specified case and its successor from the switch |
3521 | /// instruction. Note that this operation may reorder the remaining cases at |
3522 | /// index idx and above. |
3523 | /// Note: |
3524 | /// This action invalidates iterators for all cases following the one removed, |
3525 | /// including the case_end() iterator. It returns an iterator for the next |
3526 | /// case. |
3527 | CaseIt removeCase(CaseIt I); |
3528 | |
3529 | unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return getNumOperands()/2; } |
3530 | BasicBlock *getSuccessor(unsigned idx) const { |
3531 | assert(idx < getNumSuccessors() &&"Successor idx out of range for switch!")(static_cast <bool> (idx < getNumSuccessors() && "Successor idx out of range for switch!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("idx < getNumSuccessors() &&\"Successor idx out of range for switch!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3531, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3532 | return cast<BasicBlock>(getOperand(idx*2+1)); |
3533 | } |
3534 | void setSuccessor(unsigned idx, BasicBlock *NewSucc) { |
3535 | assert(idx < getNumSuccessors() && "Successor # out of range for switch!")(static_cast <bool> (idx < getNumSuccessors() && "Successor # out of range for switch!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("idx < getNumSuccessors() && \"Successor # out of range for switch!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3535, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3536 | setOperand(idx * 2 + 1, NewSucc); |
3537 | } |
3538 | |
3539 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
3540 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
3541 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Switch; |
3542 | } |
3543 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
3544 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
3545 | } |
3546 | }; |
3547 | |
3548 | /// A wrapper class to simplify modification of SwitchInst cases along with |
3549 | /// their prof branch_weights metadata. |
3550 | class SwitchInstProfUpdateWrapper { |
3551 | SwitchInst &SI; |
3552 | Optional<SmallVector<uint32_t, 8> > Weights = None; |
3553 | bool Changed = false; |
3554 | |
3555 | protected: |
3556 | static MDNode *getProfBranchWeightsMD(const SwitchInst &SI); |
3557 | |
3558 | MDNode *buildProfBranchWeightsMD(); |
3559 | |
3560 | void init(); |
3561 | |
3562 | public: |
3563 | using CaseWeightOpt = Optional<uint32_t>; |
3564 | SwitchInst *operator->() { return &SI; } |
3565 | SwitchInst &operator*() { return SI; } |
3566 | operator SwitchInst *() { return &SI; } |
3567 | |
3568 | SwitchInstProfUpdateWrapper(SwitchInst &SI) : SI(SI) { init(); } |
3569 | |
3570 | ~SwitchInstProfUpdateWrapper() { |
3571 | if (Changed) |
3572 | SI.setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, buildProfBranchWeightsMD()); |
3573 | } |
3574 | |
3575 | /// Delegate the call to the underlying SwitchInst::removeCase() and remove |
3576 | /// correspondent branch weight. |
3577 | SwitchInst::CaseIt removeCase(SwitchInst::CaseIt I); |
3578 | |
3579 | /// Delegate the call to the underlying SwitchInst::addCase() and set the |
3580 | /// specified branch weight for the added case. |
3581 | void addCase(ConstantInt *OnVal, BasicBlock *Dest, CaseWeightOpt W); |
3582 | |
3583 | /// Delegate the call to the underlying SwitchInst::eraseFromParent() and mark |
3584 | /// this object to not touch the underlying SwitchInst in destructor. |
3585 | SymbolTableList<Instruction>::iterator eraseFromParent(); |
3586 | |
3587 | void setSuccessorWeight(unsigned idx, CaseWeightOpt W); |
3588 | CaseWeightOpt getSuccessorWeight(unsigned idx); |
3589 | |
3590 | static CaseWeightOpt getSuccessorWeight(const SwitchInst &SI, unsigned idx); |
3591 | }; |
3592 | |
3593 | template <> |
3594 | struct OperandTraits<SwitchInst> : public HungoffOperandTraits<2> { |
3595 | }; |
3596 | |
3597 | DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(SwitchInst, Value)SwitchInst::op_iterator SwitchInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits <SwitchInst>::op_begin(this); } SwitchInst::const_op_iterator SwitchInst::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<SwitchInst >::op_begin(const_cast<SwitchInst*>(this)); } SwitchInst ::op_iterator SwitchInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits< SwitchInst>::op_end(this); } SwitchInst::const_op_iterator SwitchInst::op_end() const { return OperandTraits<SwitchInst >::op_end(const_cast<SwitchInst*>(this)); } Value *SwitchInst ::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { (static_cast <bool > (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<SwitchInst>::operands (this) && "getOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<SwitchInst>::operands(this) && \"getOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3597, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); return cast_or_null <Value>( OperandTraits<SwitchInst>::op_begin(const_cast <SwitchInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void SwitchInst ::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<SwitchInst> ::operands(this) && "setOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<SwitchInst>::operands(this) && \"setOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3597, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); OperandTraits< SwitchInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned SwitchInst::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits <SwitchInst>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture > Use &SwitchInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture >(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use & SwitchInst::Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture >(this); } |
3598 | |
3599 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
3600 | // IndirectBrInst Class |
3601 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
3602 | |
3603 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3604 | /// Indirect Branch Instruction. |
3605 | /// |
3606 | class IndirectBrInst : public Instruction { |
3607 | unsigned ReservedSpace; |
3608 | |
3609 | // Operand[0] = Address to jump to |
3610 | // Operand[n+1] = n-th destination |
3611 | IndirectBrInst(const IndirectBrInst &IBI); |
3612 | |
3613 | /// Create a new indirectbr instruction, specifying an |
3614 | /// Address to jump to. The number of expected destinations can be specified |
3615 | /// here to make memory allocation more efficient. This constructor can also |
3616 | /// autoinsert before another instruction. |
3617 | IndirectBrInst(Value *Address, unsigned NumDests, Instruction *InsertBefore); |
3618 | |
3619 | /// Create a new indirectbr instruction, specifying an |
3620 | /// Address to jump to. The number of expected destinations can be specified |
3621 | /// here to make memory allocation more efficient. This constructor also |
3622 | /// autoinserts at the end of the specified BasicBlock. |
3623 | IndirectBrInst(Value *Address, unsigned NumDests, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
3624 | |
3625 | // allocate space for exactly zero operands |
3626 | void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S); } |
3627 | |
3628 | void init(Value *Address, unsigned NumDests); |
3629 | void growOperands(); |
3630 | |
3631 | protected: |
3632 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
3633 | friend class Instruction; |
3634 | |
3635 | IndirectBrInst *cloneImpl() const; |
3636 | |
3637 | public: |
3638 | void operator delete(void *Ptr) { User::operator delete(Ptr); } |
3639 | |
3640 | /// Iterator type that casts an operand to a basic block. |
3641 | /// |
3642 | /// This only makes sense because the successors are stored as adjacent |
3643 | /// operands for indirectbr instructions. |
3644 | struct succ_op_iterator |
3645 | : iterator_adaptor_base<succ_op_iterator, value_op_iterator, |
3646 | std::random_access_iterator_tag, BasicBlock *, |
3647 | ptrdiff_t, BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *> { |
3648 | explicit succ_op_iterator(value_op_iterator I) : iterator_adaptor_base(I) {} |
3649 | |
3650 | BasicBlock *operator*() const { return cast<BasicBlock>(*I); } |
3651 | BasicBlock *operator->() const { return operator*(); } |
3652 | }; |
3653 | |
3654 | /// The const version of `succ_op_iterator`. |
3655 | struct const_succ_op_iterator |
3656 | : iterator_adaptor_base<const_succ_op_iterator, const_value_op_iterator, |
3657 | std::random_access_iterator_tag, |
3658 | const BasicBlock *, ptrdiff_t, const BasicBlock *, |
3659 | const BasicBlock *> { |
3660 | explicit const_succ_op_iterator(const_value_op_iterator I) |
3661 | : iterator_adaptor_base(I) {} |
3662 | |
3663 | const BasicBlock *operator*() const { return cast<BasicBlock>(*I); } |
3664 | const BasicBlock *operator->() const { return operator*(); } |
3665 | }; |
3666 | |
3667 | static IndirectBrInst *Create(Value *Address, unsigned NumDests, |
3668 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
3669 | return new IndirectBrInst(Address, NumDests, InsertBefore); |
3670 | } |
3671 | |
3672 | static IndirectBrInst *Create(Value *Address, unsigned NumDests, |
3673 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
3674 | return new IndirectBrInst(Address, NumDests, InsertAtEnd); |
3675 | } |
3676 | |
3677 | /// Provide fast operand accessors. |
3678 | DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin(); inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected : template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int > inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned getNumOperands() const; |
3679 | |
3680 | // Accessor Methods for IndirectBrInst instruction. |
3681 | Value *getAddress() { return getOperand(0); } |
3682 | const Value *getAddress() const { return getOperand(0); } |
3683 | void setAddress(Value *V) { setOperand(0, V); } |
3684 | |
3685 | /// return the number of possible destinations in this |
3686 | /// indirectbr instruction. |
3687 | unsigned getNumDestinations() const { return getNumOperands()-1; } |
3688 | |
3689 | /// Return the specified destination. |
3690 | BasicBlock *getDestination(unsigned i) { return getSuccessor(i); } |
3691 | const BasicBlock *getDestination(unsigned i) const { return getSuccessor(i); } |
3692 | |
3693 | /// Add a destination. |
3694 | /// |
3695 | void addDestination(BasicBlock *Dest); |
3696 | |
3697 | /// This method removes the specified successor from the |
3698 | /// indirectbr instruction. |
3699 | void removeDestination(unsigned i); |
3700 | |
3701 | unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return getNumOperands()-1; } |
3702 | BasicBlock *getSuccessor(unsigned i) const { |
3703 | return cast<BasicBlock>(getOperand(i+1)); |
3704 | } |
3705 | void setSuccessor(unsigned i, BasicBlock *NewSucc) { |
3706 | setOperand(i + 1, NewSucc); |
3707 | } |
3708 | |
3709 | iterator_range<succ_op_iterator> successors() { |
3710 | return make_range(succ_op_iterator(std::next(value_op_begin())), |
3711 | succ_op_iterator(value_op_end())); |
3712 | } |
3713 | |
3714 | iterator_range<const_succ_op_iterator> successors() const { |
3715 | return make_range(const_succ_op_iterator(std::next(value_op_begin())), |
3716 | const_succ_op_iterator(value_op_end())); |
3717 | } |
3718 | |
3719 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
3720 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
3721 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::IndirectBr; |
3722 | } |
3723 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
3724 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
3725 | } |
3726 | }; |
3727 | |
3728 | template <> |
3729 | struct OperandTraits<IndirectBrInst> : public HungoffOperandTraits<1> { |
3730 | }; |
3731 | |
3732 | DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(IndirectBrInst, Value)IndirectBrInst::op_iterator IndirectBrInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits<IndirectBrInst>::op_begin(this); } IndirectBrInst ::const_op_iterator IndirectBrInst::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<IndirectBrInst>::op_begin(const_cast< IndirectBrInst*>(this)); } IndirectBrInst::op_iterator IndirectBrInst ::op_end() { return OperandTraits<IndirectBrInst>::op_end (this); } IndirectBrInst::const_op_iterator IndirectBrInst::op_end () const { return OperandTraits<IndirectBrInst>::op_end (const_cast<IndirectBrInst*>(this)); } Value *IndirectBrInst ::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { (static_cast <bool > (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<IndirectBrInst>::operands (this) && "getOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<IndirectBrInst>::operands(this) && \"getOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3732, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); return cast_or_null <Value>( OperandTraits<IndirectBrInst>::op_begin( const_cast<IndirectBrInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void IndirectBrInst::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<IndirectBrInst>::operands(this) && "setOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<IndirectBrInst>::operands(this) && \"setOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3732, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); OperandTraits< IndirectBrInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture ; } unsigned IndirectBrInst::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits <IndirectBrInst>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture > Use &IndirectBrInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom< Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use &IndirectBrInst::Op() const { return this-> OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } |
3733 | |
3734 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
3735 | // InvokeInst Class |
3736 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
3737 | |
3738 | /// Invoke instruction. The SubclassData field is used to hold the |
3739 | /// calling convention of the call. |
3740 | /// |
3741 | class InvokeInst : public CallBase { |
3742 | /// The number of operands for this call beyond the called function, |
3743 | /// arguments, and operand bundles. |
3744 | static constexpr int NumExtraOperands = 2; |
3745 | |
3746 | /// The index from the end of the operand array to the normal destination. |
3747 | static constexpr int NormalDestOpEndIdx = -3; |
3748 | |
3749 | /// The index from the end of the operand array to the unwind destination. |
3750 | static constexpr int UnwindDestOpEndIdx = -2; |
3751 | |
3752 | InvokeInst(const InvokeInst &BI); |
3753 | |
3754 | /// Construct an InvokeInst given a range of arguments. |
3755 | /// |
3756 | /// Construct an InvokeInst from a range of arguments |
3757 | inline InvokeInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal, |
3758 | BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
3759 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, int NumOperands, |
3760 | const Twine &NameStr, Instruction *InsertBefore); |
3761 | |
3762 | inline InvokeInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal, |
3763 | BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
3764 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, int NumOperands, |
3765 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
3766 | |
3767 | void init(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal, |
3768 | BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
3769 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, const Twine &NameStr); |
3770 | |
3771 | /// Compute the number of operands to allocate. |
3772 | static int ComputeNumOperands(int NumArgs, int NumBundleInputs = 0) { |
3773 | // We need one operand for the called function, plus our extra operands and |
3774 | // the input operand counts provided. |
3775 | return 1 + NumExtraOperands + NumArgs + NumBundleInputs; |
3776 | } |
3777 | |
3778 | protected: |
3779 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
3780 | friend class Instruction; |
3781 | |
3782 | InvokeInst *cloneImpl() const; |
3783 | |
3784 | public: |
3785 | static InvokeInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal, |
3786 | BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
3787 | const Twine &NameStr, |
3788 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
3789 | int NumOperands = ComputeNumOperands(Args.size()); |
3790 | return new (NumOperands) |
3791 | InvokeInst(Ty, Func, IfNormal, IfException, Args, None, NumOperands, |
3792 | NameStr, InsertBefore); |
3793 | } |
3794 | |
3795 | static InvokeInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal, |
3796 | BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
3797 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles = None, |
3798 | const Twine &NameStr = "", |
3799 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
3800 | int NumOperands = |
3801 | ComputeNumOperands(Args.size(), CountBundleInputs(Bundles)); |
3802 | unsigned DescriptorBytes = Bundles.size() * sizeof(BundleOpInfo); |
3803 | |
3804 | return new (NumOperands, DescriptorBytes) |
3805 | InvokeInst(Ty, Func, IfNormal, IfException, Args, Bundles, NumOperands, |
3806 | NameStr, InsertBefore); |
3807 | } |
3808 | |
3809 | static InvokeInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal, |
3810 | BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
3811 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
3812 | int NumOperands = ComputeNumOperands(Args.size()); |
3813 | return new (NumOperands) |
3814 | InvokeInst(Ty, Func, IfNormal, IfException, Args, None, NumOperands, |
3815 | NameStr, InsertAtEnd); |
3816 | } |
3817 | |
3818 | static InvokeInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal, |
3819 | BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
3820 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, |
3821 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
3822 | int NumOperands = |
3823 | ComputeNumOperands(Args.size(), CountBundleInputs(Bundles)); |
3824 | unsigned DescriptorBytes = Bundles.size() * sizeof(BundleOpInfo); |
3825 | |
3826 | return new (NumOperands, DescriptorBytes) |
3827 | InvokeInst(Ty, Func, IfNormal, IfException, Args, Bundles, NumOperands, |
3828 | NameStr, InsertAtEnd); |
3829 | } |
3830 | |
3831 | static InvokeInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal, |
3832 | BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
3833 | const Twine &NameStr, |
3834 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
3835 | return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), IfNormal, |
3836 | IfException, Args, None, NameStr, InsertBefore); |
3837 | } |
3838 | |
3839 | static InvokeInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal, |
3840 | BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
3841 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles = None, |
3842 | const Twine &NameStr = "", |
3843 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
3844 | return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), IfNormal, |
3845 | IfException, Args, Bundles, NameStr, InsertBefore); |
3846 | } |
3847 | |
3848 | static InvokeInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal, |
3849 | BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
3850 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
3851 | return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), IfNormal, |
3852 | IfException, Args, NameStr, InsertAtEnd); |
3853 | } |
3854 | |
3855 | static InvokeInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal, |
3856 | BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
3857 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, |
3858 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
3859 | return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), IfNormal, |
3860 | IfException, Args, Bundles, NameStr, InsertAtEnd); |
3861 | } |
3862 | |
3863 | /// Create a clone of \p II with a different set of operand bundles and |
3864 | /// insert it before \p InsertPt. |
3865 | /// |
3866 | /// The returned invoke instruction is identical to \p II in every way except |
3867 | /// that the operand bundles for the new instruction are set to the operand |
3868 | /// bundles in \p Bundles. |
3869 | static InvokeInst *Create(InvokeInst *II, ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, |
3870 | Instruction *InsertPt = nullptr); |
3871 | |
3872 | // get*Dest - Return the destination basic blocks... |
3873 | BasicBlock *getNormalDest() const { |
3874 | return cast<BasicBlock>(Op<NormalDestOpEndIdx>()); |
3875 | } |
3876 | BasicBlock *getUnwindDest() const { |
3877 | return cast<BasicBlock>(Op<UnwindDestOpEndIdx>()); |
3878 | } |
3879 | void setNormalDest(BasicBlock *B) { |
3880 | Op<NormalDestOpEndIdx>() = reinterpret_cast<Value *>(B); |
3881 | } |
3882 | void setUnwindDest(BasicBlock *B) { |
3883 | Op<UnwindDestOpEndIdx>() = reinterpret_cast<Value *>(B); |
3884 | } |
3885 | |
3886 | /// Get the landingpad instruction from the landing pad |
3887 | /// block (the unwind destination). |
3888 | LandingPadInst *getLandingPadInst() const; |
3889 | |
3890 | BasicBlock *getSuccessor(unsigned i) const { |
3891 | assert(i < 2 && "Successor # out of range for invoke!")(static_cast <bool> (i < 2 && "Successor # out of range for invoke!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < 2 && \"Successor # out of range for invoke!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3891, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3892 | return i == 0 ? getNormalDest() : getUnwindDest(); |
3893 | } |
3894 | |
3895 | void setSuccessor(unsigned i, BasicBlock *NewSucc) { |
3896 | assert(i < 2 && "Successor # out of range for invoke!")(static_cast <bool> (i < 2 && "Successor # out of range for invoke!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < 2 && \"Successor # out of range for invoke!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 3896, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3897 | if (i == 0) |
3898 | setNormalDest(NewSucc); |
3899 | else |
3900 | setUnwindDest(NewSucc); |
3901 | } |
3902 | |
3903 | unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return 2; } |
3904 | |
3905 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
3906 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
3907 | return (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Invoke); |
3908 | } |
3909 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
3910 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
3911 | } |
3912 | |
3913 | private: |
3914 | // Shadow Instruction::setInstructionSubclassData with a private forwarding |
3915 | // method so that subclasses cannot accidentally use it. |
3916 | template <typename Bitfield> |
3917 | void setSubclassData(typename Bitfield::Type Value) { |
3918 | Instruction::setSubclassData<Bitfield>(Value); |
3919 | } |
3920 | }; |
3921 | |
3922 | InvokeInst::InvokeInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal, |
3923 | BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
3924 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, int NumOperands, |
3925 | const Twine &NameStr, Instruction *InsertBefore) |
3926 | : CallBase(Ty->getReturnType(), Instruction::Invoke, |
3927 | OperandTraits<CallBase>::op_end(this) - NumOperands, NumOperands, |
3928 | InsertBefore) { |
3929 | init(Ty, Func, IfNormal, IfException, Args, Bundles, NameStr); |
3930 | } |
3931 | |
3932 | InvokeInst::InvokeInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal, |
3933 | BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
3934 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, int NumOperands, |
3935 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) |
3936 | : CallBase(Ty->getReturnType(), Instruction::Invoke, |
3937 | OperandTraits<CallBase>::op_end(this) - NumOperands, NumOperands, |
3938 | InsertAtEnd) { |
3939 | init(Ty, Func, IfNormal, IfException, Args, Bundles, NameStr); |
3940 | } |
3941 | |
3942 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
3943 | // CallBrInst Class |
3944 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
3945 | |
3946 | /// CallBr instruction, tracking function calls that may not return control but |
3947 | /// instead transfer it to a third location. The SubclassData field is used to |
3948 | /// hold the calling convention of the call. |
3949 | /// |
3950 | class CallBrInst : public CallBase { |
3951 | |
3952 | unsigned NumIndirectDests; |
3953 | |
3954 | CallBrInst(const CallBrInst &BI); |
3955 | |
3956 | /// Construct a CallBrInst given a range of arguments. |
3957 | /// |
3958 | /// Construct a CallBrInst from a range of arguments |
3959 | inline CallBrInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *DefaultDest, |
3960 | ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests, |
3961 | ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
3962 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, int NumOperands, |
3963 | const Twine &NameStr, Instruction *InsertBefore); |
3964 | |
3965 | inline CallBrInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *DefaultDest, |
3966 | ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests, |
3967 | ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
3968 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, int NumOperands, |
3969 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
3970 | |
3971 | void init(FunctionType *FTy, Value *Func, BasicBlock *DefaultDest, |
3972 | ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
3973 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, const Twine &NameStr); |
3974 | |
3975 | /// Should the Indirect Destinations change, scan + update the Arg list. |
3976 | void updateArgBlockAddresses(unsigned i, BasicBlock *B); |
3977 | |
3978 | /// Compute the number of operands to allocate. |
3979 | static int ComputeNumOperands(int NumArgs, int NumIndirectDests, |
3980 | int NumBundleInputs = 0) { |
3981 | // We need one operand for the called function, plus our extra operands and |
3982 | // the input operand counts provided. |
3983 | return 2 + NumIndirectDests + NumArgs + NumBundleInputs; |
3984 | } |
3985 | |
3986 | protected: |
3987 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
3988 | friend class Instruction; |
3989 | |
3990 | CallBrInst *cloneImpl() const; |
3991 | |
3992 | public: |
3993 | static CallBrInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, |
3994 | BasicBlock *DefaultDest, |
3995 | ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests, |
3996 | ArrayRef<Value *> Args, const Twine &NameStr, |
3997 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
3998 | int NumOperands = ComputeNumOperands(Args.size(), IndirectDests.size()); |
3999 | return new (NumOperands) |
4000 | CallBrInst(Ty, Func, DefaultDest, IndirectDests, Args, None, |
4001 | NumOperands, NameStr, InsertBefore); |
4002 | } |
4003 | |
4004 | static CallBrInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, |
4005 | BasicBlock *DefaultDest, |
4006 | ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests, |
4007 | ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
4008 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles = None, |
4009 | const Twine &NameStr = "", |
4010 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
4011 | int NumOperands = ComputeNumOperands(Args.size(), IndirectDests.size(), |
4012 | CountBundleInputs(Bundles)); |
4013 | unsigned DescriptorBytes = Bundles.size() * sizeof(BundleOpInfo); |
4014 | |
4015 | return new (NumOperands, DescriptorBytes) |
4016 | CallBrInst(Ty, Func, DefaultDest, IndirectDests, Args, Bundles, |
4017 | NumOperands, NameStr, InsertBefore); |
4018 | } |
4019 | |
4020 | static CallBrInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, |
4021 | BasicBlock *DefaultDest, |
4022 | ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests, |
4023 | ArrayRef<Value *> Args, const Twine &NameStr, |
4024 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
4025 | int NumOperands = ComputeNumOperands(Args.size(), IndirectDests.size()); |
4026 | return new (NumOperands) |
4027 | CallBrInst(Ty, Func, DefaultDest, IndirectDests, Args, None, |
4028 | NumOperands, NameStr, InsertAtEnd); |
4029 | } |
4030 | |
4031 | static CallBrInst *Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, |
4032 | BasicBlock *DefaultDest, |
4033 | ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests, |
4034 | ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
4035 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, |
4036 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
4037 | int NumOperands = ComputeNumOperands(Args.size(), IndirectDests.size(), |
4038 | CountBundleInputs(Bundles)); |
4039 | unsigned DescriptorBytes = Bundles.size() * sizeof(BundleOpInfo); |
4040 | |
4041 | return new (NumOperands, DescriptorBytes) |
4042 | CallBrInst(Ty, Func, DefaultDest, IndirectDests, Args, Bundles, |
4043 | NumOperands, NameStr, InsertAtEnd); |
4044 | } |
4045 | |
4046 | static CallBrInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, BasicBlock *DefaultDest, |
4047 | ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests, |
4048 | ArrayRef<Value *> Args, const Twine &NameStr, |
4049 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
4050 | return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), DefaultDest, |
4051 | IndirectDests, Args, NameStr, InsertBefore); |
4052 | } |
4053 | |
4054 | static CallBrInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, BasicBlock *DefaultDest, |
4055 | ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests, |
4056 | ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
4057 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles = None, |
4058 | const Twine &NameStr = "", |
4059 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
4060 | return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), DefaultDest, |
4061 | IndirectDests, Args, Bundles, NameStr, InsertBefore); |
4062 | } |
4063 | |
4064 | static CallBrInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, BasicBlock *DefaultDest, |
4065 | ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests, |
4066 | ArrayRef<Value *> Args, const Twine &NameStr, |
4067 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
4068 | return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), DefaultDest, |
4069 | IndirectDests, Args, NameStr, InsertAtEnd); |
4070 | } |
4071 | |
4072 | static CallBrInst *Create(FunctionCallee Func, |
4073 | BasicBlock *DefaultDest, |
4074 | ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests, |
4075 | ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
4076 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, |
4077 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
4078 | return Create(Func.getFunctionType(), Func.getCallee(), DefaultDest, |
4079 | IndirectDests, Args, Bundles, NameStr, InsertAtEnd); |
4080 | } |
4081 | |
4082 | /// Create a clone of \p CBI with a different set of operand bundles and |
4083 | /// insert it before \p InsertPt. |
4084 | /// |
4085 | /// The returned callbr instruction is identical to \p CBI in every way |
4086 | /// except that the operand bundles for the new instruction are set to the |
4087 | /// operand bundles in \p Bundles. |
4088 | static CallBrInst *Create(CallBrInst *CBI, |
4089 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, |
4090 | Instruction *InsertPt = nullptr); |
4091 | |
4092 | /// Return the number of callbr indirect dest labels. |
4093 | /// |
4094 | unsigned getNumIndirectDests() const { return NumIndirectDests; } |
4095 | |
4096 | /// getIndirectDestLabel - Return the i-th indirect dest label. |
4097 | /// |
4098 | Value *getIndirectDestLabel(unsigned i) const { |
4099 | assert(i < getNumIndirectDests() && "Out of bounds!")(static_cast <bool> (i < getNumIndirectDests() && "Out of bounds!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumIndirectDests() && \"Out of bounds!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4099, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4100 | return getOperand(i + getNumArgOperands() + getNumTotalBundleOperands() + |
4101 | 1); |
4102 | } |
4103 | |
4104 | Value *getIndirectDestLabelUse(unsigned i) const { |
4105 | assert(i < getNumIndirectDests() && "Out of bounds!")(static_cast <bool> (i < getNumIndirectDests() && "Out of bounds!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumIndirectDests() && \"Out of bounds!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4105, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4106 | return getOperandUse(i + getNumArgOperands() + getNumTotalBundleOperands() + |
4107 | 1); |
4108 | } |
4109 | |
4110 | // Return the destination basic blocks... |
4111 | BasicBlock *getDefaultDest() const { |
4112 | return cast<BasicBlock>(*(&Op<-1>() - getNumIndirectDests() - 1)); |
4113 | } |
4114 | BasicBlock *getIndirectDest(unsigned i) const { |
4115 | return cast_or_null<BasicBlock>(*(&Op<-1>() - getNumIndirectDests() + i)); |
4116 | } |
4117 | SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 16> getIndirectDests() const { |
4118 | SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 16> IndirectDests; |
4119 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumIndirectDests(); i < e; ++i) |
4120 | IndirectDests.push_back(getIndirectDest(i)); |
4121 | return IndirectDests; |
4122 | } |
4123 | void setDefaultDest(BasicBlock *B) { |
4124 | *(&Op<-1>() - getNumIndirectDests() - 1) = reinterpret_cast<Value *>(B); |
4125 | } |
4126 | void setIndirectDest(unsigned i, BasicBlock *B) { |
4127 | updateArgBlockAddresses(i, B); |
4128 | *(&Op<-1>() - getNumIndirectDests() + i) = reinterpret_cast<Value *>(B); |
4129 | } |
4130 | |
4131 | BasicBlock *getSuccessor(unsigned i) const { |
4132 | assert(i < getNumSuccessors() + 1 &&(static_cast <bool> (i < getNumSuccessors() + 1 && "Successor # out of range for callbr!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumSuccessors() + 1 && \"Successor # out of range for callbr!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4133, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
4133 | "Successor # out of range for callbr!")(static_cast <bool> (i < getNumSuccessors() + 1 && "Successor # out of range for callbr!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumSuccessors() + 1 && \"Successor # out of range for callbr!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4133, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4134 | return i == 0 ? getDefaultDest() : getIndirectDest(i - 1); |
4135 | } |
4136 | |
4137 | void setSuccessor(unsigned i, BasicBlock *NewSucc) { |
4138 | assert(i < getNumIndirectDests() + 1 &&(static_cast <bool> (i < getNumIndirectDests() + 1 && "Successor # out of range for callbr!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumIndirectDests() + 1 && \"Successor # out of range for callbr!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4139, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
4139 | "Successor # out of range for callbr!")(static_cast <bool> (i < getNumIndirectDests() + 1 && "Successor # out of range for callbr!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumIndirectDests() + 1 && \"Successor # out of range for callbr!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4139, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4140 | return i == 0 ? setDefaultDest(NewSucc) : setIndirectDest(i - 1, NewSucc); |
4141 | } |
4142 | |
4143 | unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return getNumIndirectDests() + 1; } |
4144 | |
4145 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
4146 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
4147 | return (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::CallBr); |
4148 | } |
4149 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
4150 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
4151 | } |
4152 | |
4153 | private: |
4154 | // Shadow Instruction::setInstructionSubclassData with a private forwarding |
4155 | // method so that subclasses cannot accidentally use it. |
4156 | template <typename Bitfield> |
4157 | void setSubclassData(typename Bitfield::Type Value) { |
4158 | Instruction::setSubclassData<Bitfield>(Value); |
4159 | } |
4160 | }; |
4161 | |
4162 | CallBrInst::CallBrInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *DefaultDest, |
4163 | ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests, |
4164 | ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
4165 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, int NumOperands, |
4166 | const Twine &NameStr, Instruction *InsertBefore) |
4167 | : CallBase(Ty->getReturnType(), Instruction::CallBr, |
4168 | OperandTraits<CallBase>::op_end(this) - NumOperands, NumOperands, |
4169 | InsertBefore) { |
4170 | init(Ty, Func, DefaultDest, IndirectDests, Args, Bundles, NameStr); |
4171 | } |
4172 | |
4173 | CallBrInst::CallBrInst(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *DefaultDest, |
4174 | ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> IndirectDests, |
4175 | ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
4176 | ArrayRef<OperandBundleDef> Bundles, int NumOperands, |
4177 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) |
4178 | : CallBase(Ty->getReturnType(), Instruction::CallBr, |
4179 | OperandTraits<CallBase>::op_end(this) - NumOperands, NumOperands, |
4180 | InsertAtEnd) { |
4181 | init(Ty, Func, DefaultDest, IndirectDests, Args, Bundles, NameStr); |
4182 | } |
4183 | |
4184 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4185 | // ResumeInst Class |
4186 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4187 | |
4188 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4189 | /// Resume the propagation of an exception. |
4190 | /// |
4191 | class ResumeInst : public Instruction { |
4192 | ResumeInst(const ResumeInst &RI); |
4193 | |
4194 | explicit ResumeInst(Value *Exn, Instruction *InsertBefore=nullptr); |
4195 | ResumeInst(Value *Exn, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
4196 | |
4197 | protected: |
4198 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
4199 | friend class Instruction; |
4200 | |
4201 | ResumeInst *cloneImpl() const; |
4202 | |
4203 | public: |
4204 | static ResumeInst *Create(Value *Exn, Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
4205 | return new(1) ResumeInst(Exn, InsertBefore); |
4206 | } |
4207 | |
4208 | static ResumeInst *Create(Value *Exn, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
4209 | return new(1) ResumeInst(Exn, InsertAtEnd); |
4210 | } |
4211 | |
4212 | /// Provide fast operand accessors |
4213 | DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin(); inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected : template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int > inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned getNumOperands() const; |
4214 | |
4215 | /// Convenience accessor. |
4216 | Value *getValue() const { return Op<0>(); } |
4217 | |
4218 | unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return 0; } |
4219 | |
4220 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
4221 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
4222 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Resume; |
4223 | } |
4224 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
4225 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
4226 | } |
4227 | |
4228 | private: |
4229 | BasicBlock *getSuccessor(unsigned idx) const { |
4230 | llvm_unreachable("ResumeInst has no successors!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("ResumeInst has no successors!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4230); |
4231 | } |
4232 | |
4233 | void setSuccessor(unsigned idx, BasicBlock *NewSucc) { |
4234 | llvm_unreachable("ResumeInst has no successors!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("ResumeInst has no successors!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4234); |
4235 | } |
4236 | }; |
4237 | |
4238 | template <> |
4239 | struct OperandTraits<ResumeInst> : |
4240 | public FixedNumOperandTraits<ResumeInst, 1> { |
4241 | }; |
4242 | |
4243 | DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(ResumeInst, Value)ResumeInst::op_iterator ResumeInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits <ResumeInst>::op_begin(this); } ResumeInst::const_op_iterator ResumeInst::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<ResumeInst >::op_begin(const_cast<ResumeInst*>(this)); } ResumeInst ::op_iterator ResumeInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits< ResumeInst>::op_end(this); } ResumeInst::const_op_iterator ResumeInst::op_end() const { return OperandTraits<ResumeInst >::op_end(const_cast<ResumeInst*>(this)); } Value *ResumeInst ::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { (static_cast <bool > (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<ResumeInst>::operands (this) && "getOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<ResumeInst>::operands(this) && \"getOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4243, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); return cast_or_null <Value>( OperandTraits<ResumeInst>::op_begin(const_cast <ResumeInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get()); } void ResumeInst ::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<ResumeInst> ::operands(this) && "setOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<ResumeInst>::operands(this) && \"setOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4243, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); OperandTraits< ResumeInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture; } unsigned ResumeInst::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits <ResumeInst>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture > Use &ResumeInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture >(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use & ResumeInst::Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture >(this); } |
4244 | |
4245 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4246 | // CatchSwitchInst Class |
4247 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4248 | class CatchSwitchInst : public Instruction { |
4249 | using UnwindDestField = BoolBitfieldElementT<0>; |
4250 | |
4251 | /// The number of operands actually allocated. NumOperands is |
4252 | /// the number actually in use. |
4253 | unsigned ReservedSpace; |
4254 | |
4255 | // Operand[0] = Outer scope |
4256 | // Operand[1] = Unwind block destination |
4257 | // Operand[n] = BasicBlock to go to on match |
4258 | CatchSwitchInst(const CatchSwitchInst &CSI); |
4259 | |
4260 | /// Create a new switch instruction, specifying a |
4261 | /// default destination. The number of additional handlers can be specified |
4262 | /// here to make memory allocation more efficient. |
4263 | /// This constructor can also autoinsert before another instruction. |
4264 | CatchSwitchInst(Value *ParentPad, BasicBlock *UnwindDest, |
4265 | unsigned NumHandlers, const Twine &NameStr, |
4266 | Instruction *InsertBefore); |
4267 | |
4268 | /// Create a new switch instruction, specifying a |
4269 | /// default destination. The number of additional handlers can be specified |
4270 | /// here to make memory allocation more efficient. |
4271 | /// This constructor also autoinserts at the end of the specified BasicBlock. |
4272 | CatchSwitchInst(Value *ParentPad, BasicBlock *UnwindDest, |
4273 | unsigned NumHandlers, const Twine &NameStr, |
4274 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
4275 | |
4276 | // allocate space for exactly zero operands |
4277 | void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S); } |
4278 | |
4279 | void init(Value *ParentPad, BasicBlock *UnwindDest, unsigned NumReserved); |
4280 | void growOperands(unsigned Size); |
4281 | |
4282 | protected: |
4283 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
4284 | friend class Instruction; |
4285 | |
4286 | CatchSwitchInst *cloneImpl() const; |
4287 | |
4288 | public: |
4289 | void operator delete(void *Ptr) { return User::operator delete(Ptr); } |
4290 | |
4291 | static CatchSwitchInst *Create(Value *ParentPad, BasicBlock *UnwindDest, |
4292 | unsigned NumHandlers, |
4293 | const Twine &NameStr = "", |
4294 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
4295 | return new CatchSwitchInst(ParentPad, UnwindDest, NumHandlers, NameStr, |
4296 | InsertBefore); |
4297 | } |
4298 | |
4299 | static CatchSwitchInst *Create(Value *ParentPad, BasicBlock *UnwindDest, |
4300 | unsigned NumHandlers, const Twine &NameStr, |
4301 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
4302 | return new CatchSwitchInst(ParentPad, UnwindDest, NumHandlers, NameStr, |
4303 | InsertAtEnd); |
4304 | } |
4305 | |
4306 | /// Provide fast operand accessors |
4307 | DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin(); inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected : template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int > inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned getNumOperands() const; |
4308 | |
4309 | // Accessor Methods for CatchSwitch stmt |
4310 | Value *getParentPad() const { return getOperand(0); } |
4311 | void setParentPad(Value *ParentPad) { setOperand(0, ParentPad); } |
4312 | |
4313 | // Accessor Methods for CatchSwitch stmt |
4314 | bool hasUnwindDest() const { return getSubclassData<UnwindDestField>(); } |
4315 | bool unwindsToCaller() const { return !hasUnwindDest(); } |
4316 | BasicBlock *getUnwindDest() const { |
4317 | if (hasUnwindDest()) |
4318 | return cast<BasicBlock>(getOperand(1)); |
4319 | return nullptr; |
4320 | } |
4321 | void setUnwindDest(BasicBlock *UnwindDest) { |
4322 | assert(UnwindDest)(static_cast <bool> (UnwindDest) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("UnwindDest", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4322, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4323 | assert(hasUnwindDest())(static_cast <bool> (hasUnwindDest()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("hasUnwindDest()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4323, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4324 | setOperand(1, UnwindDest); |
4325 | } |
4326 | |
4327 | /// return the number of 'handlers' in this catchswitch |
4328 | /// instruction, except the default handler |
4329 | unsigned getNumHandlers() const { |
4330 | if (hasUnwindDest()) |
4331 | return getNumOperands() - 2; |
4332 | return getNumOperands() - 1; |
4333 | } |
4334 | |
4335 | private: |
4336 | static BasicBlock *handler_helper(Value *V) { return cast<BasicBlock>(V); } |
4337 | static const BasicBlock *handler_helper(const Value *V) { |
4338 | return cast<BasicBlock>(V); |
4339 | } |
4340 | |
4341 | public: |
4342 | using DerefFnTy = BasicBlock *(*)(Value *); |
4343 | using handler_iterator = mapped_iterator<op_iterator, DerefFnTy>; |
4344 | using handler_range = iterator_range<handler_iterator>; |
4345 | using ConstDerefFnTy = const BasicBlock *(*)(const Value *); |
4346 | using const_handler_iterator = |
4347 | mapped_iterator<const_op_iterator, ConstDerefFnTy>; |
4348 | using const_handler_range = iterator_range<const_handler_iterator>; |
4349 | |
4350 | /// Returns an iterator that points to the first handler in CatchSwitchInst. |
4351 | handler_iterator handler_begin() { |
4352 | op_iterator It = op_begin() + 1; |
4353 | if (hasUnwindDest()) |
4354 | ++It; |
4355 | return handler_iterator(It, DerefFnTy(handler_helper)); |
4356 | } |
4357 | |
4358 | /// Returns an iterator that points to the first handler in the |
4359 | /// CatchSwitchInst. |
4360 | const_handler_iterator handler_begin() const { |
4361 | const_op_iterator It = op_begin() + 1; |
4362 | if (hasUnwindDest()) |
4363 | ++It; |
4364 | return const_handler_iterator(It, ConstDerefFnTy(handler_helper)); |
4365 | } |
4366 | |
4367 | /// Returns a read-only iterator that points one past the last |
4368 | /// handler in the CatchSwitchInst. |
4369 | handler_iterator handler_end() { |
4370 | return handler_iterator(op_end(), DerefFnTy(handler_helper)); |
4371 | } |
4372 | |
4373 | /// Returns an iterator that points one past the last handler in the |
4374 | /// CatchSwitchInst. |
4375 | const_handler_iterator handler_end() const { |
4376 | return const_handler_iterator(op_end(), ConstDerefFnTy(handler_helper)); |
4377 | } |
4378 | |
4379 | /// iteration adapter for range-for loops. |
4380 | handler_range handlers() { |
4381 | return make_range(handler_begin(), handler_end()); |
4382 | } |
4383 | |
4384 | /// iteration adapter for range-for loops. |
4385 | const_handler_range handlers() const { |
4386 | return make_range(handler_begin(), handler_end()); |
4387 | } |
4388 | |
4389 | /// Add an entry to the switch instruction... |
4390 | /// Note: |
4391 | /// This action invalidates handler_end(). Old handler_end() iterator will |
4392 | /// point to the added handler. |
4393 | void addHandler(BasicBlock *Dest); |
4394 | |
4395 | void removeHandler(handler_iterator HI); |
4396 | |
4397 | unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return getNumOperands() - 1; } |
4398 | BasicBlock *getSuccessor(unsigned Idx) const { |
4399 | assert(Idx < getNumSuccessors() &&(static_cast <bool> (Idx < getNumSuccessors() && "Successor # out of range for catchswitch!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Idx < getNumSuccessors() && \"Successor # out of range for catchswitch!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4400, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
4400 | "Successor # out of range for catchswitch!")(static_cast <bool> (Idx < getNumSuccessors() && "Successor # out of range for catchswitch!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Idx < getNumSuccessors() && \"Successor # out of range for catchswitch!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4400, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4401 | return cast<BasicBlock>(getOperand(Idx + 1)); |
4402 | } |
4403 | void setSuccessor(unsigned Idx, BasicBlock *NewSucc) { |
4404 | assert(Idx < getNumSuccessors() &&(static_cast <bool> (Idx < getNumSuccessors() && "Successor # out of range for catchswitch!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Idx < getNumSuccessors() && \"Successor # out of range for catchswitch!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4405, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
4405 | "Successor # out of range for catchswitch!")(static_cast <bool> (Idx < getNumSuccessors() && "Successor # out of range for catchswitch!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Idx < getNumSuccessors() && \"Successor # out of range for catchswitch!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4405, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4406 | setOperand(Idx + 1, NewSucc); |
4407 | } |
4408 | |
4409 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
4410 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
4411 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::CatchSwitch; |
4412 | } |
4413 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
4414 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
4415 | } |
4416 | }; |
4417 | |
4418 | template <> |
4419 | struct OperandTraits<CatchSwitchInst> : public HungoffOperandTraits<2> {}; |
4420 | |
4421 | DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(CatchSwitchInst, Value)CatchSwitchInst::op_iterator CatchSwitchInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits<CatchSwitchInst>::op_begin(this); } CatchSwitchInst ::const_op_iterator CatchSwitchInst::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<CatchSwitchInst>::op_begin(const_cast< CatchSwitchInst*>(this)); } CatchSwitchInst::op_iterator CatchSwitchInst ::op_end() { return OperandTraits<CatchSwitchInst>::op_end (this); } CatchSwitchInst::const_op_iterator CatchSwitchInst:: op_end() const { return OperandTraits<CatchSwitchInst>:: op_end(const_cast<CatchSwitchInst*>(this)); } Value *CatchSwitchInst ::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { (static_cast <bool > (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<CatchSwitchInst>:: operands(this) && "getOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<CatchSwitchInst>::operands(this) && \"getOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4421, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); return cast_or_null <Value>( OperandTraits<CatchSwitchInst>::op_begin (const_cast<CatchSwitchInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get() ); } void CatchSwitchInst::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<CatchSwitchInst>::operands(this) && "setOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<CatchSwitchInst>::operands(this) && \"setOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4421, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); OperandTraits< CatchSwitchInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture ; } unsigned CatchSwitchInst::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits<CatchSwitchInst>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> Use &CatchSwitchInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use &CatchSwitchInst::Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } |
4422 | |
4423 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4424 | // CleanupPadInst Class |
4425 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4426 | class CleanupPadInst : public FuncletPadInst { |
4427 | private: |
4428 | explicit CleanupPadInst(Value *ParentPad, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
4429 | unsigned Values, const Twine &NameStr, |
4430 | Instruction *InsertBefore) |
4431 | : FuncletPadInst(Instruction::CleanupPad, ParentPad, Args, Values, |
4432 | NameStr, InsertBefore) {} |
4433 | explicit CleanupPadInst(Value *ParentPad, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
4434 | unsigned Values, const Twine &NameStr, |
4435 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) |
4436 | : FuncletPadInst(Instruction::CleanupPad, ParentPad, Args, Values, |
4437 | NameStr, InsertAtEnd) {} |
4438 | |
4439 | public: |
4440 | static CleanupPadInst *Create(Value *ParentPad, ArrayRef<Value *> Args = None, |
4441 | const Twine &NameStr = "", |
4442 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
4443 | unsigned Values = 1 + Args.size(); |
4444 | return new (Values) |
4445 | CleanupPadInst(ParentPad, Args, Values, NameStr, InsertBefore); |
4446 | } |
4447 | |
4448 | static CleanupPadInst *Create(Value *ParentPad, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
4449 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
4450 | unsigned Values = 1 + Args.size(); |
4451 | return new (Values) |
4452 | CleanupPadInst(ParentPad, Args, Values, NameStr, InsertAtEnd); |
4453 | } |
4454 | |
4455 | /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
4456 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
4457 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::CleanupPad; |
4458 | } |
4459 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
4460 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
4461 | } |
4462 | }; |
4463 | |
4464 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4465 | // CatchPadInst Class |
4466 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4467 | class CatchPadInst : public FuncletPadInst { |
4468 | private: |
4469 | explicit CatchPadInst(Value *CatchSwitch, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
4470 | unsigned Values, const Twine &NameStr, |
4471 | Instruction *InsertBefore) |
4472 | : FuncletPadInst(Instruction::CatchPad, CatchSwitch, Args, Values, |
4473 | NameStr, InsertBefore) {} |
4474 | explicit CatchPadInst(Value *CatchSwitch, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
4475 | unsigned Values, const Twine &NameStr, |
4476 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) |
4477 | : FuncletPadInst(Instruction::CatchPad, CatchSwitch, Args, Values, |
4478 | NameStr, InsertAtEnd) {} |
4479 | |
4480 | public: |
4481 | static CatchPadInst *Create(Value *CatchSwitch, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
4482 | const Twine &NameStr = "", |
4483 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
4484 | unsigned Values = 1 + Args.size(); |
4485 | return new (Values) |
4486 | CatchPadInst(CatchSwitch, Args, Values, NameStr, InsertBefore); |
4487 | } |
4488 | |
4489 | static CatchPadInst *Create(Value *CatchSwitch, ArrayRef<Value *> Args, |
4490 | const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
4491 | unsigned Values = 1 + Args.size(); |
4492 | return new (Values) |
4493 | CatchPadInst(CatchSwitch, Args, Values, NameStr, InsertAtEnd); |
4494 | } |
4495 | |
4496 | /// Convenience accessors |
4497 | CatchSwitchInst *getCatchSwitch() const { |
4498 | return cast<CatchSwitchInst>(Op<-1>()); |
4499 | } |
4500 | void setCatchSwitch(Value *CatchSwitch) { |
4501 | assert(CatchSwitch)(static_cast <bool> (CatchSwitch) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CatchSwitch", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4501, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4502 | Op<-1>() = CatchSwitch; |
4503 | } |
4504 | |
4505 | /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
4506 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
4507 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::CatchPad; |
4508 | } |
4509 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
4510 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
4511 | } |
4512 | }; |
4513 | |
4514 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4515 | // CatchReturnInst Class |
4516 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4517 | |
4518 | class CatchReturnInst : public Instruction { |
4519 | CatchReturnInst(const CatchReturnInst &RI); |
4520 | CatchReturnInst(Value *CatchPad, BasicBlock *BB, Instruction *InsertBefore); |
4521 | CatchReturnInst(Value *CatchPad, BasicBlock *BB, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
4522 | |
4523 | void init(Value *CatchPad, BasicBlock *BB); |
4524 | |
4525 | protected: |
4526 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
4527 | friend class Instruction; |
4528 | |
4529 | CatchReturnInst *cloneImpl() const; |
4530 | |
4531 | public: |
4532 | static CatchReturnInst *Create(Value *CatchPad, BasicBlock *BB, |
4533 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
4534 | assert(CatchPad)(static_cast <bool> (CatchPad) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CatchPad", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4534, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4535 | assert(BB)(static_cast <bool> (BB) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BB" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4535, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4536 | return new (2) CatchReturnInst(CatchPad, BB, InsertBefore); |
4537 | } |
4538 | |
4539 | static CatchReturnInst *Create(Value *CatchPad, BasicBlock *BB, |
4540 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
4541 | assert(CatchPad)(static_cast <bool> (CatchPad) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CatchPad", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4541, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4542 | assert(BB)(static_cast <bool> (BB) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BB" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4542, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4543 | return new (2) CatchReturnInst(CatchPad, BB, InsertAtEnd); |
4544 | } |
4545 | |
4546 | /// Provide fast operand accessors |
4547 | DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin(); inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected : template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int > inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned getNumOperands() const; |
4548 | |
4549 | /// Convenience accessors. |
4550 | CatchPadInst *getCatchPad() const { return cast<CatchPadInst>(Op<0>()); } |
4551 | void setCatchPad(CatchPadInst *CatchPad) { |
4552 | assert(CatchPad)(static_cast <bool> (CatchPad) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CatchPad", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4552, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4553 | Op<0>() = CatchPad; |
4554 | } |
4555 | |
4556 | BasicBlock *getSuccessor() const { return cast<BasicBlock>(Op<1>()); } |
4557 | void setSuccessor(BasicBlock *NewSucc) { |
4558 | assert(NewSucc)(static_cast <bool> (NewSucc) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("NewSucc", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4558, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4559 | Op<1>() = NewSucc; |
4560 | } |
4561 | unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return 1; } |
4562 | |
4563 | /// Get the parentPad of this catchret's catchpad's catchswitch. |
4564 | /// The successor block is implicitly a member of this funclet. |
4565 | Value *getCatchSwitchParentPad() const { |
4566 | return getCatchPad()->getCatchSwitch()->getParentPad(); |
4567 | } |
4568 | |
4569 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
4570 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
4571 | return (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::CatchRet); |
4572 | } |
4573 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
4574 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
4575 | } |
4576 | |
4577 | private: |
4578 | BasicBlock *getSuccessor(unsigned Idx) const { |
4579 | assert(Idx < getNumSuccessors() && "Successor # out of range for catchret!")(static_cast <bool> (Idx < getNumSuccessors() && "Successor # out of range for catchret!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Idx < getNumSuccessors() && \"Successor # out of range for catchret!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4579, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4580 | return getSuccessor(); |
4581 | } |
4582 | |
4583 | void setSuccessor(unsigned Idx, BasicBlock *B) { |
4584 | assert(Idx < getNumSuccessors() && "Successor # out of range for catchret!")(static_cast <bool> (Idx < getNumSuccessors() && "Successor # out of range for catchret!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Idx < getNumSuccessors() && \"Successor # out of range for catchret!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4584, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4585 | setSuccessor(B); |
4586 | } |
4587 | }; |
4588 | |
4589 | template <> |
4590 | struct OperandTraits<CatchReturnInst> |
4591 | : public FixedNumOperandTraits<CatchReturnInst, 2> {}; |
4592 | |
4593 | DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(CatchReturnInst, Value)CatchReturnInst::op_iterator CatchReturnInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits<CatchReturnInst>::op_begin(this); } CatchReturnInst ::const_op_iterator CatchReturnInst::op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<CatchReturnInst>::op_begin(const_cast< CatchReturnInst*>(this)); } CatchReturnInst::op_iterator CatchReturnInst ::op_end() { return OperandTraits<CatchReturnInst>::op_end (this); } CatchReturnInst::const_op_iterator CatchReturnInst:: op_end() const { return OperandTraits<CatchReturnInst>:: op_end(const_cast<CatchReturnInst*>(this)); } Value *CatchReturnInst ::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { (static_cast <bool > (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<CatchReturnInst>:: operands(this) && "getOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<CatchReturnInst>::operands(this) && \"getOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4593, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); return cast_or_null <Value>( OperandTraits<CatchReturnInst>::op_begin (const_cast<CatchReturnInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get() ); } void CatchReturnInst::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture, Value *Val_nocapture) { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<CatchReturnInst>::operands(this) && "setOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<CatchReturnInst>::operands(this) && \"setOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4593, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); OperandTraits< CatchReturnInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture ; } unsigned CatchReturnInst::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits<CatchReturnInst>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> Use &CatchReturnInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use &CatchReturnInst::Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } |
4594 | |
4595 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4596 | // CleanupReturnInst Class |
4597 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4598 | |
4599 | class CleanupReturnInst : public Instruction { |
4600 | using UnwindDestField = BoolBitfieldElementT<0>; |
4601 | |
4602 | private: |
4603 | CleanupReturnInst(const CleanupReturnInst &RI); |
4604 | CleanupReturnInst(Value *CleanupPad, BasicBlock *UnwindBB, unsigned Values, |
4605 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
4606 | CleanupReturnInst(Value *CleanupPad, BasicBlock *UnwindBB, unsigned Values, |
4607 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
4608 | |
4609 | void init(Value *CleanupPad, BasicBlock *UnwindBB); |
4610 | |
4611 | protected: |
4612 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
4613 | friend class Instruction; |
4614 | |
4615 | CleanupReturnInst *cloneImpl() const; |
4616 | |
4617 | public: |
4618 | static CleanupReturnInst *Create(Value *CleanupPad, |
4619 | BasicBlock *UnwindBB = nullptr, |
4620 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr) { |
4621 | assert(CleanupPad)(static_cast <bool> (CleanupPad) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CleanupPad", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4621, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4622 | unsigned Values = 1; |
4623 | if (UnwindBB) |
4624 | ++Values; |
4625 | return new (Values) |
4626 | CleanupReturnInst(CleanupPad, UnwindBB, Values, InsertBefore); |
4627 | } |
4628 | |
4629 | static CleanupReturnInst *Create(Value *CleanupPad, BasicBlock *UnwindBB, |
4630 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd) { |
4631 | assert(CleanupPad)(static_cast <bool> (CleanupPad) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CleanupPad", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4631, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4632 | unsigned Values = 1; |
4633 | if (UnwindBB) |
4634 | ++Values; |
4635 | return new (Values) |
4636 | CleanupReturnInst(CleanupPad, UnwindBB, Values, InsertAtEnd); |
4637 | } |
4638 | |
4639 | /// Provide fast operand accessors |
4640 | DECLARE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(Value)public: inline Value *getOperand(unsigned) const; inline void setOperand(unsigned, Value*); inline op_iterator op_begin(); inline const_op_iterator op_begin() const; inline op_iterator op_end(); inline const_op_iterator op_end() const; protected : template <int> inline Use &Op(); template <int > inline const Use &Op() const; public: inline unsigned getNumOperands() const; |
4641 | |
4642 | bool hasUnwindDest() const { return getSubclassData<UnwindDestField>(); } |
4643 | bool unwindsToCaller() const { return !hasUnwindDest(); } |
4644 | |
4645 | /// Convenience accessor. |
4646 | CleanupPadInst *getCleanupPad() const { |
4647 | return cast<CleanupPadInst>(Op<0>()); |
4648 | } |
4649 | void setCleanupPad(CleanupPadInst *CleanupPad) { |
4650 | assert(CleanupPad)(static_cast <bool> (CleanupPad) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CleanupPad", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4650, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4651 | Op<0>() = CleanupPad; |
4652 | } |
4653 | |
4654 | unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return hasUnwindDest() ? 1 : 0; } |
4655 | |
4656 | BasicBlock *getUnwindDest() const { |
4657 | return hasUnwindDest() ? cast<BasicBlock>(Op<1>()) : nullptr; |
4658 | } |
4659 | void setUnwindDest(BasicBlock *NewDest) { |
4660 | assert(NewDest)(static_cast <bool> (NewDest) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("NewDest", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4660, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4661 | assert(hasUnwindDest())(static_cast <bool> (hasUnwindDest()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("hasUnwindDest()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4661, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4662 | Op<1>() = NewDest; |
4663 | } |
4664 | |
4665 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
4666 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
4667 | return (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::CleanupRet); |
4668 | } |
4669 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
4670 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
4671 | } |
4672 | |
4673 | private: |
4674 | BasicBlock *getSuccessor(unsigned Idx) const { |
4675 | assert(Idx == 0)(static_cast <bool> (Idx == 0) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Idx == 0", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4675, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4676 | return getUnwindDest(); |
4677 | } |
4678 | |
4679 | void setSuccessor(unsigned Idx, BasicBlock *B) { |
4680 | assert(Idx == 0)(static_cast <bool> (Idx == 0) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Idx == 0", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4680, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4681 | setUnwindDest(B); |
4682 | } |
4683 | |
4684 | // Shadow Instruction::setInstructionSubclassData with a private forwarding |
4685 | // method so that subclasses cannot accidentally use it. |
4686 | template <typename Bitfield> |
4687 | void setSubclassData(typename Bitfield::Type Value) { |
4688 | Instruction::setSubclassData<Bitfield>(Value); |
4689 | } |
4690 | }; |
4691 | |
4692 | template <> |
4693 | struct OperandTraits<CleanupReturnInst> |
4694 | : public VariadicOperandTraits<CleanupReturnInst, /*MINARITY=*/1> {}; |
4695 | |
4696 | DEFINE_TRANSPARENT_OPERAND_ACCESSORS(CleanupReturnInst, Value)CleanupReturnInst::op_iterator CleanupReturnInst::op_begin() { return OperandTraits<CleanupReturnInst>::op_begin(this ); } CleanupReturnInst::const_op_iterator CleanupReturnInst:: op_begin() const { return OperandTraits<CleanupReturnInst> ::op_begin(const_cast<CleanupReturnInst*>(this)); } CleanupReturnInst ::op_iterator CleanupReturnInst::op_end() { return OperandTraits <CleanupReturnInst>::op_end(this); } CleanupReturnInst:: const_op_iterator CleanupReturnInst::op_end() const { return OperandTraits <CleanupReturnInst>::op_end(const_cast<CleanupReturnInst *>(this)); } Value *CleanupReturnInst::getOperand(unsigned i_nocapture) const { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<CleanupReturnInst>::operands(this) && "getOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<CleanupReturnInst>::operands(this) && \"getOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4696, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); return cast_or_null <Value>( OperandTraits<CleanupReturnInst>::op_begin (const_cast<CleanupReturnInst*>(this))[i_nocapture].get ()); } void CleanupReturnInst::setOperand(unsigned i_nocapture , Value *Val_nocapture) { (static_cast <bool> (i_nocapture < OperandTraits<CleanupReturnInst>::operands(this) && "setOperand() out of range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i_nocapture < OperandTraits<CleanupReturnInst>::operands(this) && \"setOperand() out of range!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4696, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); OperandTraits< CleanupReturnInst>::op_begin(this)[i_nocapture] = Val_nocapture ; } unsigned CleanupReturnInst::getNumOperands() const { return OperandTraits<CleanupReturnInst>::operands(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> Use &CleanupReturnInst::Op() { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this); } template <int Idx_nocapture> const Use &CleanupReturnInst:: Op() const { return this->OpFrom<Idx_nocapture>(this ); } |
4697 | |
4698 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4699 | // UnreachableInst Class |
4700 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4701 | |
4702 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4703 | /// This function has undefined behavior. In particular, the |
4704 | /// presence of this instruction indicates some higher level knowledge that the |
4705 | /// end of the block cannot be reached. |
4706 | /// |
4707 | class UnreachableInst : public Instruction { |
4708 | protected: |
4709 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
4710 | friend class Instruction; |
4711 | |
4712 | UnreachableInst *cloneImpl() const; |
4713 | |
4714 | public: |
4715 | explicit UnreachableInst(LLVMContext &C, Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
4716 | explicit UnreachableInst(LLVMContext &C, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
4717 | |
4718 | // allocate space for exactly zero operands |
4719 | void *operator new(size_t S) { return User::operator new(S, 0); } |
4720 | void operator delete(void *Ptr) { User::operator delete(Ptr); } |
4721 | |
4722 | unsigned getNumSuccessors() const { return 0; } |
4723 | |
4724 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
4725 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
4726 | return I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Unreachable; |
4727 | } |
4728 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
4729 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
4730 | } |
4731 | |
4732 | private: |
4733 | BasicBlock *getSuccessor(unsigned idx) const { |
4734 | llvm_unreachable("UnreachableInst has no successors!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("UnreachableInst has no successors!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4734); |
4735 | } |
4736 | |
4737 | void setSuccessor(unsigned idx, BasicBlock *B) { |
4738 | llvm_unreachable("UnreachableInst has no successors!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("UnreachableInst has no successors!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 4738); |
4739 | } |
4740 | }; |
4741 | |
4742 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4743 | // TruncInst Class |
4744 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4745 | |
4746 | /// This class represents a truncation of integer types. |
4747 | class TruncInst : public CastInst { |
4748 | protected: |
4749 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
4750 | friend class Instruction; |
4751 | |
4752 | /// Clone an identical TruncInst |
4753 | TruncInst *cloneImpl() const; |
4754 | |
4755 | public: |
4756 | /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics |
4757 | TruncInst( |
4758 | Value *S, ///< The value to be truncated |
4759 | Type *Ty, ///< The (smaller) type to truncate to |
4760 | const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction |
4761 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction |
4762 | ); |
4763 | |
4764 | /// Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics |
4765 | TruncInst( |
4766 | Value *S, ///< The value to be truncated |
4767 | Type *Ty, ///< The (smaller) type to truncate to |
4768 | const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction |
4769 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into |
4770 | ); |
4771 | |
4772 | /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
4773 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
4774 | return I->getOpcode() == Trunc; |
4775 | } |
4776 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
4777 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
4778 | } |
4779 | }; |
4780 | |
4781 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4782 | // ZExtInst Class |
4783 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4784 | |
4785 | /// This class represents zero extension of integer types. |
4786 | class ZExtInst : public CastInst { |
4787 | protected: |
4788 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
4789 | friend class Instruction; |
4790 | |
4791 | /// Clone an identical ZExtInst |
4792 | ZExtInst *cloneImpl() const; |
4793 | |
4794 | public: |
4795 | /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics |
4796 | ZExtInst( |
4797 | Value *S, ///< The value to be zero extended |
4798 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to zero extend to |
4799 | const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction |
4800 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction |
4801 | ); |
4802 | |
4803 | /// Constructor with insert-at-end semantics. |
4804 | ZExtInst( |
4805 | Value *S, ///< The value to be zero extended |
4806 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to zero extend to |
4807 | const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction |
4808 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into |
4809 | ); |
4810 | |
4811 | /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
4812 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
4813 | return I->getOpcode() == ZExt; |
4814 | } |
4815 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
4816 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
4817 | } |
4818 | }; |
4819 | |
4820 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4821 | // SExtInst Class |
4822 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4823 | |
4824 | /// This class represents a sign extension of integer types. |
4825 | class SExtInst : public CastInst { |
4826 | protected: |
4827 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
4828 | friend class Instruction; |
4829 | |
4830 | /// Clone an identical SExtInst |
4831 | SExtInst *cloneImpl() const; |
4832 | |
4833 | public: |
4834 | /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics |
4835 | SExtInst( |
4836 | Value *S, ///< The value to be sign extended |
4837 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to sign extend to |
4838 | const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction |
4839 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction |
4840 | ); |
4841 | |
4842 | /// Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics |
4843 | SExtInst( |
4844 | Value *S, ///< The value to be sign extended |
4845 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to sign extend to |
4846 | const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction |
4847 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into |
4848 | ); |
4849 | |
4850 | /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
4851 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
4852 | return I->getOpcode() == SExt; |
4853 | } |
4854 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
4855 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
4856 | } |
4857 | }; |
4858 | |
4859 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4860 | // FPTruncInst Class |
4861 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4862 | |
4863 | /// This class represents a truncation of floating point types. |
4864 | class FPTruncInst : public CastInst { |
4865 | protected: |
4866 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
4867 | friend class Instruction; |
4868 | |
4869 | /// Clone an identical FPTruncInst |
4870 | FPTruncInst *cloneImpl() const; |
4871 | |
4872 | public: |
4873 | /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics |
4874 | FPTruncInst( |
4875 | Value *S, ///< The value to be truncated |
4876 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to truncate to |
4877 | const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction |
4878 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction |
4879 | ); |
4880 | |
4881 | /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics |
4882 | FPTruncInst( |
4883 | Value *S, ///< The value to be truncated |
4884 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to truncate to |
4885 | const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction |
4886 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into |
4887 | ); |
4888 | |
4889 | /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
4890 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
4891 | return I->getOpcode() == FPTrunc; |
4892 | } |
4893 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
4894 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
4895 | } |
4896 | }; |
4897 | |
4898 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4899 | // FPExtInst Class |
4900 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4901 | |
4902 | /// This class represents an extension of floating point types. |
4903 | class FPExtInst : public CastInst { |
4904 | protected: |
4905 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
4906 | friend class Instruction; |
4907 | |
4908 | /// Clone an identical FPExtInst |
4909 | FPExtInst *cloneImpl() const; |
4910 | |
4911 | public: |
4912 | /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics |
4913 | FPExtInst( |
4914 | Value *S, ///< The value to be extended |
4915 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to extend to |
4916 | const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction |
4917 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction |
4918 | ); |
4919 | |
4920 | /// Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics |
4921 | FPExtInst( |
4922 | Value *S, ///< The value to be extended |
4923 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to extend to |
4924 | const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction |
4925 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into |
4926 | ); |
4927 | |
4928 | /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
4929 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
4930 | return I->getOpcode() == FPExt; |
4931 | } |
4932 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
4933 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
4934 | } |
4935 | }; |
4936 | |
4937 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4938 | // UIToFPInst Class |
4939 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4940 | |
4941 | /// This class represents a cast unsigned integer to floating point. |
4942 | class UIToFPInst : public CastInst { |
4943 | protected: |
4944 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
4945 | friend class Instruction; |
4946 | |
4947 | /// Clone an identical UIToFPInst |
4948 | UIToFPInst *cloneImpl() const; |
4949 | |
4950 | public: |
4951 | /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics |
4952 | UIToFPInst( |
4953 | Value *S, ///< The value to be converted |
4954 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to convert to |
4955 | const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction |
4956 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction |
4957 | ); |
4958 | |
4959 | /// Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics |
4960 | UIToFPInst( |
4961 | Value *S, ///< The value to be converted |
4962 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to convert to |
4963 | const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction |
4964 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into |
4965 | ); |
4966 | |
4967 | /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
4968 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
4969 | return I->getOpcode() == UIToFP; |
4970 | } |
4971 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
4972 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
4973 | } |
4974 | }; |
4975 | |
4976 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4977 | // SIToFPInst Class |
4978 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4979 | |
4980 | /// This class represents a cast from signed integer to floating point. |
4981 | class SIToFPInst : public CastInst { |
4982 | protected: |
4983 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
4984 | friend class Instruction; |
4985 | |
4986 | /// Clone an identical SIToFPInst |
4987 | SIToFPInst *cloneImpl() const; |
4988 | |
4989 | public: |
4990 | /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics |
4991 | SIToFPInst( |
4992 | Value *S, ///< The value to be converted |
4993 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to convert to |
4994 | const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction |
4995 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction |
4996 | ); |
4997 | |
4998 | /// Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics |
4999 | SIToFPInst( |
5000 | Value *S, ///< The value to be converted |
5001 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to convert to |
5002 | const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction |
5003 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into |
5004 | ); |
5005 | |
5006 | /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
5007 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
5008 | return I->getOpcode() == SIToFP; |
5009 | } |
5010 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
5011 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
5012 | } |
5013 | }; |
5014 | |
5015 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5016 | // FPToUIInst Class |
5017 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5018 | |
5019 | /// This class represents a cast from floating point to unsigned integer |
5020 | class FPToUIInst : public CastInst { |
5021 | protected: |
5022 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
5023 | friend class Instruction; |
5024 | |
5025 | /// Clone an identical FPToUIInst |
5026 | FPToUIInst *cloneImpl() const; |
5027 | |
5028 | public: |
5029 | /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics |
5030 | FPToUIInst( |
5031 | Value *S, ///< The value to be converted |
5032 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to convert to |
5033 | const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction |
5034 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction |
5035 | ); |
5036 | |
5037 | /// Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics |
5038 | FPToUIInst( |
5039 | Value *S, ///< The value to be converted |
5040 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to convert to |
5041 | const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction |
5042 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< Where to insert the new instruction |
5043 | ); |
5044 | |
5045 | /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
5046 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
5047 | return I->getOpcode() == FPToUI; |
5048 | } |
5049 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
5050 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
5051 | } |
5052 | }; |
5053 | |
5054 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5055 | // FPToSIInst Class |
5056 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5057 | |
5058 | /// This class represents a cast from floating point to signed integer. |
5059 | class FPToSIInst : public CastInst { |
5060 | protected: |
5061 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
5062 | friend class Instruction; |
5063 | |
5064 | /// Clone an identical FPToSIInst |
5065 | FPToSIInst *cloneImpl() const; |
5066 | |
5067 | public: |
5068 | /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics |
5069 | FPToSIInst( |
5070 | Value *S, ///< The value to be converted |
5071 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to convert to |
5072 | const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction |
5073 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction |
5074 | ); |
5075 | |
5076 | /// Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics |
5077 | FPToSIInst( |
5078 | Value *S, ///< The value to be converted |
5079 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to convert to |
5080 | const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction |
5081 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into |
5082 | ); |
5083 | |
5084 | /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
5085 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
5086 | return I->getOpcode() == FPToSI; |
5087 | } |
5088 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
5089 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
5090 | } |
5091 | }; |
5092 | |
5093 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5094 | // IntToPtrInst Class |
5095 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5096 | |
5097 | /// This class represents a cast from an integer to a pointer. |
5098 | class IntToPtrInst : public CastInst { |
5099 | public: |
5100 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
5101 | friend class Instruction; |
5102 | |
5103 | /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics |
5104 | IntToPtrInst( |
5105 | Value *S, ///< The value to be converted |
5106 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to convert to |
5107 | const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction |
5108 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction |
5109 | ); |
5110 | |
5111 | /// Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics |
5112 | IntToPtrInst( |
5113 | Value *S, ///< The value to be converted |
5114 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to convert to |
5115 | const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction |
5116 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into |
5117 | ); |
5118 | |
5119 | /// Clone an identical IntToPtrInst. |
5120 | IntToPtrInst *cloneImpl() const; |
5121 | |
5122 | /// Returns the address space of this instruction's pointer type. |
5123 | unsigned getAddressSpace() const { |
5124 | return getType()->getPointerAddressSpace(); |
5125 | } |
5126 | |
5127 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
5128 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
5129 | return I->getOpcode() == IntToPtr; |
5130 | } |
5131 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
5132 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
5133 | } |
5134 | }; |
5135 | |
5136 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5137 | // PtrToIntInst Class |
5138 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5139 | |
5140 | /// This class represents a cast from a pointer to an integer. |
5141 | class PtrToIntInst : public CastInst { |
5142 | protected: |
5143 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
5144 | friend class Instruction; |
5145 | |
5146 | /// Clone an identical PtrToIntInst. |
5147 | PtrToIntInst *cloneImpl() const; |
5148 | |
5149 | public: |
5150 | /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics |
5151 | PtrToIntInst( |
5152 | Value *S, ///< The value to be converted |
5153 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to convert to |
5154 | const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction |
5155 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction |
5156 | ); |
5157 | |
5158 | /// Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics |
5159 | PtrToIntInst( |
5160 | Value *S, ///< The value to be converted |
5161 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to convert to |
5162 | const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction |
5163 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into |
5164 | ); |
5165 | |
5166 | /// Gets the pointer operand. |
5167 | Value *getPointerOperand() { return getOperand(0); } |
5168 | /// Gets the pointer operand. |
5169 | const Value *getPointerOperand() const { return getOperand(0); } |
5170 | /// Gets the operand index of the pointer operand. |
5171 | static unsigned getPointerOperandIndex() { return 0U; } |
5172 | |
5173 | /// Returns the address space of the pointer operand. |
5174 | unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const { |
5175 | return getPointerOperand()->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace(); |
5176 | } |
5177 | |
5178 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
5179 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
5180 | return I->getOpcode() == PtrToInt; |
5181 | } |
5182 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
5183 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
5184 | } |
5185 | }; |
5186 | |
5187 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5188 | // BitCastInst Class |
5189 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5190 | |
5191 | /// This class represents a no-op cast from one type to another. |
5192 | class BitCastInst : public CastInst { |
5193 | protected: |
5194 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
5195 | friend class Instruction; |
5196 | |
5197 | /// Clone an identical BitCastInst. |
5198 | BitCastInst *cloneImpl() const; |
5199 | |
5200 | public: |
5201 | /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics |
5202 | BitCastInst( |
5203 | Value *S, ///< The value to be casted |
5204 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to casted to |
5205 | const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction |
5206 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction |
5207 | ); |
5208 | |
5209 | /// Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics |
5210 | BitCastInst( |
5211 | Value *S, ///< The value to be casted |
5212 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to casted to |
5213 | const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction |
5214 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into |
5215 | ); |
5216 | |
5217 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
5218 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
5219 | return I->getOpcode() == BitCast; |
5220 | } |
5221 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
5222 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
5223 | } |
5224 | }; |
5225 | |
5226 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5227 | // AddrSpaceCastInst Class |
5228 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5229 | |
5230 | /// This class represents a conversion between pointers from one address space |
5231 | /// to another. |
5232 | class AddrSpaceCastInst : public CastInst { |
5233 | protected: |
5234 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
5235 | friend class Instruction; |
5236 | |
5237 | /// Clone an identical AddrSpaceCastInst. |
5238 | AddrSpaceCastInst *cloneImpl() const; |
5239 | |
5240 | public: |
5241 | /// Constructor with insert-before-instruction semantics |
5242 | AddrSpaceCastInst( |
5243 | Value *S, ///< The value to be casted |
5244 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to casted to |
5245 | const Twine &NameStr = "", ///< A name for the new instruction |
5246 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr ///< Where to insert the new instruction |
5247 | ); |
5248 | |
5249 | /// Constructor with insert-at-end-of-block semantics |
5250 | AddrSpaceCastInst( |
5251 | Value *S, ///< The value to be casted |
5252 | Type *Ty, ///< The type to casted to |
5253 | const Twine &NameStr, ///< A name for the new instruction |
5254 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd ///< The block to insert the instruction into |
5255 | ); |
5256 | |
5257 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
5258 | static bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
5259 | return I->getOpcode() == AddrSpaceCast; |
5260 | } |
5261 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
5262 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
5263 | } |
5264 | |
5265 | /// Gets the pointer operand. |
5266 | Value *getPointerOperand() { |
5267 | return getOperand(0); |
5268 | } |
5269 | |
5270 | /// Gets the pointer operand. |
5271 | const Value *getPointerOperand() const { |
5272 | return getOperand(0); |
5273 | } |
5274 | |
5275 | /// Gets the operand index of the pointer operand. |
5276 | static unsigned getPointerOperandIndex() { |
5277 | return 0U; |
5278 | } |
5279 | |
5280 | /// Returns the address space of the pointer operand. |
5281 | unsigned getSrcAddressSpace() const { |
5282 | return getPointerOperand()->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace(); |
5283 | } |
5284 | |
5285 | /// Returns the address space of the result. |
5286 | unsigned getDestAddressSpace() const { |
5287 | return getType()->getPointerAddressSpace(); |
5288 | } |
5289 | }; |
5290 | |
5291 | /// A helper function that returns the pointer operand of a load or store |
5292 | /// instruction. Returns nullptr if not load or store. |
5293 | inline const Value *getLoadStorePointerOperand(const Value *V) { |
5294 | if (auto *Load = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(V)) |
5295 | return Load->getPointerOperand(); |
5296 | if (auto *Store = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(V)) |
5297 | return Store->getPointerOperand(); |
5298 | return nullptr; |
5299 | } |
5300 | inline Value *getLoadStorePointerOperand(Value *V) { |
5301 | return const_cast<Value *>( |
5302 | getLoadStorePointerOperand(static_cast<const Value *>(V))); |
5303 | } |
5304 | |
5305 | /// A helper function that returns the pointer operand of a load, store |
5306 | /// or GEP instruction. Returns nullptr if not load, store, or GEP. |
5307 | inline const Value *getPointerOperand(const Value *V) { |
5308 | if (auto *Ptr = getLoadStorePointerOperand(V)) |
5309 | return Ptr; |
5310 | if (auto *Gep = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(V)) |
5311 | return Gep->getPointerOperand(); |
5312 | return nullptr; |
5313 | } |
5314 | inline Value *getPointerOperand(Value *V) { |
5315 | return const_cast<Value *>(getPointerOperand(static_cast<const Value *>(V))); |
5316 | } |
5317 | |
5318 | /// A helper function that returns the alignment of load or store instruction. |
5319 | inline Align getLoadStoreAlignment(Value *I) { |
5320 | assert((isa<LoadInst>(I) || isa<StoreInst>(I)) &&(static_cast <bool> ((isa<LoadInst>(I) || isa< StoreInst>(I)) && "Expected Load or Store instruction" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(isa<LoadInst>(I) || isa<StoreInst>(I)) && \"Expected Load or Store instruction\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 5321, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5321 | "Expected Load or Store instruction")(static_cast <bool> ((isa<LoadInst>(I) || isa< StoreInst>(I)) && "Expected Load or Store instruction" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(isa<LoadInst>(I) || isa<StoreInst>(I)) && \"Expected Load or Store instruction\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 5321, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5322 | if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) |
5323 | return LI->getAlign(); |
5324 | return cast<StoreInst>(I)->getAlign(); |
5325 | } |
5326 | |
5327 | /// A helper function that returns the address space of the pointer operand of |
5328 | /// load or store instruction. |
5329 | inline unsigned getLoadStoreAddressSpace(Value *I) { |
5330 | assert((isa<LoadInst>(I) || isa<StoreInst>(I)) &&(static_cast <bool> ((isa<LoadInst>(I) || isa< StoreInst>(I)) && "Expected Load or Store instruction" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(isa<LoadInst>(I) || isa<StoreInst>(I)) && \"Expected Load or Store instruction\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 5331, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5331 | "Expected Load or Store instruction")(static_cast <bool> ((isa<LoadInst>(I) || isa< StoreInst>(I)) && "Expected Load or Store instruction" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(isa<LoadInst>(I) || isa<StoreInst>(I)) && \"Expected Load or Store instruction\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 5331, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5332 | if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) |
5333 | return LI->getPointerAddressSpace(); |
5334 | return cast<StoreInst>(I)->getPointerAddressSpace(); |
5335 | } |
5336 | |
5337 | /// A helper function that returns the type of a load or store instruction. |
5338 | inline Type *getLoadStoreType(Value *I) { |
5339 | assert((isa<LoadInst>(I) || isa<StoreInst>(I)) &&(static_cast <bool> ((isa<LoadInst>(I) || isa< StoreInst>(I)) && "Expected Load or Store instruction" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(isa<LoadInst>(I) || isa<StoreInst>(I)) && \"Expected Load or Store instruction\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 5340, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5340 | "Expected Load or Store instruction")(static_cast <bool> ((isa<LoadInst>(I) || isa< StoreInst>(I)) && "Expected Load or Store instruction" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(isa<LoadInst>(I) || isa<StoreInst>(I)) && \"Expected Load or Store instruction\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h" , 5340, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5341 | if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) |
5342 | return LI->getType(); |
5343 | return cast<StoreInst>(I)->getValueOperand()->getType(); |
5344 | } |
5345 | |
5346 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5347 | // FreezeInst Class |
5348 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5349 | |
5350 | /// This class represents a freeze function that returns random concrete |
5351 | /// value if an operand is either a poison value or an undef value |
5352 | class FreezeInst : public UnaryInstruction { |
5353 | protected: |
5354 | // Note: Instruction needs to be a friend here to call cloneImpl. |
5355 | friend class Instruction; |
5356 | |
5357 | /// Clone an identical FreezeInst |
5358 | FreezeInst *cloneImpl() const; |
5359 | |
5360 | public: |
5361 | explicit FreezeInst(Value *S, |
5362 | const Twine &NameStr = "", |
5363 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
5364 | FreezeInst(Value *S, const Twine &NameStr, BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
5365 | |
5366 | // Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
5367 | static inline bool classof(const Instruction *I) { |
5368 | return I->getOpcode() == Freeze; |
5369 | } |
5370 | static inline bool classof(const Value *V) { |
5371 | return isa<Instruction>(V) && classof(cast<Instruction>(V)); |
5372 | } |
5373 | }; |
5374 | |
5375 | } // end namespace llvm |
5376 | |
5377 | #endif // LLVM_IR_INSTRUCTIONS_H |
1 | //===-- llvm/Instruction.h - Instruction class definition -------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | // This file contains the declaration of the Instruction class, which is the |
10 | // base class for all of the LLVM instructions. |
11 | // |
12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
13 | |
14 | #ifndef LLVM_IR_INSTRUCTION_H |
15 | #define LLVM_IR_INSTRUCTION_H |
16 | |
17 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
18 | #include "llvm/ADT/Bitfields.h" |
19 | #include "llvm/ADT/None.h" |
20 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
21 | #include "llvm/ADT/ilist_node.h" |
22 | #include "llvm/IR/DebugLoc.h" |
23 | #include "llvm/IR/SymbolTableListTraits.h" |
24 | #include "llvm/IR/User.h" |
25 | #include "llvm/IR/Value.h" |
26 | #include "llvm/Support/AtomicOrdering.h" |
27 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
28 | #include <algorithm> |
29 | #include <cassert> |
30 | #include <cstdint> |
31 | #include <utility> |
32 | |
33 | namespace llvm { |
34 | |
35 | class BasicBlock; |
36 | class FastMathFlags; |
37 | class MDNode; |
38 | class Module; |
39 | struct AAMDNodes; |
40 | |
41 | template <> struct ilist_alloc_traits<Instruction> { |
42 | static inline void deleteNode(Instruction *V); |
43 | }; |
44 | |
45 | class Instruction : public User, |
46 | public ilist_node_with_parent<Instruction, BasicBlock> { |
47 | BasicBlock *Parent; |
48 | DebugLoc DbgLoc; // 'dbg' Metadata cache. |
49 | |
50 | /// Relative order of this instruction in its parent basic block. Used for |
51 | /// O(1) local dominance checks between instructions. |
52 | mutable unsigned Order = 0; |
53 | |
54 | protected: |
55 | // The 15 first bits of `Value::SubclassData` are available for subclasses of |
56 | // `Instruction` to use. |
57 | using OpaqueField = Bitfield::Element<uint16_t, 0, 15>; |
58 | |
59 | // Template alias so that all Instruction storing alignment use the same |
60 | // definiton. |
61 | // Valid alignments are powers of two from 2^0 to 2^MaxAlignmentExponent = |
62 | // 2^30. We store them as Log2(Alignment), so we need 5 bits to encode the 31 |
63 | // possible values. |
64 | template <unsigned Offset> |
65 | using AlignmentBitfieldElementT = |
66 | typename Bitfield::Element<unsigned, Offset, 5, |
67 | Value::MaxAlignmentExponent>; |
68 | |
69 | template <unsigned Offset> |
70 | using BoolBitfieldElementT = typename Bitfield::Element<bool, Offset, 1>; |
71 | |
72 | template <unsigned Offset> |
73 | using AtomicOrderingBitfieldElementT = |
74 | typename Bitfield::Element<AtomicOrdering, Offset, 3, |
75 | AtomicOrdering::LAST>; |
76 | |
77 | private: |
78 | // The last bit is used to store whether the instruction has metadata attached |
79 | // or not. |
80 | using HasMetadataField = Bitfield::Element<bool, 15, 1>; |
81 | |
82 | protected: |
83 | ~Instruction(); // Use deleteValue() to delete a generic Instruction. |
84 | |
85 | public: |
86 | Instruction(const Instruction &) = delete; |
87 | Instruction &operator=(const Instruction &) = delete; |
88 | |
89 | /// Specialize the methods defined in Value, as we know that an instruction |
90 | /// can only be used by other instructions. |
91 | Instruction *user_back() { return cast<Instruction>(*user_begin());} |
92 | const Instruction *user_back() const { return cast<Instruction>(*user_begin());} |
93 | |
94 | inline const BasicBlock *getParent() const { return Parent; } |
95 | inline BasicBlock *getParent() { return Parent; } |
96 | |
97 | /// Return the module owning the function this instruction belongs to |
98 | /// or nullptr it the function does not have a module. |
99 | /// |
100 | /// Note: this is undefined behavior if the instruction does not have a |
101 | /// parent, or the parent basic block does not have a parent function. |
102 | const Module *getModule() const; |
103 | Module *getModule() { |
104 | return const_cast<Module *>( |
105 | static_cast<const Instruction *>(this)->getModule()); |
106 | } |
107 | |
108 | /// Return the function this instruction belongs to. |
109 | /// |
110 | /// Note: it is undefined behavior to call this on an instruction not |
111 | /// currently inserted into a function. |
112 | const Function *getFunction() const; |
113 | Function *getFunction() { |
114 | return const_cast<Function *>( |
115 | static_cast<const Instruction *>(this)->getFunction()); |
116 | } |
117 | |
118 | /// This method unlinks 'this' from the containing basic block, but does not |
119 | /// delete it. |
120 | void removeFromParent(); |
121 | |
122 | /// This method unlinks 'this' from the containing basic block and deletes it. |
123 | /// |
124 | /// \returns an iterator pointing to the element after the erased one |
125 | SymbolTableList<Instruction>::iterator eraseFromParent(); |
126 | |
127 | /// Insert an unlinked instruction into a basic block immediately before |
128 | /// the specified instruction. |
129 | void insertBefore(Instruction *InsertPos); |
130 | |
131 | /// Insert an unlinked instruction into a basic block immediately after the |
132 | /// specified instruction. |
133 | void insertAfter(Instruction *InsertPos); |
134 | |
135 | /// Unlink this instruction from its current basic block and insert it into |
136 | /// the basic block that MovePos lives in, right before MovePos. |
137 | void moveBefore(Instruction *MovePos); |
138 | |
139 | /// Unlink this instruction and insert into BB before I. |
140 | /// |
141 | /// \pre I is a valid iterator into BB. |
142 | void moveBefore(BasicBlock &BB, SymbolTableList<Instruction>::iterator I); |
143 | |
144 | /// Unlink this instruction from its current basic block and insert it into |
145 | /// the basic block that MovePos lives in, right after MovePos. |
146 | void moveAfter(Instruction *MovePos); |
147 | |
148 | /// Given an instruction Other in the same basic block as this instruction, |
149 | /// return true if this instruction comes before Other. In this worst case, |
150 | /// this takes linear time in the number of instructions in the block. The |
151 | /// results are cached, so in common cases when the block remains unmodified, |
152 | /// it takes constant time. |
153 | bool comesBefore(const Instruction *Other) const; |
154 | |
155 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
156 | // Subclass classification. |
157 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
158 | |
159 | /// Returns a member of one of the enums like Instruction::Add. |
160 | unsigned getOpcode() const { return getValueID() - InstructionVal; } |
161 | |
162 | const char *getOpcodeName() const { return getOpcodeName(getOpcode()); } |
163 | bool isTerminator() const { return isTerminator(getOpcode()); } |
164 | bool isUnaryOp() const { return isUnaryOp(getOpcode()); } |
165 | bool isBinaryOp() const { return isBinaryOp(getOpcode()); } |
166 | bool isIntDivRem() const { return isIntDivRem(getOpcode()); } |
167 | bool isShift() const { return isShift(getOpcode()); } |
168 | bool isCast() const { return isCast(getOpcode()); } |
169 | bool isFuncletPad() const { return isFuncletPad(getOpcode()); } |
170 | bool isExceptionalTerminator() const { |
171 | return isExceptionalTerminator(getOpcode()); |
172 | } |
173 | |
174 | /// It checks if this instruction is the only user of at least one of |
175 | /// its operands. |
176 | bool isOnlyUserOfAnyOperand(); |
177 | |
178 | bool isIndirectTerminator() const { |
179 | return isIndirectTerminator(getOpcode()); |
180 | } |
181 | |
182 | static const char* getOpcodeName(unsigned OpCode); |
183 | |
184 | static inline bool isTerminator(unsigned OpCode) { |
185 | return OpCode >= TermOpsBegin && OpCode < TermOpsEnd; |
186 | } |
187 | |
188 | static inline bool isUnaryOp(unsigned Opcode) { |
189 | return Opcode >= UnaryOpsBegin && Opcode < UnaryOpsEnd; |
190 | } |
191 | static inline bool isBinaryOp(unsigned Opcode) { |
192 | return Opcode >= BinaryOpsBegin && Opcode < BinaryOpsEnd; |
193 | } |
194 | |
195 | static inline bool isIntDivRem(unsigned Opcode) { |
196 | return Opcode == UDiv || Opcode == SDiv || Opcode == URem || Opcode == SRem; |
197 | } |
198 | |
199 | /// Determine if the Opcode is one of the shift instructions. |
200 | static inline bool isShift(unsigned Opcode) { |
201 | return Opcode >= Shl && Opcode <= AShr; |
202 | } |
203 | |
204 | /// Return true if this is a logical shift left or a logical shift right. |
205 | inline bool isLogicalShift() const { |
206 | return getOpcode() == Shl || getOpcode() == LShr; |
207 | } |
208 | |
209 | /// Return true if this is an arithmetic shift right. |
210 | inline bool isArithmeticShift() const { |
211 | return getOpcode() == AShr; |
212 | } |
213 | |
214 | /// Determine if the Opcode is and/or/xor. |
215 | static inline bool isBitwiseLogicOp(unsigned Opcode) { |
216 | return Opcode == And || Opcode == Or || Opcode == Xor; |
217 | } |
218 | |
219 | /// Return true if this is and/or/xor. |
220 | inline bool isBitwiseLogicOp() const { |
221 | return isBitwiseLogicOp(getOpcode()); |
222 | } |
223 | |
224 | /// Determine if the OpCode is one of the CastInst instructions. |
225 | static inline bool isCast(unsigned OpCode) { |
226 | return OpCode >= CastOpsBegin && OpCode < CastOpsEnd; |
227 | } |
228 | |
229 | /// Determine if the OpCode is one of the FuncletPadInst instructions. |
230 | static inline bool isFuncletPad(unsigned OpCode) { |
231 | return OpCode >= FuncletPadOpsBegin && OpCode < FuncletPadOpsEnd; |
232 | } |
233 | |
234 | /// Returns true if the OpCode is a terminator related to exception handling. |
235 | static inline bool isExceptionalTerminator(unsigned OpCode) { |
236 | switch (OpCode) { |
237 | case Instruction::CatchSwitch: |
238 | case Instruction::CatchRet: |
239 | case Instruction::CleanupRet: |
240 | case Instruction::Invoke: |
241 | case Instruction::Resume: |
242 | return true; |
243 | default: |
244 | return false; |
245 | } |
246 | } |
247 | |
248 | /// Returns true if the OpCode is a terminator with indirect targets. |
249 | static inline bool isIndirectTerminator(unsigned OpCode) { |
250 | switch (OpCode) { |
251 | case Instruction::IndirectBr: |
252 | case Instruction::CallBr: |
253 | return true; |
254 | default: |
255 | return false; |
256 | } |
257 | } |
258 | |
259 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
260 | // Metadata manipulation. |
261 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
262 | |
263 | /// Return true if this instruction has any metadata attached to it. |
264 | bool hasMetadata() const { return DbgLoc || Value::hasMetadata(); } |
265 | |
266 | /// Return true if this instruction has metadata attached to it other than a |
267 | /// debug location. |
268 | bool hasMetadataOtherThanDebugLoc() const { return Value::hasMetadata(); } |
269 | |
270 | /// Return true if this instruction has the given type of metadata attached. |
271 | bool hasMetadata(unsigned KindID) const { |
272 | return getMetadata(KindID) != nullptr; |
273 | } |
274 | |
275 | /// Return true if this instruction has the given type of metadata attached. |
276 | bool hasMetadata(StringRef Kind) const { |
277 | return getMetadata(Kind) != nullptr; |
278 | } |
279 | |
280 | /// Get the metadata of given kind attached to this Instruction. |
281 | /// If the metadata is not found then return null. |
282 | MDNode *getMetadata(unsigned KindID) const { |
283 | if (!hasMetadata()) return nullptr; |
284 | return getMetadataImpl(KindID); |
285 | } |
286 | |
287 | /// Get the metadata of given kind attached to this Instruction. |
288 | /// If the metadata is not found then return null. |
289 | MDNode *getMetadata(StringRef Kind) const { |
290 | if (!hasMetadata()) return nullptr; |
291 | return getMetadataImpl(Kind); |
292 | } |
293 | |
294 | /// Get all metadata attached to this Instruction. The first element of each |
295 | /// pair returned is the KindID, the second element is the metadata value. |
296 | /// This list is returned sorted by the KindID. |
297 | void |
298 | getAllMetadata(SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<unsigned, MDNode *>> &MDs) const { |
299 | if (hasMetadata()) |
300 | getAllMetadataImpl(MDs); |
301 | } |
302 | |
303 | /// This does the same thing as getAllMetadata, except that it filters out the |
304 | /// debug location. |
305 | void getAllMetadataOtherThanDebugLoc( |
306 | SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<unsigned, MDNode *>> &MDs) const { |
307 | Value::getAllMetadata(MDs); |
308 | } |
309 | |
310 | /// Fills the AAMDNodes structure with AA metadata from this instruction. |
311 | /// When Merge is true, the existing AA metadata is merged with that from this |
312 | /// instruction providing the most-general result. |
313 | void getAAMetadata(AAMDNodes &N, bool Merge = false) const; |
314 | |
315 | /// Set the metadata of the specified kind to the specified node. This updates |
316 | /// or replaces metadata if already present, or removes it if Node is null. |
317 | void setMetadata(unsigned KindID, MDNode *Node); |
318 | void setMetadata(StringRef Kind, MDNode *Node); |
319 | |
320 | /// Copy metadata from \p SrcInst to this instruction. \p WL, if not empty, |
321 | /// specifies the list of meta data that needs to be copied. If \p WL is |
322 | /// empty, all meta data will be copied. |
323 | void copyMetadata(const Instruction &SrcInst, |
324 | ArrayRef<unsigned> WL = ArrayRef<unsigned>()); |
325 | |
326 | /// If the instruction has "branch_weights" MD_prof metadata and the MDNode |
327 | /// has three operands (including name string), swap the order of the |
328 | /// metadata. |
329 | void swapProfMetadata(); |
330 | |
331 | /// Drop all unknown metadata except for debug locations. |
332 | /// @{ |
333 | /// Passes are required to drop metadata they don't understand. This is a |
334 | /// convenience method for passes to do so. |
335 | /// dropUndefImplyingAttrsAndUnknownMetadata should be used instead of |
336 | /// this API if the Instruction being modified is a call. |
337 | void dropUnknownNonDebugMetadata(ArrayRef<unsigned> KnownIDs); |
338 | void dropUnknownNonDebugMetadata() { |
339 | return dropUnknownNonDebugMetadata(None); |
340 | } |
341 | void dropUnknownNonDebugMetadata(unsigned ID1) { |
342 | return dropUnknownNonDebugMetadata(makeArrayRef(ID1)); |
343 | } |
344 | void dropUnknownNonDebugMetadata(unsigned ID1, unsigned ID2) { |
345 | unsigned IDs[] = {ID1, ID2}; |
346 | return dropUnknownNonDebugMetadata(IDs); |
347 | } |
348 | /// @} |
349 | |
350 | /// Adds an !annotation metadata node with \p Annotation to this instruction. |
351 | /// If this instruction already has !annotation metadata, append \p Annotation |
352 | /// to the existing node. |
353 | void addAnnotationMetadata(StringRef Annotation); |
354 | |
355 | /// Sets the metadata on this instruction from the AAMDNodes structure. |
356 | void setAAMetadata(const AAMDNodes &N); |
357 | |
358 | /// Retrieve the raw weight values of a conditional branch or select. |
359 | /// Returns true on success with profile weights filled in. |
360 | /// Returns false if no metadata or invalid metadata was found. |
361 | bool extractProfMetadata(uint64_t &TrueVal, uint64_t &FalseVal) const; |
362 | |
363 | /// Retrieve total raw weight values of a branch. |
364 | /// Returns true on success with profile total weights filled in. |
365 | /// Returns false if no metadata was found. |
366 | bool extractProfTotalWeight(uint64_t &TotalVal) const; |
367 | |
368 | /// Set the debug location information for this instruction. |
369 | void setDebugLoc(DebugLoc Loc) { DbgLoc = std::move(Loc); } |
370 | |
371 | /// Return the debug location for this node as a DebugLoc. |
372 | const DebugLoc &getDebugLoc() const { return DbgLoc; } |
373 | |
374 | /// Set or clear the nuw flag on this instruction, which must be an operator |
375 | /// which supports this flag. See LangRef.html for the meaning of this flag. |
376 | void setHasNoUnsignedWrap(bool b = true); |
377 | |
378 | /// Set or clear the nsw flag on this instruction, which must be an operator |
379 | /// which supports this flag. See LangRef.html for the meaning of this flag. |
380 | void setHasNoSignedWrap(bool b = true); |
381 | |
382 | /// Set or clear the exact flag on this instruction, which must be an operator |
383 | /// which supports this flag. See LangRef.html for the meaning of this flag. |
384 | void setIsExact(bool b = true); |
385 | |
386 | /// Determine whether the no unsigned wrap flag is set. |
387 | bool hasNoUnsignedWrap() const; |
388 | |
389 | /// Determine whether the no signed wrap flag is set. |
390 | bool hasNoSignedWrap() const; |
391 | |
392 | /// Drops flags that may cause this instruction to evaluate to poison despite |
393 | /// having non-poison inputs. |
394 | void dropPoisonGeneratingFlags(); |
395 | |
396 | /// This function drops non-debug unknown metadata (through |
397 | /// dropUnknownNonDebugMetadata). For calls, it also drops parameter and |
398 | /// return attributes that can cause undefined behaviour. Both of these should |
399 | /// be done by passes which move instructions in IR. |
400 | void |
401 | dropUndefImplyingAttrsAndUnknownMetadata(ArrayRef<unsigned> KnownIDs = {}); |
402 | |
403 | /// Determine whether the exact flag is set. |
404 | bool isExact() const; |
405 | |
406 | /// Set or clear all fast-math-flags on this instruction, which must be an |
407 | /// operator which supports this flag. See LangRef.html for the meaning of |
408 | /// this flag. |
409 | void setFast(bool B); |
410 | |
411 | /// Set or clear the reassociation flag on this instruction, which must be |
412 | /// an operator which supports this flag. See LangRef.html for the meaning of |
413 | /// this flag. |
414 | void setHasAllowReassoc(bool B); |
415 | |
416 | /// Set or clear the no-nans flag on this instruction, which must be an |
417 | /// operator which supports this flag. See LangRef.html for the meaning of |
418 | /// this flag. |
419 | void setHasNoNaNs(bool B); |
420 | |
421 | /// Set or clear the no-infs flag on this instruction, which must be an |
422 | /// operator which supports this flag. See LangRef.html for the meaning of |
423 | /// this flag. |
424 | void setHasNoInfs(bool B); |
425 | |
426 | /// Set or clear the no-signed-zeros flag on this instruction, which must be |
427 | /// an operator which supports this flag. See LangRef.html for the meaning of |
428 | /// this flag. |
429 | void setHasNoSignedZeros(bool B); |
430 | |
431 | /// Set or clear the allow-reciprocal flag on this instruction, which must be |
432 | /// an operator which supports this flag. See LangRef.html for the meaning of |
433 | /// this flag. |
434 | void setHasAllowReciprocal(bool B); |
435 | |
436 | /// Set or clear the allow-contract flag on this instruction, which must be |
437 | /// an operator which supports this flag. See LangRef.html for the meaning of |
438 | /// this flag. |
439 | void setHasAllowContract(bool B); |
440 | |
441 | /// Set or clear the approximate-math-functions flag on this instruction, |
442 | /// which must be an operator which supports this flag. See LangRef.html for |
443 | /// the meaning of this flag. |
444 | void setHasApproxFunc(bool B); |
445 | |
446 | /// Convenience function for setting multiple fast-math flags on this |
447 | /// instruction, which must be an operator which supports these flags. See |
448 | /// LangRef.html for the meaning of these flags. |
449 | void setFastMathFlags(FastMathFlags FMF); |
450 | |
451 | /// Convenience function for transferring all fast-math flag values to this |
452 | /// instruction, which must be an operator which supports these flags. See |
453 | /// LangRef.html for the meaning of these flags. |
454 | void copyFastMathFlags(FastMathFlags FMF); |
455 | |
456 | /// Determine whether all fast-math-flags are set. |
457 | bool isFast() const; |
458 | |
459 | /// Determine whether the allow-reassociation flag is set. |
460 | bool hasAllowReassoc() const; |
461 | |
462 | /// Determine whether the no-NaNs flag is set. |
463 | bool hasNoNaNs() const; |
464 | |
465 | /// Determine whether the no-infs flag is set. |
466 | bool hasNoInfs() const; |
467 | |
468 | /// Determine whether the no-signed-zeros flag is set. |
469 | bool hasNoSignedZeros() const; |
470 | |
471 | /// Determine whether the allow-reciprocal flag is set. |
472 | bool hasAllowReciprocal() const; |
473 | |
474 | /// Determine whether the allow-contract flag is set. |
475 | bool hasAllowContract() const; |
476 | |
477 | /// Determine whether the approximate-math-functions flag is set. |
478 | bool hasApproxFunc() const; |
479 | |
480 | /// Convenience function for getting all the fast-math flags, which must be an |
481 | /// operator which supports these flags. See LangRef.html for the meaning of |
482 | /// these flags. |
483 | FastMathFlags getFastMathFlags() const; |
484 | |
485 | /// Copy I's fast-math flags |
486 | void copyFastMathFlags(const Instruction *I); |
487 | |
488 | /// Convenience method to copy supported exact, fast-math, and (optionally) |
489 | /// wrapping flags from V to this instruction. |
490 | void copyIRFlags(const Value *V, bool IncludeWrapFlags = true); |
491 | |
492 | /// Logical 'and' of any supported wrapping, exact, and fast-math flags of |
493 | /// V and this instruction. |
494 | void andIRFlags(const Value *V); |
495 | |
496 | /// Merge 2 debug locations and apply it to the Instruction. If the |
497 | /// instruction is a CallIns, we need to traverse the inline chain to find |
498 | /// the common scope. This is not efficient for N-way merging as each time |
499 | /// you merge 2 iterations, you need to rebuild the hashmap to find the |
500 | /// common scope. However, we still choose this API because: |
501 | /// 1) Simplicity: it takes 2 locations instead of a list of locations. |
502 | /// 2) In worst case, it increases the complexity from O(N*I) to |
503 | /// O(2*N*I), where N is # of Instructions to merge, and I is the |
504 | /// maximum level of inline stack. So it is still linear. |
505 | /// 3) Merging of call instructions should be extremely rare in real |
506 | /// applications, thus the N-way merging should be in code path. |
507 | /// The DebugLoc attached to this instruction will be overwritten by the |
508 | /// merged DebugLoc. |
509 | void applyMergedLocation(const DILocation *LocA, const DILocation *LocB); |
510 | |
511 | /// Updates the debug location given that the instruction has been hoisted |
512 | /// from a block to a predecessor of that block. |
513 | /// Note: it is undefined behavior to call this on an instruction not |
514 | /// currently inserted into a function. |
515 | void updateLocationAfterHoist(); |
516 | |
517 | /// Drop the instruction's debug location. This does not guarantee removal |
518 | /// of the !dbg source location attachment, as it must set a line 0 location |
519 | /// with scope information attached on call instructions. To guarantee |
520 | /// removal of the !dbg attachment, use the \ref setDebugLoc() API. |
521 | /// Note: it is undefined behavior to call this on an instruction not |
522 | /// currently inserted into a function. |
523 | void dropLocation(); |
524 | |
525 | private: |
526 | // These are all implemented in Metadata.cpp. |
527 | MDNode *getMetadataImpl(unsigned KindID) const; |
528 | MDNode *getMetadataImpl(StringRef Kind) const; |
529 | void |
530 | getAllMetadataImpl(SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<unsigned, MDNode *>> &) const; |
531 | |
532 | public: |
533 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
534 | // Predicates and helper methods. |
535 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
536 | |
537 | /// Return true if the instruction is associative: |
538 | /// |
539 | /// Associative operators satisfy: x op (y op z) === (x op y) op z |
540 | /// |
541 | /// In LLVM, the Add, Mul, And, Or, and Xor operators are associative. |
542 | /// |
543 | bool isAssociative() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
544 | static bool isAssociative(unsigned Opcode) { |
545 | return Opcode == And || Opcode == Or || Opcode == Xor || |
546 | Opcode == Add || Opcode == Mul; |
547 | } |
548 | |
549 | /// Return true if the instruction is commutative: |
550 | /// |
551 | /// Commutative operators satisfy: (x op y) === (y op x) |
552 | /// |
553 | /// In LLVM, these are the commutative operators, plus SetEQ and SetNE, when |
554 | /// applied to any type. |
555 | /// |
556 | bool isCommutative() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
557 | static bool isCommutative(unsigned Opcode) { |
558 | switch (Opcode) { |
559 | case Add: case FAdd: |
560 | case Mul: case FMul: |
561 | case And: case Or: case Xor: |
562 | return true; |
563 | default: |
564 | return false; |
565 | } |
566 | } |
567 | |
568 | /// Return true if the instruction is idempotent: |
569 | /// |
570 | /// Idempotent operators satisfy: x op x === x |
571 | /// |
572 | /// In LLVM, the And and Or operators are idempotent. |
573 | /// |
574 | bool isIdempotent() const { return isIdempotent(getOpcode()); } |
575 | static bool isIdempotent(unsigned Opcode) { |
576 | return Opcode == And || Opcode == Or; |
577 | } |
578 | |
579 | /// Return true if the instruction is nilpotent: |
580 | /// |
581 | /// Nilpotent operators satisfy: x op x === Id, |
582 | /// |
583 | /// where Id is the identity for the operator, i.e. a constant such that |
584 | /// x op Id === x and Id op x === x for all x. |
585 | /// |
586 | /// In LLVM, the Xor operator is nilpotent. |
587 | /// |
588 | bool isNilpotent() const { return isNilpotent(getOpcode()); } |
589 | static bool isNilpotent(unsigned Opcode) { |
590 | return Opcode == Xor; |
591 | } |
592 | |
593 | /// Return true if this instruction may modify memory. |
594 | bool mayWriteToMemory() const; |
595 | |
596 | /// Return true if this instruction may read memory. |
597 | bool mayReadFromMemory() const; |
598 | |
599 | /// Return true if this instruction may read or write memory. |
600 | bool mayReadOrWriteMemory() const { |
601 | return mayReadFromMemory() || mayWriteToMemory(); |
602 | } |
603 | |
604 | /// Return true if this instruction has an AtomicOrdering of unordered or |
605 | /// higher. |
606 | bool isAtomic() const; |
607 | |
608 | /// Return true if this atomic instruction loads from memory. |
609 | bool hasAtomicLoad() const; |
610 | |
611 | /// Return true if this atomic instruction stores to memory. |
612 | bool hasAtomicStore() const; |
613 | |
614 | /// Return true if this instruction has a volatile memory access. |
615 | bool isVolatile() const; |
616 | |
617 | /// Return true if this instruction may throw an exception. |
618 | bool mayThrow() const; |
619 | |
620 | /// Return true if this instruction behaves like a memory fence: it can load |
621 | /// or store to memory location without being given a memory location. |
622 | bool isFenceLike() const { |
623 | switch (getOpcode()) { |
624 | default: |
625 | return false; |
626 | // This list should be kept in sync with the list in mayWriteToMemory for |
627 | // all opcodes which don't have a memory location. |
628 | case Instruction::Fence: |
629 | case Instruction::CatchPad: |
630 | case Instruction::CatchRet: |
631 | case Instruction::Call: |
632 | case Instruction::Invoke: |
633 | return true; |
634 | } |
635 | } |
636 | |
637 | /// Return true if the instruction may have side effects. |
638 | /// |
639 | /// Side effects are: |
640 | /// * Writing to memory. |
641 | /// * Unwinding. |
642 | /// * Not returning (e.g. an infinite loop). |
643 | /// |
644 | /// Note that this does not consider malloc and alloca to have side |
645 | /// effects because the newly allocated memory is completely invisible to |
646 | /// instructions which don't use the returned value. For cases where this |
647 | /// matters, isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute may be more appropriate. |
648 | bool mayHaveSideEffects() const; |
649 | |
650 | /// Return true if the instruction can be removed if the result is unused. |
651 | /// |
652 | /// When constant folding some instructions cannot be removed even if their |
653 | /// results are unused. Specifically terminator instructions and calls that |
654 | /// may have side effects cannot be removed without semantically changing the |
655 | /// generated program. |
656 | bool isSafeToRemove() const; |
657 | |
658 | /// Return true if the instruction will return (unwinding is considered as |
659 | /// a form of returning control flow here). |
660 | bool willReturn() const; |
661 | |
662 | /// Return true if the instruction is a variety of EH-block. |
663 | bool isEHPad() const { |
664 | switch (getOpcode()) { |
665 | case Instruction::CatchSwitch: |
666 | case Instruction::CatchPad: |
667 | case Instruction::CleanupPad: |
668 | case Instruction::LandingPad: |
669 | return true; |
670 | default: |
671 | return false; |
672 | } |
673 | } |
674 | |
675 | /// Return true if the instruction is a llvm.lifetime.start or |
676 | /// llvm.lifetime.end marker. |
677 | bool isLifetimeStartOrEnd() const; |
678 | |
679 | /// Return true if the instruction is a llvm.launder.invariant.group or |
680 | /// llvm.strip.invariant.group. |
681 | bool isLaunderOrStripInvariantGroup() const; |
682 | |
683 | /// Return true if the instruction is a DbgInfoIntrinsic or PseudoProbeInst. |
684 | bool isDebugOrPseudoInst() const; |
685 | |
686 | /// Return a pointer to the next non-debug instruction in the same basic |
687 | /// block as 'this', or nullptr if no such instruction exists. Skip any pseudo |
688 | /// operations if \c SkipPseudoOp is true. |
689 | const Instruction * |
690 | getNextNonDebugInstruction(bool SkipPseudoOp = false) const; |
691 | Instruction *getNextNonDebugInstruction(bool SkipPseudoOp = false) { |
692 | return const_cast<Instruction *>( |
693 | static_cast<const Instruction *>(this)->getNextNonDebugInstruction( |
694 | SkipPseudoOp)); |
695 | } |
696 | |
697 | /// Return a pointer to the previous non-debug instruction in the same basic |
698 | /// block as 'this', or nullptr if no such instruction exists. Skip any pseudo |
699 | /// operations if \c SkipPseudoOp is true. |
700 | const Instruction * |
701 | getPrevNonDebugInstruction(bool SkipPseudoOp = false) const; |
702 | Instruction *getPrevNonDebugInstruction(bool SkipPseudoOp = false) { |
703 | return const_cast<Instruction *>( |
704 | static_cast<const Instruction *>(this)->getPrevNonDebugInstruction( |
705 | SkipPseudoOp)); |
706 | } |
707 | |
708 | /// Create a copy of 'this' instruction that is identical in all ways except |
709 | /// the following: |
710 | /// * The instruction has no parent |
711 | /// * The instruction has no name |
712 | /// |
713 | Instruction *clone() const; |
714 | |
715 | /// Return true if the specified instruction is exactly identical to the |
716 | /// current one. This means that all operands match and any extra information |
717 | /// (e.g. load is volatile) agree. |
718 | bool isIdenticalTo(const Instruction *I) const; |
719 | |
720 | /// This is like isIdenticalTo, except that it ignores the |
721 | /// SubclassOptionalData flags, which may specify conditions under which the |
722 | /// instruction's result is undefined. |
723 | bool isIdenticalToWhenDefined(const Instruction *I) const; |
724 | |
725 | /// When checking for operation equivalence (using isSameOperationAs) it is |
726 | /// sometimes useful to ignore certain attributes. |
727 | enum OperationEquivalenceFlags { |
728 | /// Check for equivalence ignoring load/store alignment. |
729 | CompareIgnoringAlignment = 1<<0, |
730 | /// Check for equivalence treating a type and a vector of that type |
731 | /// as equivalent. |
732 | CompareUsingScalarTypes = 1<<1 |
733 | }; |
734 | |
735 | /// This function determines if the specified instruction executes the same |
736 | /// operation as the current one. This means that the opcodes, type, operand |
737 | /// types and any other factors affecting the operation must be the same. This |
738 | /// is similar to isIdenticalTo except the operands themselves don't have to |
739 | /// be identical. |
740 | /// @returns true if the specified instruction is the same operation as |
741 | /// the current one. |
742 | /// Determine if one instruction is the same operation as another. |
743 | bool isSameOperationAs(const Instruction *I, unsigned flags = 0) const; |
744 | |
745 | /// Return true if there are any uses of this instruction in blocks other than |
746 | /// the specified block. Note that PHI nodes are considered to evaluate their |
747 | /// operands in the corresponding predecessor block. |
748 | bool isUsedOutsideOfBlock(const BasicBlock *BB) const; |
749 | |
750 | /// Return the number of successors that this instruction has. The instruction |
751 | /// must be a terminator. |
752 | unsigned getNumSuccessors() const; |
753 | |
754 | /// Return the specified successor. This instruction must be a terminator. |
755 | BasicBlock *getSuccessor(unsigned Idx) const; |
756 | |
757 | /// Update the specified successor to point at the provided block. This |
758 | /// instruction must be a terminator. |
759 | void setSuccessor(unsigned Idx, BasicBlock *BB); |
760 | |
761 | /// Replace specified successor OldBB to point at the provided block. |
762 | /// This instruction must be a terminator. |
763 | void replaceSuccessorWith(BasicBlock *OldBB, BasicBlock *NewBB); |
764 | |
765 | /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast: |
766 | static bool classof(const Value *V) { |
767 | return V->getValueID() >= Value::InstructionVal; |
768 | } |
769 | |
770 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
771 | // Exported enumerations. |
772 | // |
773 | enum TermOps { // These terminate basic blocks |
774 | #define FIRST_TERM_INST(N) TermOpsBegin = N, |
775 | #define HANDLE_TERM_INST(N, OPC, CLASS) OPC = N, |
776 | #define LAST_TERM_INST(N) TermOpsEnd = N+1 |
777 | #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.def" |
778 | }; |
779 | |
780 | enum UnaryOps { |
781 | #define FIRST_UNARY_INST(N) UnaryOpsBegin = N, |
782 | #define HANDLE_UNARY_INST(N, OPC, CLASS) OPC = N, |
783 | #define LAST_UNARY_INST(N) UnaryOpsEnd = N+1 |
784 | #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.def" |
785 | }; |
786 | |
787 | enum BinaryOps { |
788 | #define FIRST_BINARY_INST(N) BinaryOpsBegin = N, |
789 | #define HANDLE_BINARY_INST(N, OPC, CLASS) OPC = N, |
790 | #define LAST_BINARY_INST(N) BinaryOpsEnd = N+1 |
791 | #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.def" |
792 | }; |
793 | |
794 | enum MemoryOps { |
795 | #define FIRST_MEMORY_INST(N) MemoryOpsBegin = N, |
796 | #define HANDLE_MEMORY_INST(N, OPC, CLASS) OPC = N, |
797 | #define LAST_MEMORY_INST(N) MemoryOpsEnd = N+1 |
798 | #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.def" |
799 | }; |
800 | |
801 | enum CastOps { |
802 | #define FIRST_CAST_INST(N) CastOpsBegin = N, |
803 | #define HANDLE_CAST_INST(N, OPC, CLASS) OPC = N, |
804 | #define LAST_CAST_INST(N) CastOpsEnd = N+1 |
805 | #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.def" |
806 | }; |
807 | |
808 | enum FuncletPadOps { |
809 | #define FIRST_FUNCLETPAD_INST(N) FuncletPadOpsBegin = N, |
810 | #define HANDLE_FUNCLETPAD_INST(N, OPC, CLASS) OPC = N, |
811 | #define LAST_FUNCLETPAD_INST(N) FuncletPadOpsEnd = N+1 |
812 | #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.def" |
813 | }; |
814 | |
815 | enum OtherOps { |
816 | #define FIRST_OTHER_INST(N) OtherOpsBegin = N, |
817 | #define HANDLE_OTHER_INST(N, OPC, CLASS) OPC = N, |
818 | #define LAST_OTHER_INST(N) OtherOpsEnd = N+1 |
819 | #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.def" |
820 | }; |
821 | |
822 | private: |
823 | friend class SymbolTableListTraits<Instruction>; |
824 | friend class BasicBlock; // For renumbering. |
825 | |
826 | // Shadow Value::setValueSubclassData with a private forwarding method so that |
827 | // subclasses cannot accidentally use it. |
828 | void setValueSubclassData(unsigned short D) { |
829 | Value::setValueSubclassData(D); |
830 | } |
831 | |
832 | unsigned short getSubclassDataFromValue() const { |
833 | return Value::getSubclassDataFromValue(); |
834 | } |
835 | |
836 | void setParent(BasicBlock *P); |
837 | |
838 | protected: |
839 | // Instruction subclasses can stick up to 15 bits of stuff into the |
840 | // SubclassData field of instruction with these members. |
841 | |
842 | template <typename BitfieldElement> |
843 | typename BitfieldElement::Type getSubclassData() const { |
844 | static_assert( |
845 | std::is_same<BitfieldElement, HasMetadataField>::value || |
846 | !Bitfield::isOverlapping<BitfieldElement, HasMetadataField>(), |
847 | "Must not overlap with the metadata bit"); |
848 | return Bitfield::get<BitfieldElement>(getSubclassDataFromValue()); |
849 | } |
850 | |
851 | template <typename BitfieldElement> |
852 | void setSubclassData(typename BitfieldElement::Type Value) { |
853 | static_assert( |
854 | std::is_same<BitfieldElement, HasMetadataField>::value || |
855 | !Bitfield::isOverlapping<BitfieldElement, HasMetadataField>(), |
856 | "Must not overlap with the metadata bit"); |
857 | auto Storage = getSubclassDataFromValue(); |
858 | Bitfield::set<BitfieldElement>(Storage, Value); |
859 | setValueSubclassData(Storage); |
860 | } |
861 | |
862 | Instruction(Type *Ty, unsigned iType, Use *Ops, unsigned NumOps, |
863 | Instruction *InsertBefore = nullptr); |
864 | Instruction(Type *Ty, unsigned iType, Use *Ops, unsigned NumOps, |
865 | BasicBlock *InsertAtEnd); |
866 | |
867 | private: |
868 | /// Create a copy of this instruction. |
869 | Instruction *cloneImpl() const; |
870 | }; |
871 | |
872 | inline void ilist_alloc_traits<Instruction>::deleteNode(Instruction *V) { |
873 | V->deleteValue(); |
874 | } |
875 | |
876 | } // end namespace llvm |
877 | |
878 | #endif // LLVM_IR_INSTRUCTION_H |
1 | //===- TypeSize.h - Wrapper around type sizes -------------------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | // This file provides a struct that can be used to query the size of IR types |
10 | // which may be scalable vectors. It provides convenience operators so that |
11 | // it can be used in much the same way as a single scalar value. |
12 | // |
13 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
14 | |
15 | #ifndef LLVM_SUPPORT_TYPESIZE_H |
16 | #define LLVM_SUPPORT_TYPESIZE_H |
17 | |
18 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
19 | #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" |
20 | #include "llvm/Support/WithColor.h" |
21 | |
22 | #include <algorithm> |
23 | #include <array> |
24 | #include <cassert> |
25 | #include <cstdint> |
26 | #include <type_traits> |
27 | |
28 | namespace llvm { |
29 | |
30 | /// Reports a diagnostic message to indicate an invalid size request has been |
31 | /// done on a scalable vector. This function may not return. |
32 | void reportInvalidSizeRequest(const char *Msg); |
33 | |
34 | template <typename LeafTy> struct LinearPolyBaseTypeTraits {}; |
35 | |
36 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
37 | // LinearPolyBase - a base class for linear polynomials with multiple |
38 | // dimensions. This can e.g. be used to describe offsets that are have both a |
39 | // fixed and scalable component. |
40 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
41 | |
42 | /// LinearPolyBase describes a linear polynomial: |
43 | /// c0 * scale0 + c1 * scale1 + ... + cK * scaleK |
44 | /// where the scale is implicit, so only the coefficients are encoded. |
45 | template <typename LeafTy> |
46 | class LinearPolyBase { |
47 | public: |
48 | using ScalarTy = typename LinearPolyBaseTypeTraits<LeafTy>::ScalarTy; |
49 | static constexpr auto Dimensions = LinearPolyBaseTypeTraits<LeafTy>::Dimensions; |
50 | static_assert(Dimensions != std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max(), |
51 | "Dimensions out of range"); |
52 | |
53 | private: |
54 | std::array<ScalarTy, Dimensions> Coefficients; |
55 | |
56 | protected: |
57 | LinearPolyBase(ArrayRef<ScalarTy> Values) { |
58 | std::copy(Values.begin(), Values.end(), Coefficients.begin()); |
59 | } |
60 | |
61 | public: |
62 | friend LeafTy &operator+=(LeafTy &LHS, const LeafTy &RHS) { |
63 | for (unsigned I=0; I<Dimensions; ++I) |
64 | LHS.Coefficients[I] += RHS.Coefficients[I]; |
65 | return LHS; |
66 | } |
67 | |
68 | friend LeafTy &operator-=(LeafTy &LHS, const LeafTy &RHS) { |
69 | for (unsigned I=0; I<Dimensions; ++I) |
70 | LHS.Coefficients[I] -= RHS.Coefficients[I]; |
71 | return LHS; |
72 | } |
73 | |
74 | friend LeafTy &operator*=(LeafTy &LHS, ScalarTy RHS) { |
75 | for (auto &C : LHS.Coefficients) |
76 | C *= RHS; |
77 | return LHS; |
78 | } |
79 | |
80 | friend LeafTy operator+(const LeafTy &LHS, const LeafTy &RHS) { |
81 | LeafTy Copy = LHS; |
82 | return Copy += RHS; |
83 | } |
84 | |
85 | friend LeafTy operator-(const LeafTy &LHS, const LeafTy &RHS) { |
86 | LeafTy Copy = LHS; |
87 | return Copy -= RHS; |
88 | } |
89 | |
90 | friend LeafTy operator*(const LeafTy &LHS, ScalarTy RHS) { |
91 | LeafTy Copy = LHS; |
92 | return Copy *= RHS; |
93 | } |
94 | |
95 | template <typename U = ScalarTy> |
96 | friend typename std::enable_if_t<std::is_signed<U>::value, LeafTy> |
97 | operator-(const LeafTy &LHS) { |
98 | LeafTy Copy = LHS; |
99 | return Copy *= -1; |
100 | } |
101 | |
102 | bool operator==(const LinearPolyBase &RHS) const { |
103 | return std::equal(Coefficients.begin(), Coefficients.end(), |
104 | RHS.Coefficients.begin()); |
105 | } |
106 | |
107 | bool operator!=(const LinearPolyBase &RHS) const { |
108 | return !(*this == RHS); |
109 | } |
110 | |
111 | bool isZero() const { |
112 | return all_of(Coefficients, [](const ScalarTy &C) { return C == 0; }); |
113 | } |
114 | bool isNonZero() const { return !isZero(); } |
115 | explicit operator bool() const { return isNonZero(); } |
116 | |
117 | ScalarTy getValue(unsigned Dim) const { return Coefficients[Dim]; } |
118 | }; |
119 | |
120 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
121 | // StackOffset - Represent an offset with named fixed and scalable components. |
122 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
123 | |
124 | class StackOffset; |
125 | template <> struct LinearPolyBaseTypeTraits<StackOffset> { |
126 | using ScalarTy = int64_t; |
127 | static constexpr unsigned Dimensions = 2; |
128 | }; |
129 | |
130 | /// StackOffset is a class to represent an offset with 2 dimensions, |
131 | /// named fixed and scalable, respectively. This class allows a value for both |
132 | /// dimensions to depict e.g. "8 bytes and 16 scalable bytes", which is needed |
133 | /// to represent stack offsets. |
134 | class StackOffset : public LinearPolyBase<StackOffset> { |
135 | protected: |
136 | StackOffset(ScalarTy Fixed, ScalarTy Scalable) |
137 | : LinearPolyBase<StackOffset>({Fixed, Scalable}) {} |
138 | |
139 | public: |
140 | StackOffset() : StackOffset({0, 0}) {} |
141 | StackOffset(const LinearPolyBase<StackOffset> &Other) |
142 | : LinearPolyBase<StackOffset>(Other) {} |
143 | static StackOffset getFixed(ScalarTy Fixed) { return {Fixed, 0}; } |
144 | static StackOffset getScalable(ScalarTy Scalable) { return {0, Scalable}; } |
145 | static StackOffset get(ScalarTy Fixed, ScalarTy Scalable) { |
146 | return {Fixed, Scalable}; |
147 | } |
148 | |
149 | ScalarTy getFixed() const { return this->getValue(0); } |
150 | ScalarTy getScalable() const { return this->getValue(1); } |
151 | }; |
152 | |
153 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
154 | // UnivariateLinearPolyBase - a base class for linear polynomials with multiple |
155 | // dimensions, but where only one dimension can be set at any time. |
156 | // This can e.g. be used to describe sizes that are either fixed or scalable. |
157 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
158 | |
159 | /// UnivariateLinearPolyBase is a base class for ElementCount and TypeSize. |
160 | /// Like LinearPolyBase it tries to represent a linear polynomial |
161 | /// where only one dimension can be set at any time, e.g. |
162 | /// 0 * scale0 + 0 * scale1 + ... + cJ * scaleJ + ... + 0 * scaleK |
163 | /// The dimension that is set is the univariate dimension. |
164 | template <typename LeafTy> |
165 | class UnivariateLinearPolyBase { |
166 | public: |
167 | using ScalarTy = typename LinearPolyBaseTypeTraits<LeafTy>::ScalarTy; |
168 | static constexpr auto Dimensions = LinearPolyBaseTypeTraits<LeafTy>::Dimensions; |
169 | static_assert(Dimensions != std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max(), |
170 | "Dimensions out of range"); |
171 | |
172 | protected: |
173 | ScalarTy Value; // The value at the univeriate dimension. |
174 | unsigned UnivariateDim; // The univeriate dimension. |
175 | |
176 | UnivariateLinearPolyBase(ScalarTy Val, unsigned UnivariateDim) |
177 | : Value(Val), UnivariateDim(UnivariateDim) { |
178 | assert(UnivariateDim < Dimensions && "Dimension out of range")(static_cast <bool> (UnivariateDim < Dimensions && "Dimension out of range") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("UnivariateDim < Dimensions && \"Dimension out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/Support/TypeSize.h" , 178, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
179 | } |
180 | |
181 | friend LeafTy &operator+=(LeafTy &LHS, const LeafTy &RHS) { |
182 | assert(LHS.UnivariateDim == RHS.UnivariateDim && "Invalid dimensions")(static_cast <bool> (LHS.UnivariateDim == RHS.UnivariateDim && "Invalid dimensions") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "LHS.UnivariateDim == RHS.UnivariateDim && \"Invalid dimensions\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/Support/TypeSize.h" , 182, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
183 | LHS.Value += RHS.Value; |
184 | return LHS; |
185 | } |
186 | |
187 | friend LeafTy &operator-=(LeafTy &LHS, const LeafTy &RHS) { |
188 | assert(LHS.UnivariateDim == RHS.UnivariateDim && "Invalid dimensions")(static_cast <bool> (LHS.UnivariateDim == RHS.UnivariateDim && "Invalid dimensions") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "LHS.UnivariateDim == RHS.UnivariateDim && \"Invalid dimensions\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/Support/TypeSize.h" , 188, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
189 | LHS.Value -= RHS.Value; |
190 | return LHS; |
191 | } |
192 | |
193 | friend LeafTy &operator*=(LeafTy &LHS, ScalarTy RHS) { |
194 | LHS.Value *= RHS; |
195 | return LHS; |
196 | } |
197 | |
198 | friend LeafTy operator+(const LeafTy &LHS, const LeafTy &RHS) { |
199 | LeafTy Copy = LHS; |
200 | return Copy += RHS; |
201 | } |
202 | |
203 | friend LeafTy operator-(const LeafTy &LHS, const LeafTy &RHS) { |
204 | LeafTy Copy = LHS; |
205 | return Copy -= RHS; |
206 | } |
207 | |
208 | friend LeafTy operator*(const LeafTy &LHS, ScalarTy RHS) { |
209 | LeafTy Copy = LHS; |
210 | return Copy *= RHS; |
211 | } |
212 | |
213 | template <typename U = ScalarTy> |
214 | friend typename std::enable_if<std::is_signed<U>::value, LeafTy>::type |
215 | operator-(const LeafTy &LHS) { |
216 | LeafTy Copy = LHS; |
217 | return Copy *= -1; |
218 | } |
219 | |
220 | public: |
221 | bool operator==(const UnivariateLinearPolyBase &RHS) const { |
222 | return Value == RHS.Value && UnivariateDim == RHS.UnivariateDim; |
223 | } |
224 | |
225 | bool operator!=(const UnivariateLinearPolyBase &RHS) const { |
226 | return !(*this == RHS); |
227 | } |
228 | |
229 | bool isZero() const { return !Value; } |
230 | bool isNonZero() const { return !isZero(); } |
231 | explicit operator bool() const { return isNonZero(); } |
232 | ScalarTy getValue() const { return Value; } |
233 | ScalarTy getValue(unsigned Dim) const { |
234 | return Dim == UnivariateDim ? Value : 0; |
235 | } |
236 | |
237 | /// Add \p RHS to the value at the univariate dimension. |
238 | LeafTy getWithIncrement(ScalarTy RHS) const { |
239 | return static_cast<LeafTy>( |
240 | UnivariateLinearPolyBase(Value + RHS, UnivariateDim)); |
241 | } |
242 | |
243 | /// Subtract \p RHS from the value at the univariate dimension. |
244 | LeafTy getWithDecrement(ScalarTy RHS) const { |
245 | return static_cast<LeafTy>( |
246 | UnivariateLinearPolyBase(Value - RHS, UnivariateDim)); |
247 | } |
248 | }; |
249 | |
250 | |
251 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
252 | // LinearPolySize - base class for fixed- or scalable sizes. |
253 | // ^ ^ |
254 | // | | |
255 | // | +----- ElementCount - Leaf class to represent an element count |
256 | // | (vscale x unsigned) |
257 | // | |
258 | // +-------- TypeSize - Leaf class to represent a type size |
259 | // (vscale x uint64_t) |
260 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
261 | |
262 | /// LinearPolySize is a base class to represent sizes. It is either |
263 | /// fixed-sized or it is scalable-sized, but it cannot be both. |
264 | template <typename LeafTy> |
265 | class LinearPolySize : public UnivariateLinearPolyBase<LeafTy> { |
266 | // Make the parent class a friend, so that it can access the protected |
267 | // conversion/copy-constructor for UnivariatePolyBase<LeafTy> -> |
268 | // LinearPolySize<LeafTy>. |
269 | friend class UnivariateLinearPolyBase<LeafTy>; |
270 | |
271 | public: |
272 | using ScalarTy = typename UnivariateLinearPolyBase<LeafTy>::ScalarTy; |
273 | enum Dims : unsigned { FixedDim = 0, ScalableDim = 1 }; |
274 | |
275 | protected: |
276 | LinearPolySize(ScalarTy MinVal, Dims D) |
277 | : UnivariateLinearPolyBase<LeafTy>(MinVal, D) {} |
278 | |
279 | LinearPolySize(const UnivariateLinearPolyBase<LeafTy> &V) |
280 | : UnivariateLinearPolyBase<LeafTy>(V) {} |
281 | |
282 | public: |
283 | |
284 | static LeafTy getFixed(ScalarTy MinVal) { |
285 | return static_cast<LeafTy>(LinearPolySize(MinVal, FixedDim)); |
286 | } |
287 | static LeafTy getScalable(ScalarTy MinVal) { |
288 | return static_cast<LeafTy>(LinearPolySize(MinVal, ScalableDim)); |
289 | } |
290 | static LeafTy get(ScalarTy MinVal, bool Scalable) { |
291 | return static_cast<LeafTy>( |
292 | LinearPolySize(MinVal, Scalable ? ScalableDim : FixedDim)); |
293 | } |
294 | static LeafTy getNull() { return get(0, false); } |
295 | |
296 | /// Returns the minimum value this size can represent. |
297 | ScalarTy getKnownMinValue() const { return this->getValue(); } |
298 | /// Returns whether the size is scaled by a runtime quantity (vscale). |
299 | bool isScalable() const { return this->UnivariateDim == ScalableDim; } |
300 | /// A return value of true indicates we know at compile time that the number |
301 | /// of elements (vscale * Min) is definitely even. However, returning false |
302 | /// does not guarantee that the total number of elements is odd. |
303 | bool isKnownEven() const { return (getKnownMinValue() & 0x1) == 0; } |
304 | /// This function tells the caller whether the element count is known at |
305 | /// compile time to be a multiple of the scalar value RHS. |
306 | bool isKnownMultipleOf(ScalarTy RHS) const { |
307 | return getKnownMinValue() % RHS == 0; |
308 | } |
309 | |
310 | // Return the minimum value with the assumption that the count is exact. |
311 | // Use in places where a scalable count doesn't make sense (e.g. non-vector |
312 | // types, or vectors in backends which don't support scalable vectors). |
313 | ScalarTy getFixedValue() const { |
314 | assert(!isScalable() &&(static_cast <bool> (!isScalable() && "Request for a fixed element count on a scalable object" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isScalable() && \"Request for a fixed element count on a scalable object\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/Support/TypeSize.h" , 315, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
315 | "Request for a fixed element count on a scalable object")(static_cast <bool> (!isScalable() && "Request for a fixed element count on a scalable object" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isScalable() && \"Request for a fixed element count on a scalable object\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/Support/TypeSize.h" , 315, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
316 | return getKnownMinValue(); |
317 | } |
318 | |
319 | // For some cases, size ordering between scalable and fixed size types cannot |
320 | // be determined at compile time, so such comparisons aren't allowed. |
321 | // |
322 | // e.g. <vscale x 2 x i16> could be bigger than <4 x i32> with a runtime |
323 | // vscale >= 5, equal sized with a vscale of 4, and smaller with |
324 | // a vscale <= 3. |
325 | // |
326 | // All the functions below make use of the fact vscale is always >= 1, which |
327 | // means that <vscale x 4 x i32> is guaranteed to be >= <4 x i32>, etc. |
328 | |
329 | static bool isKnownLT(const LinearPolySize &LHS, const LinearPolySize &RHS) { |
330 | if (!LHS.isScalable() || RHS.isScalable()) |
331 | return LHS.getKnownMinValue() < RHS.getKnownMinValue(); |
332 | return false; |
333 | } |
334 | |
335 | static bool isKnownGT(const LinearPolySize &LHS, const LinearPolySize &RHS) { |
336 | if (LHS.isScalable() || !RHS.isScalable()) |
337 | return LHS.getKnownMinValue() > RHS.getKnownMinValue(); |
338 | return false; |
339 | } |
340 | |
341 | static bool isKnownLE(const LinearPolySize &LHS, const LinearPolySize &RHS) { |
342 | if (!LHS.isScalable() || RHS.isScalable()) |
343 | return LHS.getKnownMinValue() <= RHS.getKnownMinValue(); |
344 | return false; |
345 | } |
346 | |
347 | static bool isKnownGE(const LinearPolySize &LHS, const LinearPolySize &RHS) { |
348 | if (LHS.isScalable() || !RHS.isScalable()) |
349 | return LHS.getKnownMinValue() >= RHS.getKnownMinValue(); |
350 | return false; |
351 | } |
352 | |
353 | /// We do not provide the '/' operator here because division for polynomial |
354 | /// types does not work in the same way as for normal integer types. We can |
355 | /// only divide the minimum value (or coefficient) by RHS, which is not the |
356 | /// same as |
357 | /// (Min * Vscale) / RHS |
358 | /// The caller is recommended to use this function in combination with |
359 | /// isKnownMultipleOf(RHS), which lets the caller know if it's possible to |
360 | /// perform a lossless divide by RHS. |
361 | LeafTy divideCoefficientBy(ScalarTy RHS) const { |
362 | return static_cast<LeafTy>( |
363 | LinearPolySize::get(getKnownMinValue() / RHS, isScalable())); |
364 | } |
365 | |
366 | LeafTy coefficientNextPowerOf2() const { |
367 | return static_cast<LeafTy>(LinearPolySize::get( |
368 | static_cast<ScalarTy>(llvm::NextPowerOf2(getKnownMinValue())), |
369 | isScalable())); |
370 | } |
371 | |
372 | /// Printing function. |
373 | void print(raw_ostream &OS) const { |
374 | if (isScalable()) |
375 | OS << "vscale x "; |
376 | OS << getKnownMinValue(); |
377 | } |
378 | }; |
379 | |
380 | class ElementCount; |
381 | template <> struct LinearPolyBaseTypeTraits<ElementCount> { |
382 | using ScalarTy = unsigned; |
383 | static constexpr unsigned Dimensions = 2; |
384 | }; |
385 | |
386 | class ElementCount : public LinearPolySize<ElementCount> { |
387 | public: |
388 | ElementCount() : LinearPolySize(LinearPolySize::getNull()) {} |
389 | |
390 | ElementCount(const LinearPolySize<ElementCount> &V) : LinearPolySize(V) {} |
391 | |
392 | /// Counting predicates. |
393 | /// |
394 | ///@{ Number of elements.. |
395 | /// Exactly one element. |
396 | bool isScalar() const { return !isScalable() && getKnownMinValue() == 1; } |
397 | /// One or more elements. |
398 | bool isVector() const { |
399 | return (isScalable() && getKnownMinValue() != 0) || getKnownMinValue() > 1; |
400 | } |
401 | ///@} |
402 | }; |
403 | |
404 | // This class is used to represent the size of types. If the type is of fixed |
405 | class TypeSize; |
406 | template <> struct LinearPolyBaseTypeTraits<TypeSize> { |
407 | using ScalarTy = uint64_t; |
408 | static constexpr unsigned Dimensions = 2; |
409 | }; |
410 | |
411 | // TODO: Most functionality in this class will gradually be phased out |
412 | // so it will resemble LinearPolySize as much as possible. |
413 | // |
414 | // TypeSize is used to represent the size of types. If the type is of fixed |
415 | // size, it will represent the exact size. If the type is a scalable vector, |
416 | // it will represent the known minimum size. |
417 | class TypeSize : public LinearPolySize<TypeSize> { |
418 | public: |
419 | TypeSize(const LinearPolySize<TypeSize> &V) : LinearPolySize(V) {} |
420 | TypeSize(ScalarTy MinVal, bool IsScalable) |
421 | : LinearPolySize(LinearPolySize::get(MinVal, IsScalable)) {} |
422 | |
423 | static TypeSize Fixed(ScalarTy MinVal) { return TypeSize(MinVal, false); } |
424 | static TypeSize Scalable(ScalarTy MinVal) { return TypeSize(MinVal, true); } |
425 | |
426 | ScalarTy getFixedSize() const { return getFixedValue(); } |
427 | ScalarTy getKnownMinSize() const { return getKnownMinValue(); } |
428 | |
429 | // All code for this class below this point is needed because of the |
430 | // temporary implicit conversion to uint64_t. The operator overloads are |
431 | // needed because otherwise the conversion of the parent class |
432 | // UnivariateLinearPolyBase -> TypeSize is ambiguous. |
433 | // TODO: Remove the implicit conversion. |
434 | |
435 | // Casts to a uint64_t if this is a fixed-width size. |
436 | // |
437 | // This interface is deprecated and will be removed in a future version |
438 | // of LLVM in favour of upgrading uses that rely on this implicit conversion |
439 | // to uint64_t. Calls to functions that return a TypeSize should use the |
440 | // proper interfaces to TypeSize. |
441 | // In practice this is mostly calls to MVT/EVT::getSizeInBits(). |
442 | // |
443 | // To determine how to upgrade the code: |
444 | // |
445 | // if (<algorithm works for both scalable and fixed-width vectors>) |
446 | // use getKnownMinValue() |
447 | // else if (<algorithm works only for fixed-width vectors>) { |
448 | // if <algorithm can be adapted for both scalable and fixed-width vectors> |
449 | // update the algorithm and use getKnownMinValue() |
450 | // else |
451 | // bail out early for scalable vectors and use getFixedValue() |
452 | // } |
453 | operator ScalarTy() const; |
454 | |
455 | // Additional operators needed to avoid ambiguous parses |
456 | // because of the implicit conversion hack. |
457 | friend TypeSize operator*(const TypeSize &LHS, const int RHS) { |
458 | return LHS * (ScalarTy)RHS; |
459 | } |
460 | friend TypeSize operator*(const TypeSize &LHS, const unsigned RHS) { |
461 | return LHS * (ScalarTy)RHS; |
462 | } |
463 | friend TypeSize operator*(const TypeSize &LHS, const int64_t RHS) { |
464 | return LHS * (ScalarTy)RHS; |
465 | } |
466 | friend TypeSize operator*(const int LHS, const TypeSize &RHS) { |
467 | return RHS * LHS; |
468 | } |
469 | friend TypeSize operator*(const unsigned LHS, const TypeSize &RHS) { |
470 | return RHS * LHS; |
471 | } |
472 | friend TypeSize operator*(const int64_t LHS, const TypeSize &RHS) { |
473 | return RHS * LHS; |
474 | } |
475 | friend TypeSize operator*(const uint64_t LHS, const TypeSize &RHS) { |
476 | return RHS * LHS; |
477 | } |
478 | }; |
479 | |
480 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
481 | // Utilities |
482 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
483 | |
484 | /// Returns a TypeSize with a known minimum size that is the next integer |
485 | /// (mod 2**64) that is greater than or equal to \p Value and is a multiple |
486 | /// of \p Align. \p Align must be non-zero. |
487 | /// |
488 | /// Similar to the alignTo functions in MathExtras.h |
489 | inline TypeSize alignTo(TypeSize Size, uint64_t Align) { |
490 | assert(Align != 0u && "Align must be non-zero")(static_cast <bool> (Align != 0u && "Align must be non-zero" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Align != 0u && \"Align must be non-zero\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-14~++20210828111110+16086d47c0d0/llvm/include/llvm/Support/TypeSize.h" , 490, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
491 | return {(Size.getKnownMinValue() + Align - 1) / Align * Align, |
492 | Size.isScalable()}; |
493 | } |
494 | |
495 | /// Stream operator function for `LinearPolySize`. |
496 | template <typename LeafTy> |
497 | inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, |
498 | const LinearPolySize<LeafTy> &PS) { |
499 | PS.print(OS); |
500 | return OS; |
501 | } |
502 | |
503 | template <typename T> struct DenseMapInfo; |
504 | template <> struct DenseMapInfo<ElementCount> { |
505 | static inline ElementCount getEmptyKey() { |
506 | return ElementCount::getScalable(~0U); |
507 | } |
508 | static inline ElementCount getTombstoneKey() { |
509 | return ElementCount::getFixed(~0U - 1); |
510 | } |
511 | static unsigned getHashValue(const ElementCount &EltCnt) { |
512 | unsigned HashVal = EltCnt.getKnownMinValue() * 37U; |
513 | if (EltCnt.isScalable()) |
514 | return (HashVal - 1U); |
515 | |
516 | return HashVal; |
517 | } |
518 | |
519 | static bool isEqual(const ElementCount &LHS, const ElementCount &RHS) { |
520 | return LHS == RHS; |
521 | } |
522 | }; |
523 | |
524 | } // end namespace llvm |
525 | |
526 | #endif // LLVM_SUPPORT_TYPESIZE_H |